New Product Information
Sensor Communications Units
E3NW
Best Selection
Measurement
Presence Detection
Start with Smart!
Easily select the most reliable Fiber Unit
for your detection conditions.
Fiber Sensor
Best Selection
Catalog
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Standard
Installation
Saving
Space
Beam Improvements
Transparent
Objects
Environmental
Immunity
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Installation
Information
Fiber UnitsApplications
Model Index
2 Page4 Page6 Page14 Page20 Page34 Page38 Page48 Page92 Page100 Page 58
Page
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and Accessories
62 Page
New release of
the long-awaited
M4 model
Smart Fiber Amplifier Units
E3NX-FA Series
Addition of Infrared models,
Analog output models and
Communications models
with wired outputs.
Oil-resistant Fiber Unit
NEW
E32-T11NFS
A 38 Page A 62 Page
(DV\
6W[PTHS-PILY:LUZVYMVYHKKP[PVUHS
)LEHU8QLWVIRUYDULRXV,QVWDOODWLRQ&RQGLWLRQV
¶(DV\·DQG¶6WDEOH·IRU
)LEHU6HQVRU
6PDUW7XQLQJ
¸(JOPL]L,HZ`+L[LJ[PVUPU4HU`(WWSPJH[PVUZ¹
-XVWSUHVVWKHEXWWRQWRVHW
WKHRSWLPXPLQFLGHQWOHYHO
DQGWKUHVKROG
&RQVLVWHQWVHWWLQJVDUH
DFKLHYHGIRUDOOXVHUVZLWK
WKLVXOWUDHDV\SURFHGXUH
2SWLPXP/LJKW,QWHQVLW\$GMXVWPHQW
IURP7UDQVSDUHQW2EMHFWVWR%ODFN:RUNSLHFHV
7KHLQFLGHQWOHYHOLVRSWLPL]HGWRHQDEOHVWDEOHGHWHFWLRQHYHQIRUVDWXUDWHGRULQVXIILFLHQWLQFLGHQWOHYHOV
¸:TVV[O>PYPUNHUK:L[[PUN¹
5HGXFHG:LULQJ
6LPSO\OLQNWKH)LEHU$PSOLILHU8QLWVWRJHWKHUIRUHDV\ZLULQJDQGFKHFNLQJ
6HSDUDWH,QVWDOODWLRQ
8VHWKH'LVWULEXWHG6HQVRU8QLWIRUGLVWULEXWHGLQVWDOODWLRQWRUHGXFHLQWURGXFWLRQFRVWVDQGZRUN
(DV\6HWXS
&RPPLVVLRQLQJWLPHLVUHGXFHG
ZLWKEDWFKVHWWLQJIURPD7RXFK
3DQHORUEDFNXSGDWDIRU
SURFHVVVZLWFKRYHUV
(1;)$
6PDUW)LEHU$PSOLILHU8QLWV
3DJH
)LEHU
([FHVVLYH,QFLGHQW/HYHO
,QFLGHQWOLJKWUHGXFHG
/LJKW,QWHQVLW\$GMXVWPHQW5DQJHRI7LPHV
,QFLGHQWOLJKWLQFUHDVHG
,
QF
L
GHQWO
LJ
KW
L
QFUHD
V
3UHVVWKHEXWWRQ
RQFH
ZLWKDZRUNSLHFHDQG
RQFH
ZLWKRXWDZRUNSLHFH
781( $XWRPDWLF6HWWLQJRI
2SWLPXP9DOXHV
5000
9999
67
&RQWUROOHU
6HQVRU&RPPXQLFDWLRQV8QLWV
0DVWHU
'LVWULEXWHG6HQVRU
8QLWV
6ODYHV
2SHQ1HWZRUN
:LGH9DULHW\
¸4V\U[Z(U`^OLYL¹
9DULRXVO\VKDSHGFRPSDFWKHDGVDOORZ
LQVWDOODWLRQLQDQ\VPDOOVSDFH
6XLWDEOHIRU+DUVK(QYLURQPHQWV
)LEHU8QLWVDUHDYDLODEOHIRUYDULRXVLQVWDOODWLRQ
FRQGLWLRQVDQGFDQEHLQVWDOOHGDVLVHYHQLQ
KDUVKHQYLURQPHQWV
1(:
)LEHU6HQVRU
)HDWXUHV
6HWWRWKHLQWHUPHGLDWH
YDOXHEHWZHHQWKH
LQFLGHQWOHYHOVZLWKDQG
ZLWKRXWDZRUNSLHFH
,QFLGHQWOHYHO
DGMXVWPHQWZLWKDQG
ZLWKRXWDZRUNSLHFH
1HWZRUNEHWZHHQ8QLWV
7KUHVKROG ,QFLGHQW
/HYHO
)LEHU6HQVRU%HVW6HOHFWLRQ
$OOLQ2QH Desk-top 1DYLJDWLRQ
PUZ[HSSH[PVU^OLUZ[HY[PUNWYVK\J[PVU
)LEHU$PSOLILHU8QLWVZLWKHDV\RSWLPXPVHWWLQJ
0LQLPDO&RVW3URFHVV
,PSURYHG%DVLF3HUIRUPDQFH
¸,_WHUKLK(WWSPJH[PVU9LZWVUZL*HWHIPSP[PLZ¹
,PSURYHPHQWVLQWKHVHQVLQJGLVWDQFHDQGPLQLPXPVHQVLQJREMHFWLQFUHDVHWKHUDQJHRI
DSSOLFDWLRQIRUVWDEOHGHWHFWLRQ
(
)LEHU8QLWV
6HQVRU
6WDEOH
)HZPJ-LH[\YLZVM-PILY:LUZVYZ
'LJLWDOGLVSOD\DFKLHYHVYLVXDO
FRQWURODQGTXDQWLWDWLYHFRQWURO
,GHDOIRUQDUURZVSDFHV
RUIRUGHWHFWLQJPLQXWH
REMHFWV
6HWWKHWKUHVKROGE\DVHQVLWLYLW\
DGMXVWHU&KHFNWKHRSHUDWLRQE\
DQLQGLFDWRU
4XDQWLWDWLYHFRQWURORYHUWKUHVKROGVHWWLQJV
ZLWKDGLJLWDOGLVSOD\
*VU]LU[PVUHS7OV[VLSLJ[YPJ:LUZVY^P[O)\PS[PU(TWSPMPLY
-PILY:LUZVY
$PELJXRXVVWDQGDUG
HJWXUQRIDGMXVWHU
,QGLFDWRUGRHVQRWVKRZWKHSUHVHQWYDOXH
7KHUHIHUHQFHYDOXHFDQEHVHWQXPHULFDOO\IRU
HDVLHUVSHFLILFDWLRQ
(DVLO\SHUFHLYDEOHSUHVHQWYDOXH
4XDQWLWDWLYHFRQWURORYHUWKUHVKROGVHWWLQ
JV
Z
LW
K
D
G
L
J
LWDO
G
LVSOD\
0,1 0$;
3DJH
(1:
6HQVRU&RPPXQLFDWLRQV8QLWV
3DJH
7LPHV
WKH6HQVLQJ'LVWDQFH WK
WKH0LQLPXP6HQVLQJ2EMHFW
P PGLD
)RU(/7)LEHU8QLWZLWKD
ILEHUOHQJWKRIP
7\SLFDOH[DPSOHRIDFWXDOPHDVXUHPHQWV
ZLWK('5)LEHU8QLW
&RPSDUHGWR(;+'
1(:
)LEHU6HQVRU
)HDWXUHV
Selection Guide
04
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
04
Select a Fiber
Amplifier Unit and
Communications
Unit.
Select a Fiber Unit.
Selection by Model
Selection by Category
Search for the page
in the model index.
Select a category. Select a model.
62
Page
Search for the model
on the corresponding
pages.
Select Accessories
of Fiber Amplifier
Unit
Fiber Unit Index
Category Pages
Fiber Amplifier Unit Series
The Fiber Units specifications give the sensing
distance when the Fiber Unit and Fiber Amplifier
Unit is combined. Check the Fiber Amplifier Unit
series for easier selection.
Before Selecting Fiber Units <Specifications on Each Fiber Unit Category Page>
Fiber
Amplifier
Unit
specifications
Output
External input
Response time
Ordering Information
Page
listings Ratings and Specifications
Dimensions
Sensing distance
(Giga-power mode)
E32-D11R
E32-T11R
Minimum sensing
object
Communications method
(Sensor Communications Unit model)
Applicable Sensors
E32-T11R
Sensor
Communications
Unit
application
1 output
Not supported
ѥVѥVѥVPVPV
'HIDXOWѥV
2,000 mm
840 mm
ѥPGLD
EtherCAT (E3X-ECT)
CompoNet (E3X-CRT)
82 Page
82 Page
80 Page
Fiber Sensor (E3X-HD0)
Fiber Sensor (E3X-MDA0)
Laser Photoelectric Sensor (E3C-LDA0)
Proximity Sensor (E2C-EDA0)
1 or 2 outputs (depending on the model)
Supported or not supported (depending on the model)
ѥVѥVѥVPVPV
'HIDXOWѥV
3,000 mm
PP
ѥPGLD
EtherCAT (E3NW-ECT)
CompoNet (E3NW-CRT)
CC-Link (E3NW-CCL)
70 Page
3DJH
3DJH
)LEHU6HQVRU(1;)$)$)$)$+
Laser Sensors (E3NC-LA0, E3NC-SA0)
Contact-Type Sensor (E9NC-TA0)*
06
to
61
Page
100
Page
Each
Page
65,81
Page
E3NX-FA SeriesE3X-HD Series
05
Page
* E3NW-CRT Sensor Communications Units (CompoNet) cannot be used.
Selection Guide 05
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental ImmunityApplications
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
05
Standard Installation
Threaded Models
Fiber Unit Index
Cylindrical Models Flat Models Sleeve Models
(Close-range Detection)
Saving Space
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam
(Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
Narrow View
(Detection Across Clearance)
Detection without
Background Interference
Transparent Object Detection
Retro-reflective Limited-reflective
(Glass Detection)
Environmental Immunity
Chemical-resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending-resistant,
Disconnection-resistant
Heat-resistant
Special Applications
Area Beam
(Area Detection)
Liquid-level Detection Vacuum-resistant FPD, Semiconductors,
and Solar Cells
Th
re
ad
ed
M
od
el
s
Small-Spot, Reflective
(Minute Object Detection)
Ideal for installation in narrow
spaces.
The Fiber Unit is secured with
a set screw.
Mount directly in limited
spaces without using special
mounting brackets.
Suitable for close-range
detection.
Ideal for detecting minute objects
in areas with limited space.
Standard screw-type installation.
The Fiber Units is mounted
into a drilled hole and secured
with nuts.
Small-spot to accurately detect
small objects.
Suitable for detection on large
equipment, of large objects,
and in environments with
airborne particles.
The Fiber Unit emit a
non-spreading beam to prevent
false detection of light reflected
off surrounding objects.
Detect only objects in the
sensing range, and not in the
background.
Detect transparent objects reliably
because the beam passes
through the object twice, resulting
in greater light interruption.
The limited-reflective optical
system provides stable
detection of specular reflective
glass.
Made from materials that are
resistant to various oils and
chemicals.
Resistant to repeated bending
on moving parts and breaking
from snagging or shock.
Can be used in
high-temperature
environments at up to 400°C.
Detect across areas for
meandering materials or falling
workpieces whose position
vary.
Detect only liquid when being
mounted on tubes or in liquid.
Can be used under high
vacuums of up to 10-5 Pa.
Designed specifically to
reliably detect glass substrates
and wafers.
06
Page
10
Page
14
Page
16
Page
20
Page
24
Page
34
Page
36
Page
38
Page
40
Page
44
Page
48
Page
50
Page
52
Page
54
Page
30
Page
32
Page
Standard Installation
Threaded Models
Standard Installation
Threaded Models
Through-beam
→
This Page
Reflective → 08 Page
06
06
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
07
07
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Hex-shaped Fiber Units with Build-in Lenses have been added to the series.
(They have a right-angle shape like that of the E32-T11N shown below.)
E32-T11N 2M (Free Cutting)
M4 nuts (Nickel-plated brass) and washers
(Nickel-plated iron) provided (4 of each).
7
2,000
M2.6×0.45
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
3
10 (45)
7
5.5
4.7
14.7
8.4 dia.
Sensing surface
1 dia.
2.2 dia.
Model display tube
M2.6×0.45
Sensing surface
1 dia.
Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washers (Nickel-plated iron)
2.2 dia.
3
14 2,000
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
3.2
E32-T11R 2M (Free Cutting)
07-A
07-B
E32-LT11 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-LT11R 2M (Free Cutting)
07-C
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Lens (PMMA) Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washers (Nickel-plated iron)
3.2
Sensing surface
2.3 dia. 10
15 2,000
4,000
*
*
*
4,000
4,000
3,450
3,000
1,050
14.7
M4
14
M4
E32-T11N 2M
Size
Sensing
direction
(Aperture
angle)
M4
Right-
angle
(Approx. 60°)
Top-view
(Approx. 60°)
Top-view
(Approx. 15°)
Flexible,
R1
R25
Flexible,
R1
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
2.3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T11R 2M
2,000
700
07-A
07-B
E32-LT11 2M
07-C
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Other modes
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
07 Page
Dimensions
No.
E3X-HD
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Other modes
1,500
280
ST :
SHS:
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
4,000
*
*
2,700
4,000
1,080
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,080
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,300
4,000
920
ST :
SHS:
3,500
920
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP50
E32-LT11R 2M
M4
15
E3NX-FA
* *
*
Top-view Type
Right-angle Type
• Standard configuration. These Fiber Units are mounted into a hole drilled in a
bracket and secured with nuts.
• The Right-angle Model prevents snagging on the cable because the cable runs
along the mounting surface.
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Through-beam Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Cladding
Cores
What Is “Flexible” Fiber?
The flexible fiber has a small bending radius for easy routing without easily breaking.
It is easy to use because the cable can be bent without significantly reducing light intensity.
Features of the Right-angle Type
• Cable is less prone to snagging.
• Cable runs along the mounting surface for less space compared
with Top-view Fiber Units.
• The nut is attached to the Fiber Unit to reduce installation work.
Installation Information → 59, 60 Page
Long-distance Sensing Applications
A separate Lens Unit can be attached to extend
the sensing distance.
→ 26 Page
Breaking Due to Snagging or Shock
The Fiber Unit can be protected from breaking with stainless
steel spiral tube.
→ 40 Page (Excluding the E32-T11N 2M.)
And
Structure which has a cladding around
a large number of ultrafine cores.
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
What Are Fiber Units with Build-in Lenses?
These Fiber Units have built-in lenses.
They feature high-power beams.
You don’t have to worry about the lens falling off and getting lost.
→ 98 Page
Standard Installation
Threaded Models
Standard Installation
Threaded Models
Through-beam
→
This Page
Reflective → 08 Page
06
06
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
07
07
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Hex-shaped Fiber Units with Build-in Lenses have been added to the series.
(They have a right-angle shape like that of the E32-T11N shown below.)
E32-T11N 2M (Free Cutting)
M4 nuts (Nickel-plated brass) and washers
(Nickel-plated iron) provided (4 of each).
7
2,000
M2.6×0.45
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
3
10 (45)
7
5.5
4.7
14.7
8.4 dia.
Sensing surface
1 dia.
2.2 dia.
Model display tube
M2.6×0.45
Sensing surface
1 dia.
Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washers (Nickel-plated iron)
2.2 dia.
3
14 2,000
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
3.2
E32-T11R 2M (Free Cutting)
07-A
07-B
E32-LT11 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-LT11R 2M (Free Cutting)
07-C
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Lens (PMMA) Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washers (Nickel-plated iron)
3.2
Sensing surface
2.3 dia. 10
15 2,000
4,000
*
*
*
4,000
4,000
3,450
3,000
1,050
14.7
M4
14
M4
E32-T11N 2M
Size
Sensing
direction
(Aperture
angle)
M4
Right-
angle
(Approx. 60°)
Top-view
(Approx. 60°)
Top-view
(Approx. 15°)
Flexible,
R1
R25
Flexible,
R1
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
2.3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T11R 2M
2,000
700
07-A
07-B
E32-LT11 2M
07-C
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Other modes
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
07 Page
Dimensions
No.
E3X-HD
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Other modes
1,500
280
ST :
SHS:
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
4,000
*
*
2,700
4,000
1,080
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,080
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,300
4,000
920
ST :
SHS:
3,500
920
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP50
E32-LT11R 2M
M4
15
E3NX-FA
* *
*
Top-view Type
Right-angle Type
• Standard configuration. These Fiber Units are mounted into a hole drilled in a
bracket and secured with nuts.
• The Right-angle Model prevents snagging on the cable because the cable runs
along the mounting surface.
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Through-beam Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Cladding
Cores
What Is “Flexible” Fiber?
The flexible fiber has a small bending radius for easy routing without easily breaking.
It is easy to use because the cable can be bent without significantly reducing light intensity.
Features of the Right-angle Type
• Cable is less prone to snagging.
• Cable runs along the mounting surface for less space compared
with Top-view Fiber Units.
• The nut is attached to the Fiber Unit to reduce installation work.
Installation Information → 59, 60 Page
Long-distance Sensing Applications
A separate Lens Unit can be attached to extend
the sensing distance.
→ 26 Page
Breaking Due to Snagging or Shock
The Fiber Unit can be protected from breaking with stainless
steel spiral tube.
→ 40 Page (Excluding the E32-T11N 2M.)
And
Structure which has a cladding around
a large number of ultrafine cores.
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
What Are Fiber Units with Build-in Lenses?
These Fiber Units have built-in lenses.
They feature high-power beams.
You don’t have to worry about the lens falling off and getting lost.
→ 98 Page
Standard Installation
Threaded Models
Standard Installation
08
08
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
09
09
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Threaded Models Through-beam → 06 Page Reflective → This Page
E39-F9: Provided
25
1220
2.5
Heat-shrinkable
tube
Two, 1 dia.
0.5 dia.
emitter fiber
Four, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
2,000
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
6.5 dia.
13.5
20.5
7
5.5
5
Two, 1 dia.
0.5 dia. emitter fiber
Four, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
M3×0.5 (Nickel-plated brass) E39-F9:
Provided
Model display tube
2,000
(45)
11 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
Two, 1 dia.
M3×0.5 (SUS304)
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
2.5
(45)
Model display tube
Sensing head M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
1,000
11
2.5
0.5 dia.
emitter fiber
Nine, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
1 dia. emission fibers
1.25 dia. reception fibers
24
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
* The Fiber Attachments that are provided were specially
designed for this Fiber Unit.
E39-F9 cannot be attached.
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
M3 nuts (Nickel-plated brass)
Washers (Nickel-plated brass) provided (2 of each)
Fiber attachment *
1 dia.
emitter fiber
2.5 dia. Two, 2.2 dia.
Sixteen, 0.265 dia. receiver fibers
23
3
5.2
2,000
M6×0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
E32-CC200 2M (Free Cutting)
09-H
4 dia.
3
17 2,000
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron) Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia.
M6×0.75 (ZDC)
4.8
E32-D11R 2M (Free Cutting)
09-G
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron) Two, 1 dia.
3
15 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
3.2
E32-D211R 2M (Free Cutting)
09-F
E32-C31M 1M (Free Cutting)
09-E
E32-C31N 2M (Free Cutting)
09-A
E32-D21R 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-C91N 2M (Free Cutting)
09-C
09-B
E32-C31 2M (Free Cutting)
09-D
M6×0.75 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
5
Sensing surface
Two, 1.5 dia.
E32-LD11 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-LD11R 2M (Free Cutting)
09-I
2,000
23
15
18 3
6
2.5 dia.
(45)
2,000 (standard length)
Hexagonal nut, Opposite side:10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (nickel-plated iron)
Sensing head, M6 × 0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
(5.6)
9.75
9.75
9.75
1 dia. emitter fiber
(PMMA)
Sixteen 0.265-dia. receiver fibers
Model display
tube Optical fibers: Two, 2.2 dia.
11
M3
24
M6
20.5
M3
11
M3
25
M3
15
M4
17
M6
23
M6
E32-C31N 2M
Size
Sensing
direction
(Aperture
angle)
M3
M3
M4
M6
M6
M6
Right-
angle
(Approx. 60°)
Top-view
(Approx. 60°)
Top-view
(Approx. 15°)
Flexible,
R4
Flexible,
R1
R25
R10
Flexible,
R1
R25
R25
Flexible,
R1
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
(1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-D21R 2M
75
14
09-A
09-C
E32-C31 2M 09-D
E32-C31M 1M 09-E
E32-D211R 2M 09-F
E32-C91N 2M 09-B
E32-D11R 2M 09-G
E32-CC200 2M
E32-LD11 2M
E32-LD11R 2M
09-H
09-I
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Other modes
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
09 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
90
16
ST :
SHS:
220
44
ST :
SHS:
90
16
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
900
180
ST :
SHS:
110
46
160
69
1,400
400
2,100
600
840
240
1,260
360
780
220
1,170
340
140
40
210
60
330
100
490
150
140
40
210
60
50
14
Other modes
ST :
SHS:
60
16
ST :
SHS:
150
44
ST :
SHS:
60
16
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
540
110
ST :
SHS:
860
250
1,290
370
360
110
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
840
240
1,260
360
350
100
ST :
SHS:
600
180
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP50
23
M6
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
Coaxial
Coaxial
Coaxial
Coaxial
Coaxial
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Top-view Type
Right-angle Type
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Reflective Fiber Units
Features of Coaxial Reflective Type
These Fiber Units offer better detection of small objects at close distances
(of 2 mm or less) than Standard Reflective Fiber Units.
They also detect glossy surfaces more reliably than Standard Reflective Fiber Units,
even if the surface is tilted.
The receiver fibers are arranged around
the emitter fiber as shown below.
Features of the Right-angle Type
• Cable is less prone to snagging.
• Cable runs along the mounting surface for
less space compared with Top-view Fiber Units.
• The nut is attached to the Fiber Unit to reduce
installation work.
Emitter Fiber Receiver Fibers
And
Breaking Due to Snagging or Shock
The Fiber Unit can be protected from breaking
with stainless steel spiral tube.
→ 42 Page
Cladding
Cores
What Is “Flexible” Fiber?
The flexible fiber has a small bending radius for easy routing without easily breaking.
It is easy to use because the cable can be bent without significantly reducing light intensity.
Structure which has a
cladding around a large
number of ultrafine cores.
• Standard configuration. These Fiber Units are mounted into a hole drilled in
a bracket and secured with nuts.
• The Right-angle Model prevents snagging on the cable because the cable runs
along the mounting surface.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper. (The sensing distance for the E32-LD11 2M / E32-LD11R 2M are for glossy white paper.)
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Hex-shaped Fiber Units have been added to the series.
(They have a right-angle shape like that of the E32-C31N shown below.)
→ 98 Page
What Are Fiber Units with Build-in Lenses?
These Fiber Units have built-in lenses.
They feature high-power beams.
You don’t have to worry about the lens falling off and getting lost.
Standard Installation
Threaded Models
Standard Installation
08
08
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
09
09
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Threaded Models Through-beam → 06 Page Reflective → This Page
E39-F9: Provided
25
1220
2.5
Heat-shrinkable
tube
Two, 1 dia.
0.5 dia.
emitter fiber
Four, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
2,000
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
6.5 dia.
13.5
20.5
7
5.5
5
Two, 1 dia.
0.5 dia. emitter fiber
Four, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
M3×0.5 (Nickel-plated brass) E39-F9:
Provided
Model display tube
2,000
(45)
11 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
Two, 1 dia.
M3×0.5 (SUS304)
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
2.5
(45)
Model display tube
Sensing head M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
1,000
11
2.5
0.5 dia.
emitter fiber
Nine, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
1 dia. emission fibers
1.25 dia. reception fibers
24
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
* The Fiber Attachments that are provided were specially
designed for this Fiber Unit.
E39-F9 cannot be attached.
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
M3 nuts (Nickel-plated brass)
Washers (Nickel-plated brass) provided (2 of each)
Fiber attachment *
1 dia.
emitter fiber
2.5 dia. Two, 2.2 dia.
Sixteen, 0.265 dia. receiver fibers
23
3
5.2
2,000
M6×0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Note:
There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
E32-CC200 2M (Free Cutting)
09-H
4 dia.
3
17 2,000
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron) Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia.
M6×0.75 (ZDC)
4.8
E32-D11R 2M (Free Cutting)
09-G
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron) Two, 1 dia.
3
15 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
3.2
E32-D211R 2M (Free Cutting)
09-F
E32-C31M 1M (Free Cutting)
09-E
E32-C31N 2M (Free Cutting)
09-A
E32-D21R 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-C91N 2M (Free Cutting)
09-C
09-B
E32-C31 2M (Free Cutting)
09-D
M6×0.75 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
5
Sensing surface
Two, 1.5 dia.
E32-LD11 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-LD11R 2M (Free Cutting)
09-I
2,000
23
15
18 3
6
2.5 dia.
(45)
2,000 (standard length)
Hexagonal nut, Opposite side:10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (nickel-plated iron)
Sensing head, M6 × 0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
(5.6)
9.75
9.75
9.75
1 dia. emitter fiber
(PMMA)
Sixteen 0.265-dia. receiver fibers
Model display
tube Optical fibers: Two, 2.2 dia.
11
M3
24
M6
20.5
M3
11
M3
25
M3
15
M4
17
M6
23
M6
E32-C31N 2M
Size
Sensing
direction
(Aperture
angle)
M3
M3
M4
M6
M6
M6
Right-
angle
(Approx. 60°)
Top-view
(Approx. 60°)
Top-view
(Approx. 15°)
Flexible,
R4
Flexible,
R1
R25
R10
Flexible,
R1
R25
R25
Flexible,
R1
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
(1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-D21R 2M
75
14
09-A
09-C
E32-C31 2M 09-D
E32-C31M 1M 09-E
E32-D211R 2M 09-F
E32-C91N 2M 09-B
E32-D11R 2M 09-G
E32-CC200 2M
E32-LD11 2M
E32-LD11R 2M
09-H
09-I
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Other modes
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
09 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
90
16
ST :
SHS:
220
44
ST :
SHS:
90
16
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
900
180
ST :
SHS:
110
46
160
69
1,400
400
2,100
600
840
240
1,260
360
780
220
1,170
340
140
40
210
60
330
100
490
150
140
40
210
60
50
14
Other modes
ST :
SHS:
60
16
ST :
SHS:
150
44
ST :
SHS:
60
16
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
540
110
ST :
SHS:
860
250
1,290
370
360
110
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
840
240
1,260
360
350
100
ST :
SHS:
600
180
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP50
23
M6
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
Coaxial
Coaxial
Coaxial
Coaxial
Coaxial
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Top-view Type
Right-angle Type
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Reflective Fiber Units
Features of Coaxial Reflective Type
These Fiber Units offer better detection of small objects at close distances
(of 2 mm or less) than Standard Reflective Fiber Units.
They also detect glossy surfaces more reliably than Standard Reflective Fiber Units,
even if the surface is tilted.
The receiver fibers are arranged around
the emitter fiber as shown below.
Features of the Right-angle Type
• Cable is less prone to snagging.
• Cable runs along the mounting surface for
less space compared with Top-view Fiber Units.
• The nut is attached to the Fiber Unit to reduce
installation work.
Emitter Fiber Receiver Fibers
And
Breaking Due to Snagging or Shock
The Fiber Unit can be protected from breaking
with stainless steel spiral tube.
→ 42 Page
Cladding
Cores
What Is “Flexible” Fiber?
The flexible fiber has a small bending radius for easy routing without easily breaking.
It is easy to use because the cable can be bent without significantly reducing light intensity.
Structure which has a
cladding around a large
number of ultrafine cores.
• Standard configuration. These Fiber Units are mounted into a hole drilled in
a bracket and secured with nuts.
• The Right-angle Model prevents snagging on the cable because the cable runs
along the mounting surface.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper. (The sensing distance for the E32-LD11 2M / E32-LD11R 2M are for glossy white paper.)
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Hex-shaped Fiber Units have been added to the series.
(They have a right-angle shape like that of the E32-C31N shown below.)
→ 98 Page
What Are Fiber Units with Build-in Lenses?
These Fiber Units have built-in lenses.
They feature high-power beams.
You don’t have to worry about the lens falling off and getting lost.
Standard Installation
Cylindrical Models
Standard Installation
Cylindrical Models Through-beam → This Page Reflective → 12 Page
10
10
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
11
11
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
1,120
390
3,000
1,050
1,020
330
670
220
1 dia.
10
3 dia.
14
10
1.5 dia.
E32-T223R 2M
Size Sensing
direction
1 dia.
1.5 dia.
3 dia.
Top-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
Bendresistant,
R4
Flexible,
R1
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-T22B 2M
370
60
11-A
11-B
E32-T12R 2M 11-C
E32-T14LR 2M 11-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Other modes
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
11 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
600
90
ST :
SHS:
1,500
280
ST :
SHS:
670
100
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
450
150
750
260
2,000
700
680
220
250
60
Other modes
ST :
SHS:
400
90
ST :
SHS:
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
450
100
ST :
SHS:
3 dia.
35
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
HSGIGA HSGIGA
secured with a
set screw
• Inserted where space is limited.
(Secured using a set screw.)
• Ultramate space-saving by micro-fiber head. (1 dia. × 10 mm)
• Side-view models can be mounted where there is limited depth.
E32-T223R
1 dia.
10
E32-T223R 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T22B 2M (Free Cutting)
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
11-A
11-B
E32-T12R 2M (Free Cutting)
11-C
E32-T14LR 2M (Free Cutting)
11-D
Through-beam Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60 Page
Recommended Mounting Hole Dimensions
The recommended mounting-hole dimensions for Cylindrical Fiber Units are given below.
(Unit: mm)
Outer diameter of Fiber Unit 1.5 dia. 3 dia.1 dia.
1.2 dia. dia. dia.
Dimension F
F
+0.5
0 1.7 +0.5
0 3.2+0.5
0
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
10 2,000
Sensing surface
0.5 dia. 1 dia.
1 dia. (Stainless steel)
E39-F9: Provided
10 2,000
1 dia.
1.5 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
Sensing surface
4-0.25 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
3
2.4 dia. 2.2 dia.
11
14 2,000
Sensing surface
1 dia. 3 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
35
Sensing surface
30
2
3 dia.
2.8
3 dia. (SUS303) Heat-shrinkable tube 2.2 dia.
12
2,000
Standard Installation
Cylindrical Models
Standard Installation
Cylindrical Models Through-beam → This Page Reflective → 12 Page
10
10
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
11
11
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
1,120
390
3,000
1,050
1,020
330
670
220
1 dia.
10
3 dia.
14
10
1.5 dia.
E32-T223R 2M
Size Sensing
direction
1 dia.
1.5 dia.
3 dia.
Top-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
Bendresistant,
R4
Flexible,
R1
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-T22B 2M
370
60
11-A
11-B
E32-T12R 2M 11-C
E32-T14LR 2M 11-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Other modes
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
11 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
600
90
ST :
SHS:
1,500
280
ST :
SHS:
670
100
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
450
150
750
260
2,000
700
680
220
250
60
Other modes
ST :
SHS:
400
90
ST :
SHS:
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
450
100
ST :
SHS:
3 dia.
35
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
HSGIGA HSGIGA
secured with a
set screw
• Inserted where space is limited.
(Secured using a set screw.)
• Ultramate space-saving by micro-fiber head. (1 dia. × 10 mm)
• Side-view models can be mounted where there is limited depth.
E32-T223R
1 dia.
10
E32-T223R 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T22B 2M (Free Cutting)
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
11-A
11-B
E32-T12R 2M (Free Cutting)
11-C
E32-T14LR 2M (Free Cutting)
11-D
Through-beam Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60 Page
Recommended Mounting Hole Dimensions
The recommended mounting-hole dimensions for Cylindrical Fiber Units are given below.
(Unit: mm)
Outer diameter of Fiber Unit 1.5 dia. 3 dia.1 dia.
1.2 dia. dia. dia.
Dimension F
F
+0.5
0 1.7 +0.5
0 3.2+0.5
0
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
10 2,000
Sensing surface
0.5 dia. 1 dia.
1 dia. (Stainless steel)
E39-F9: Provided
10 2,000
1 dia.
1.5 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
Sensing surface
4-0.25 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
3
2.4 dia. 2.2 dia.
11
14 2,000
Sensing surface
1 dia. 3 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
35
Sensing surface
30
2
3 dia.
2.8
3 dia. (SUS303) Heat-shrinkable tube 2.2 dia.
12
2,000
Standard Installation
Cylindrical Models
Standard Installation
Cylindrical Models Through-beam → 10 Page Reflective → This Page
12
12
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
13
13
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
125
1,000
15
15 15
3
5
Model display tube
Brancher 3.5: dia.
0.9 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
1.5 dia. (SUS303)
Stainless-steel tube 0.5 dia.
Sensing surface
Four, 0.125 dia.
Protective tube
2.1 dia.
2,000
3
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia. 2.7 dia. 3 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
15
1002,000
15
Sensing surface
Four, 0.25 dia. 1 dia. Brancher (ABS): 3.5 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
1.5 dia. (SUS304)
15
Emitter fiber:
two, 0.25 dia.
Receiber fibers:
two, 0.25 dia.
Enlarged View of Sensing Surface
2,000
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, four, 0.25 dia. 3 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
15
Note: There is a yellow dotted line on the Emitter fiber.
Emitter fiber:
1 dia.
Receiver fibers:
Sixteen, 0.265 dia.
Brancher (heat-resistant,
ABS, black): 6 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia.
15 400 15 1,570
2,000
3 dia. (SUS304)
Stainless-steel tube
0.8 dia. Heat-shrinkable tube
Two, 1 dia.
35 2,000
12 E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, 0.25 dia.
15 15
3 dia. (SUS303)
210
60
100
30
1,050
300
450
130
210
60
42
12
1.5 dia.
0.5 dia.
15
3
3 dia.
15
1.5 dia.
15
3 dia.
15
15
3 dia.
3 dia.
0.8 dia.
20
15
E32-D22B 2M
Size Sensing
direction
1.5 dia.
1.5 dia.
+
0.5 dia.
3 dia.
+
0.8 dia.
3 dia.
Top-view
Bend-
resistant,
R4
R4
Bend-
resistant,
R4
Flexible,
R1
R25
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-D43M 1M
90
16
13-A
13-B
E32-D22R 2M 13-C
E32-D221B 2M 13-D
E32-D32L 2M 13-E
E32-D33 2M 13-F
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
13 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
18
4
ST :
SHS:
90
16
ST :
SHS:
210
40
ST :
SHS:
450
90
ST :
SHS:
45
8
ST :
SHS:
140
40
70
20
700
200
300
90
140
40
28
8
60
16
ST :
SHS:
12
4
ST :
SHS:
60
16
ST :
SHS:
140
40
ST :
SHS:
300
90
ST :
SHS:
30
8
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
Coaxial
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
• Inserted where space is limited.
(Secured using a set screw.)
secured with a
set screw
E32-D22B 2M (No Cutting)
E32-D43M 1M (No Cutting)
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
13-A
13-B
E32-D22R 2M (Free Cutting)
13-C
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
E32-D33 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D32L 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D221B 2M (Free Cutting)
13-D
13-E
13-F
Reflective Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Recommended Mounting Hole Dimensions
The recommended mounting-hole dimensions for
Cylindrical Fiber Units are given below.
Features of Coaxial Reective Type
These Fiber Units offer better detection of small objects at close distances
(of 2 mm or less) than Standard Reflective Fiber Units.
They also detect glossy surfaces more reliably than Standard Reflective
Fiber Units, even if the surface is tilted.
The receiver fibers are arranged around the emitter fiber as shown below.
Emitter fiber Receiver fibers
(Unit: mm)
Outer diameter of Fiber Unit 1.5 dia. 3 dia.
dia. dia.
Dimension F
F
1.7 +0.5
0 3.2+0.5
0
Standard Installation
Cylindrical Models
Standard Installation
Cylindrical Models Through-beam → 10 Page Reflective → This Page
12
12
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
13
13
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
125
1,000
15
15 15
3
5
Model display tube
Brancher 3.5: dia.
0.9 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
1.5 dia. (SUS303)
Stainless-steel tube 0.5 dia.
Sensing surface
Four, 0.125 dia.
Protective tube
2.1 dia.
2,000
3
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia. 2.7 dia. 3 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
15
1002,000
15
Sensing surface
Four, 0.25 dia. 1 dia. Brancher (ABS): 3.5 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
1.5 dia. (SUS304)
15
Emitter fiber:
two, 0.25 dia.
Receiber fibers:
two, 0.25 dia.
Enlarged View of Sensing Surface
2,000
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, four, 0.25 dia. 3 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
15
Note: There is a yellow dotted line on the Emitter fiber.
Emitter fiber:
1 dia.
Receiver fibers:
Sixteen, 0.265 dia.
Brancher (heat-resistant,
ABS, black): 6 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia.
15 400 15 1,570
2,000
3 dia. (SUS304)
Stainless-steel tube
0.8 dia. Heat-shrinkable tube
Two, 1 dia.
35 2,000
12 E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, 0.25 dia.
15 15
3 dia. (SUS303)
210
60
100
30
1,050
300
450
130
210
60
42
12
1.5 dia.
0.5 dia.
15
3
3 dia.
15
1.5 dia.
15
3 dia.
15
15
3 dia.
3 dia.
0.8 dia.
20
15
E32-D22B 2M
Size Sensing
direction
1.5 dia.
1.5 dia.
+
0.5 dia.
3 dia.
+
0.8 dia.
3 dia.
Top-view
Bend-
resistant,
R4
R4
Bend-
resistant,
R4
Flexible,
R1
R25
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-D43M 1M
90
16
13-A
13-B
E32-D22R 2M 13-C
E32-D221B 2M 13-D
E32-D32L 2M 13-E
E32-D33 2M 13-F
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
13 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
18
4
ST :
SHS:
90
16
ST :
SHS:
210
40
ST :
SHS:
450
90
ST :
SHS:
45
8
ST :
SHS:
140
40
70
20
700
200
300
90
140
40
28
8
60
16
ST :
SHS:
12
4
ST :
SHS:
60
16
ST :
SHS:
140
40
ST :
SHS:
300
90
ST :
SHS:
30
8
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
Coaxial
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
• Inserted where space is limited.
(Secured using a set screw.)
secured with a
set screw
E32-D22B 2M (No Cutting)
E32-D43M 1M (No Cutting)
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
13-A
13-B
E32-D22R 2M (Free Cutting)
13-C
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
E32-D33 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D32L 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D221B 2M (Free Cutting)
13-D
13-E
13-F
Reflective Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Recommended Mounting Hole Dimensions
The recommended mounting-hole dimensions for
Cylindrical Fiber Units are given below.
Features of Coaxial Reective Type
These Fiber Units offer better detection of small objects at close distances
(of 2 mm or less) than Standard Reflective Fiber Units.
They also detect glossy surfaces more reliably than Standard Reflective
Fiber Units, even if the surface is tilted.
The receiver fibers are arranged around the emitter fiber as shown below.
Emitter fiber Receiver fibers
(Unit: mm)
Outer diameter of Fiber Unit 1.5 dia. 3 dia.
dia. dia.
Dimension F
F
1.7 +0.5
0 3.2+0.5
0
Saving Space
Flat Models
Saving Space
Flat Models
14
14
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
15
15
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-T15ZR 2M (Free Cutting)
15-C
E32-T15XR 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T15YR 2M (Free Cutting)
15-A
15-B
E32-D15ZR 2M (Free Cutting)
15-G
E32-D15XR 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D15YR 2M (Free Cutting)
15-E
15-F
Note: 1. Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
2. Four, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Note: 1. Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
2. Four, M2 x 8 stainless-steel, pan-head mounting screws,
four spring washers, four flat washers, and four nuts are provided.
15-D
(SUS303)
Two, 2.2-dia. mounting holes
Two, 3.7-dia., countersinks on one side
(Polycarbonate) 1.3 dia.
Fiber Attachment
E39-F9W13
Sensing
surface:
3 dia.
E32-LT35Z 2M (Free Cutting)
(Aluminum)
Sensing surface
2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
Note: 1. Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
2. Four, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
(Aluminum)
Sensing surface
3
4
2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
Note: 1. Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
2. Four, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
(Aluminum)
Sensing surface
1 dia.
Note: Two, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Note: Two, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Note: Two, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia. (Aluminum)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
Sensing surface (Aluminum)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
Sensing surface Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
(Aluminum)
3
7.5
2.5
2,000
15
2.8
3
2.4
7.5
10
2,000
8
32.5
1.5
15
7.5
5.5
Model display tube
8
4
3
2.5
1.5
7.5
15
5.5
2,000
8
3
4
7.5
15 2,000
2.5
5.5
15
2.5
7.5
7.5
2,000
2.5
3
10
7.5
2.5
4
2,000
1.4
2.2
7.5
15
10
6.3 2.4
3
1.5
2,000
12
11
1.75
5.5
7.5±0.1
8.5
(45)
(45)
Model display tube
Model display tube
Model display tube
Model display tube
(45)
(45)
(45)
(45)
(45)
Model display tube
Model display tube
3,000
1,050
1,120
390
1,260
360
300
78
15
3
10
3
10
15
15
10
3
15
8
3
15
3
8
15
3
8
E32-T15XR 2M
Top-view
Flat-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.) E32-T15YR 2M
1,500
280
15-A
15-B
E32-T15ZR 2M 15-C
15-D
Appearance (mm)
Sensing direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
15 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
670
100
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP40
IP67
E32-D15XR 2M
Top-view
Flat-view
Side-view Flexible,
R1
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.) E32-D15YR 2M
520
100
15-E
15-F
15-G
Appearance (mm)Sensing direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
15 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
150
24
ST :
SHS:
2,000
700
750
260
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
450
100
ST :
SHS:
840
240
200
52
350
100
ST :
SHS:
100
24
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
E32-D15ZR 2M
E3NX-FA
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
12
3
8.5 3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
3,600
1,200
1,800
300
ST :
SHS:
2,400
800
1,200
300
ST :
SHS:
Specifications
Dimensions
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58 PageInstallation Information → 60 Page
Flat-View Type
Side-View Type
Top-View Type
• Thin profile for mounting in limited spaces.
• Mounts directly without using special mounting brackets.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Through-beam Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
E32-LT35Z 2M
Saving Space
Flat Models
Saving Space
Flat Models
14
14
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
15
15
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-T15ZR 2M (Free Cutting)
15-C
E32-T15XR 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T15YR 2M (Free Cutting)
15-A
15-B
E32-D15ZR 2M (Free Cutting)
15-G
E32-D15XR 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D15YR 2M (Free Cutting)
15-E
15-F
Note: 1. Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
2. Four, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Note: 1. Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
2. Four, M2 x 8 stainless-steel, pan-head mounting screws,
four spring washers, four flat washers, and four nuts are provided.
15-D
(SUS303)
Two, 2.2-dia. mounting holes
Two, 3.7-dia., countersinks on one side
(Polycarbonate) 1.3 dia.
Fiber Attachment
E39-F9W13
Sensing
surface:
3 dia.
E32-LT35Z 2M (Free Cutting)
(Aluminum)
Sensing surface
2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
Note: 1. Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
2. Four, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
(Aluminum)
Sensing surface
3
4
2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
Note: 1. Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
2. Four, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
(Aluminum)
Sensing surface
1 dia.
Note: Two, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Note: Two, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Note: Two, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia. (Aluminum)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
Sensing surface (Aluminum)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
Sensing surface Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on both sides
(Aluminum)
3
7.5
2.5
2,000
15
2.8
3
2.4
7.5
10
2,000
8
32.5
1.5
15
7.5
5.5
Model display tube
8
4
3
2.5
1.5
7.5
15
5.5
2,000
8
3
4
7.5
15 2,000
2.5
5.5
15
2.5
7.5
7.5
2,000
2.5
3
10
7.5
2.5
4
2,000
1.4
2.2
7.5
15
10
6.3 2.4
3
1.5
2,000
12
11
1.75
5.5
7.5±0.1
8.5
(45)
(45)
Model display tube
Model display tube
Model display tube
Model display tube
(45)
(45)
(45)
(45)
(45)
Model display tube
Model display tube
3,000
1,050
1,120
390
1,260
360
300
78
15
3
10
3
10
15
15
10
3
15
8
3
15
3
8
15
3
8
E32-T15XR 2M
Top-view
Flat-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.) E32-T15YR 2M
1,500
280
15-A
15-B
E32-T15ZR 2M 15-C
15-D
Appearance (mm)
Sensing direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
15 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
670
100
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP40
IP67
E32-D15XR 2M
Top-view
Flat-view
Side-view Flexible,
R1
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.) E32-D15YR 2M
520
100
15-E
15-F
15-G
Appearance (mm)Sensing direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
15 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
150
24
ST :
SHS:
2,000
700
750
260
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
450
100
ST :
SHS:
840
240
200
52
350
100
ST :
SHS:
100
24
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
E32-D15ZR 2M
E3NX-FA
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
12
3
8.5 3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
3,600
1,200
1,800
300
ST :
SHS:
2,400
800
1,200
300
ST :
SHS:
Specifications
Dimensions
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58 PageInstallation Information → 60 Page
Flat-View Type
Side-View Type
Top-View Type
• Thin profile for mounting in limited spaces.
• Mounts directly without using special mounting brackets.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Through-beam Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
E32-LT35Z 2M
Saving Space
Sleeve Models (Close-range Detection)
Saving Space
Sleeve Models (Close-range Detection)
16
16
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
17
17
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Through-beam → This Page Reflective → 18 Page
E32-T33 1M (Free Cutting)
35 2,000
15
1.25
15 12
E39-F9: Provided
Stainless-steel tube
1 dia.
Heat-shrinkable tube
1 dia.
2 dia. (SUS304)
1.4 dia.
Sensing
surface
Heat-shrinkable tube
Sensing surface
0.25 dia.
1 dia.
1,000
12
55
10
40
0.5 dia.
3 dia. (SUS303)
E39-F9: Provided
3.2
Stainless-steel tube
1.2 dia. max.
(SUS304) 2.2 dia.
11 90 2,000
Sensing surface
1 dia.
M4×0.7 (coarse thread)
(Nickel-plated brass)
Opposite side 7,
thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
2.3
0.6
15 15 2,000
2.5 dia. (SUS304)
(45)
Stainless-steel tube
0.81 dia.
Sensing
surface
1 dia.
Model display tube
2.5 dia
E39-F9: Provided
17-C
E32-T24R 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T24E 2M (Free Cutting)
17-A
17-B
E32-T21-S1 2M (Free Cutting)
17-D
E32-TC200BR 2M (Free Cutting)
17-E
2.5
Stainless-steel
tube 0.82 dia. Opposite side 5.5,
thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M3×0.5 (Nickel-plated brass)
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing
surface
0.5 dia.
2,000
15 15
1 dia.
760
250
670
220
250
75
220
75
3,000
1,050
M3
0.82 dia.
15
15
2.5 dia.
0.81 dia.
15 15
2 dia.
1 dia.
15 20
0.5 dia.
3 dia.
40
15
E32-T24R 2M
Top-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
R10
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
0.25 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-T24E 2M
150
20
17-A
17-B
E32-T33 1M
E32-T21-S1 2M
17-C
17-D
Appearance (mm)
Sensing direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
17 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
370
60
ST :
SHS:
130
20
ST :
SHS:
450
68
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
510
170
450
150
170
50
150
50
100
20
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
250
60
ST :
SHS:
90
20
ST :
SHS:
300
68
ST :
SHS:
M4 1.2 dia.
90
11
Flexible,
R1
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-TC200BR 2M 17-E
1,500
280
ST :
SHS:
IP67
2,000
700
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
Sleeve bending radius:
5 mm
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
E3NX-FA
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Through-beam Fiber Units
Sleeve Bender (sold separately)
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
In case of bending sleeve
The E32-TC200BR has a bendable sleeve.
Use the Sleeve Bender to bend them.
• Sleeve Fiber Units allow detection away from
the point of installation for stable close-range
detection of small objects.
• The shape of sleeve can be changed freely.
(Refer to the sleeve bending specifications in the
Appearance column of the specifications table.)
Appearance Applicable Fiber Units Model
E32-TC200BR
Uses for the bending
of the sleeve. E39-F11
Saving Space
Sleeve Models (Close-range Detection)
Saving Space
Sleeve Models (Close-range Detection)
16
16
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
17
17
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Through-beam → This Page Reflective → 18 Page
E32-T33 1M (Free Cutting)
35 2,000
15
1.25
15 12
E39-F9: Provided
Stainless-steel tube
1 dia.
Heat-shrinkable tube
1 dia.
2 dia. (SUS304)
1.4 dia.
Sensing
surface
Heat-shrinkable tube
Sensing surface
0.25 dia.
1 dia.
1,000
12
55
10
40
0.5 dia.
3 dia. (SUS303)
E39-F9: Provided
3.2
Stainless-steel tube
1.2 dia. max.
(SUS304) 2.2 dia.
11 90 2,000
Sensing surface
1 dia.
M4×0.7 (coarse thread)
(Nickel-plated brass)
Opposite side 7,
thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
2.3
0.6
15 15 2,000
2.5 dia. (SUS304)
(45)
Stainless-steel tube
0.81 dia.
Sensing
surface
1 dia.
Model display tube
2.5 dia
E39-F9: Provided
17-C
E32-T24R 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T24E 2M (Free Cutting)
17-A
17-B
E32-T21-S1 2M (Free Cutting)
17-D
E32-TC200BR 2M (Free Cutting)
17-E
2.5
Stainless-steel
tube 0.82 dia. Opposite side 5.5,
thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M3×0.5 (Nickel-plated brass)
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing
surface
0.5 dia.
2,000
15 15
1 dia.
760
250
670
220
250
75
220
75
3,000
1,050
M3
0.82 dia.
15
15
2.5 dia.
0.81 dia.
15 15
2 dia.
1 dia.
15 20
0.5 dia.
3 dia.
40
15
E32-T24R 2M
Top-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
R10
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
0.25 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-T24E 2M
150
20
17-A
17-B
E32-T33 1M
E32-T21-S1 2M
17-C
17-D
Appearance (mm)
Sensing direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
17 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
370
60
ST :
SHS:
130
20
ST :
SHS:
450
68
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
510
170
450
150
170
50
150
50
100
20
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
250
60
ST :
SHS:
90
20
ST :
SHS:
300
68
ST :
SHS:
M4 1.2 dia.
90
11
Flexible,
R1
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-TC200BR 2M 17-E
1,500
280
ST :
SHS:
IP67
2,000
700
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
Sleeve bending radius:
5 mm
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
E3NX-FA
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Through-beam Fiber Units
Sleeve Bender (sold separately)
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
In case of bending sleeve
The E32-TC200BR has a bendable sleeve.
Use the Sleeve Bender to bend them.
• Sleeve Fiber Units allow detection away from
the point of installation for stable close-range
detection of small objects.
• The shape of sleeve can be changed freely.
(Refer to the sleeve bending specifications in the
Appearance column of the specifications table.)
Appearance Applicable Fiber Units Model
E32-TC200BR
Uses for the bending
of the sleeve. E39-F11
Saving Space
Sleeve Models (Close-range Detection)
Saving Space
Sleeve Models (Close-range Detection)
18
18
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
19
19
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Through-beam → 16 Page Reflective → This Page
E32-D33 2M (Free Cutting)
19-E
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
E32-D24R 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D331 2M (No Cutting)
19-A
19-D
E32-DC200F4R 2M (Free Cutting)
19-H
E32-D43M 1M (No Cutting)
19-C
E32-DC200BR 2M (Free Cutting)
19-K
E32-D21-S3 2M (Free Cutting)
19-J
E32-D25-S3 2M (Free Cutting)
19-L
35
12
15 15
1.25
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Heat-shrinkable tube
Two, 1 dia.
3 dia. (SUS304)
Stainless-steel tube 2 dia.
Light baffle Sensing surface
2.5
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
11 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
Stainless-steel tube
1.2 dia. max. (SUS304)
Two, 1 dia.
40
M3×0.5 (SUS304)
125
1,000
15
15 15
3
5
Model display tube
Brancher: 3.5 dia.
0.9 dia.
Fiber Attachment *
1.5 dia. (SUS303)
Stainless-steel tube 0.5 dia.
Sensing surface
Four, 0.125 dia.
Protective tube
2.1 dia.
1002,000
15
Stainless-steel tube
0.5 dia.
Brancher: 3.5 dia.
Fiber Attachment *
1.2 dia. Irrax tube
Sensing surface
Two, 0.125 dia.
15 15
2 dia. (SUS303)
Opposite side 10,
thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Stainless-steel tube
2.5 dia. max.
(SUS304)
2,000
17
90
5.2
M6×0.75
(Nickel-plated brass) (fine thread)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing
surface
Two, 1 dia.
E32-D24-S2 2M (Free Cutting)
19-B
E32-D31-S1 0.5M (No Cutting)
19-G
E32-D22-S1 2M (Free Cutting)
19-I
E32-D32-S1 0.5M (No Cutting)
19-F
3.55
Two, 2.2 dia.
4.8 dia.
(SUS304)
Stainless-steel tube 2.1 dia.
Sensing surface
65 15 2,000
1.2 dia.
3 dia.
(SUS303)
Stainless-steel tube 0.82 dia.
Brancher: 3.5 dia.
Fiber Attachment *
Sensing surface
Two, 0.265 dia.
5
15 500
100
15
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
2
Optical fiber Two, 1 dia.
4 dia.
(SUS303)
Stainless-steel
tube 1.65 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
1.3 dia.
Sensing surface Two, 0.5 dia.
2000
1522
10
3
9.52.75
Two, 3.4 dia.
mounting holes
3
2
Two, 1 dia.
(Nickel-plated brass)
Stainless-steel tube
1.65 dia.
1.3 dia.
3
Sensing surface Two, 0.5 dia.
15 2000
67
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
10015
Optical fiber 1.2 dia.
Stainless-steel tube 0.82 dia.
Sensing surface
Two, 0.265 dia.
Opposite side 5.5,
thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M3×0.5 (Nickel-plated brass)
500
15 15
Brancher: 3.5 dia.
2.5
Optical fiber Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9:
Provided
1.3 dia.
3.2
Sensing surface Two, 0.5 dia.
Stainless-steel tube 1.65 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4
(Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2
67 15 2000
Fiber Attachment *
180
67
210
60
100
30
94
27
100
30
1,260
360
370
100
370
100
21
6
42
12
120
45
3 dia.
2 dia.
15
20
4.8 dia.
2.1 dia.
65
15
3 dia.
0.8 dia.
20
15
2 dia.
0.5 dia.
15
15
M3
1.2 dia.
40
11
E32-D24R 2M
E32-D24-S2 2M
Top-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
R25
R4
R4
R25
Flexible,
R1
Flexible,
R1
R10
R10
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-DC200F4R 2M
E32-D31-S1 0.5M
E32-D32-S1 0.5M
45
8
19-A
19-B
19-C
E32-D33 2M
E32-D43M 1M
E32-D331 2M
E32-DC200BR 2M
E32-D21-S3 2M
E32-D25-S3 2M
E32-D22-S1 2M
19-D
19-E
19-F
19-G
19-H
19-I
19-K
19-J
19-L
Appearance (mm)Sensing direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
19 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
79
14
ST :
SHS:
53
14
ST :
SHS:
90
16
ST :
SHS:
160
30
ST :
SHS:
45
8
ST :
SHS:
40
7
ST :
SHS:
18
4
ST :
SHS:
9
2
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
160
30
ST :
SHS:
110
30
ST :
SHS:
27
7
ST :
SHS:
110
30
ST :
SHS:
140
40
70
20
63
18
70
20
840
240
250
72
250
72
14
4
28
8
30
8
E3X-HD
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
ST :
SHS:
60
16
ST :
SHS:
30
8
ST :
SHS:
12
4
ST :
SHS:
6
2
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
Sleeve bending
radius:
25 mm
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
Sleeve bending
radius:
5 mm
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
E3NX-FA
1.5 dia.
0.5 dia.
15
3
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
The sleeve
cannot
be bent. M3
0.82 dia.
15
15
3 dia.
0.82 dia.
515
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
Sleeve bending
radius:
10 mm
1.65 dia.
67
16
1.65 dia.
22
15
4 dia.
M4
Sleeve bending
radius:
10 mm
1.65 dia.
67
15 10
3
2.5 dia.
M6
90
17
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
Specifications
Dimensions
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Reflective Fiber Units
Sleeve Bender (sold separately)
In case of bending sleeve
The E32-DC200F4R , E32-D21-S3 and E32-D25-S3 have bendable sleeves.
Use the Sleeve Bender to bend them.
Appearance Applicable Fiber Units Model
E32-DC200F4R
E32-D21-S3
E32-D25-S3
Uses for the bending
of the sleeve. E39-F11
• Sleeve Fiber Units allow detection away from
the point of installation for stable close-range
detection of small objects.
• The shape of sleeve can be changed freely.
(Refer to the sleeve bending specifications in the
Appearance column of the specifications table.)
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Stainless-steel tube
0.8 dia. Heat-shrinkable tube
Two, 1 dia.
35 2,000
12 E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, 0.25 dia.
15 15
3 dia. (SUS303)
E39-F9: Provided
Saving Space
Sleeve Models (Close-range Detection)
Saving Space
Sleeve Models (Close-range Detection)
18
18
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
19
19
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Through-beam → 16 Page Reflective → This Page
E32-D33 2M (Free Cutting)
19-E
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
E32-D24R 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D331 2M (No Cutting)
19-A
19-D
E32-DC200F4R 2M (Free Cutting)
19-H
E32-D43M 1M (No Cutting)
19-C
E32-DC200BR 2M (Free Cutting)
19-K
E32-D21-S3 2M (Free Cutting)
19-J
E32-D25-S3 2M (Free Cutting)
19-L
35
12
15 15
1.25
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Heat-shrinkable tube
Two, 1 dia.
3 dia. (SUS304)
Stainless-steel tube 2 dia.
Light baffle Sensing surface
2.5
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
11 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
Stainless-steel tube
1.2 dia. max. (SUS304)
Two, 1 dia.
40
M3×0.5 (SUS304)
125
1,000
15
15 15
3
5
Model display tube
Brancher: 3.5 dia.
0.9 dia.
Fiber Attachment *
1.5 dia. (SUS303)
Stainless-steel tube 0.5 dia.
Sensing surface
Four, 0.125 dia.
Protective tube
2.1 dia.
1002,000
15
Stainless-steel tube
0.5 dia.
Brancher: 3.5 dia.
Fiber Attachment *
1.2 dia. Irrax tube
Sensing surface
Two, 0.125 dia.
15 15
2 dia. (SUS303)
Opposite side 10,
thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Stainless-steel tube
2.5 dia. max.
(SUS304)
2,000
17
90
5.2
M6×0.75
(Nickel-plated brass) (fine thread)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing
surface
Two, 1 dia.
E32-D24-S2 2M (Free Cutting)
19-B
E32-D31-S1 0.5M (No Cutting)
19-G
E32-D22-S1 2M (Free Cutting)
19-I
E32-D32-S1 0.5M (No Cutting)
19-F
3.55
Two, 2.2 dia.
4.8 dia.
(SUS304)
Stainless-steel tube 2.1 dia.
Sensing surface
65 15 2,000
1.2 dia.
3 dia.
(SUS303)
Stainless-steel tube 0.82 dia.
Brancher: 3.5 dia.
Fiber Attachment *
Sensing surface
Two, 0.265 dia.
5
15 500
100
15
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
2
Optical fiber Two, 1 dia.
4 dia.
(SUS303)
Stainless-steel
tube 1.65 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
1.3 dia.
Sensing surface Two, 0.5 dia.
2000
1522
10
3
9.52.75
Two, 3.4 dia.
mounting holes
3
2
Two, 1 dia.
(Nickel-plated brass)
Stainless-steel tube
1.65 dia.
1.3 dia.
3
Sensing surface Two, 0.5 dia.
15 2000
67
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
10015
Optical fiber 1.2 dia.
Stainless-steel tube 0.82 dia.
Sensing surface
Two, 0.265 dia.
Opposite side 5.5,
thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M3×0.5 (Nickel-plated brass)
500
15 15
Brancher: 3.5 dia.
2.5
Optical fiber Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9:
Provided
1.3 dia.
3.2
Sensing surface Two, 0.5 dia.
Stainless-steel tube 1.65 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4
(Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2
67 15 2000
Fiber Attachment *
180
67
210
60
100
30
94
27
100
30
1,260
360
370
100
370
100
21
6
42
12
120
45
3 dia.
2 dia.
15
20
4.8 dia.
2.1 dia.
65
15
3 dia.
0.8 dia.
20
15
2 dia.
0.5 dia.
15
15
M3
1.2 dia.
40
11
E32-D24R 2M
E32-D24-S2 2M
Top-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
R25
R4
R4
R25
Flexible,
R1
Flexible,
R1
R10
R10
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-DC200F4R 2M
E32-D31-S1 0.5M
E32-D32-S1 0.5M
45
8
19-A
19-B
19-C
E32-D33 2M
E32-D43M 1M
E32-D331 2M
E32-DC200BR 2M
E32-D21-S3 2M
E32-D25-S3 2M
E32-D22-S1 2M
19-D
19-E
19-F
19-G
19-H
19-I
19-K
19-J
19-L
Appearance (mm)Sensing direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
19 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
79
14
ST :
SHS:
53
14
ST :
SHS:
90
16
ST :
SHS:
160
30
ST :
SHS:
45
8
ST :
SHS:
40
7
ST :
SHS:
18
4
ST :
SHS:
9
2
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
160
30
ST :
SHS:
110
30
ST :
SHS:
27
7
ST :
SHS:
110
30
ST :
SHS:
140
40
70
20
63
18
70
20
840
240
250
72
250
72
14
4
28
8
30
8
E3X-HD
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
ST :
SHS:
60
16
ST :
SHS:
30
8
ST :
SHS:
12
4
ST :
SHS:
6
2
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
Sleeve bending
radius:
25 mm
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve cannot
be bent.
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
Sleeve bending
radius:
5 mm
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
E3NX-FA
1.5 dia.
0.5 dia.
15
3
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
The sleeve
cannot
be bent. M3
0.82 dia.
15
15
3 dia.
0.82 dia.
515
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
Sleeve bending
radius:
10 mm
1.65 dia.
67
16
1.65 dia.
22
15
4 dia.
M4
Sleeve bending
radius:
10 mm
1.65 dia.
67
15 10
3
2.5 dia.
M6
90
17
The sleeve
cannot
be bent.
Specifications
Dimensions
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Reflective Fiber Units
Sleeve Bender (sold separately)
In case of bending sleeve
The E32-DC200F4R , E32-D21-S3 and E32-D25-S3 have bendable sleeves.
Use the Sleeve Bender to bend them.
Appearance Applicable Fiber Units Model
E32-DC200F4R
E32-D21-S3
E32-D25-S3
Uses for the bending
of the sleeve. E39-F11
• Sleeve Fiber Units allow detection away from
the point of installation for stable close-range
detection of small objects.
• The shape of sleeve can be changed freely.
(Refer to the sleeve bending specifications in the
Appearance column of the specifications table.)
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models are different.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
*Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Stainless-steel tube
0.8 dia. Heat-shrinkable tube
Two, 1 dia.
35 2,000
12 E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, 0.25 dia.
15 15
3 dia. (SUS303)
E39-F9: Provided
Beam Improvements
Small-Spot, Reflective (Minute Object Detection)
Beam Improvements
Small-Spot, Reflective (Minute Object Detection)
20
20
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
21
21
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Small-spot Lens Unit → 22 Page
Variable-spot, Parallel-light-spot,
Integrated lens → This Page
5.6
Emitter
Receiver
Two,
2.2 dia.
Sensing
surface
(10×24.5)
Optic
axis
11.5±0.1 Two, M3
Two, 3.2 dia.,
mounting holes
Model display tube
10.9
29
14 11.5
6.9
13.6
25.6
11.6
Sensing head (Polyarylate)
Sensing surface
Two, 9 dia.
lenses.
Mounting hole dimensions
Dimensions
E32-C42 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F3A E39-F3A
21-A
E32-C42 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F17 E39-F17
21-B
E32-C31 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3C E39-F3C
21-C
E32-C21N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3C
21-D
E32-C42S 1M (No Cutting)
21-E E32-L15 2M (Free Cutting)
21-F
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 and 61 Page
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
1,000
0 to 9
23
13
6 dia.
2 dia. (SUS303)
2.6 dia.
Two, 1.2 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
Note: This is the Lens Unit for the E32-C42.
Material:
Aluminum for body and
optical glass for lens.
23
13
3
M2×2 Allen-head set screw
(for securing the fiber)
2.1 dia.
6 dia. 4 dia.
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 3.7 dia.)
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
1,000
22.2
14
9.5 to 14
2.6 dia.
Two, 1.2 dia.
6 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
2 dia. (SUS303)
Material:
Aluminum for body and
optical glass for lens.
6 dia. 5 dia.
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 5.4 dia.)
22.2
7.3
14
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
32.5
10.9
5.8
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Two, 1 dia.
27.5
5 dia.
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Material:
Aluminum for body and
optical glass for lens.
Note: This is the Lens Unit for the
E32-C31 and E32-C31N.
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 3.7 dia.)
M3×0.5
Effective screw
length: 3
10.9
5.8
4.3 dia. 5 dia.
Straight knurling
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
Sensing surface
Lens: 2.4 dia. Two, 1.2 dia.
1.5 dia.
Brancher
(ABS resin): 3.5 dia.
White marks:
Emitter side
(heat-shrinkable tube)
3 dia.
(Aluminum)
1,000
15
(100)
18
Fiber Attachment*
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
E39-F3A +
E32-C42
16
14
Withdrew length I (mm)
Focal distance d (mm)
Focal distance d (mm)
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 4 8 12 16 20
0.08
0.22
: Spot diameter (mm)
0.17
0.10
0.13
l
d
Fiber
I: Withdrew length
d: Focal distance
Spot: Small
Focal distance:
Short
Withdrew
length: Long
Withdrew
length: Short
Spot: Large
Focal distance:
Long 0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
0 2 4 6 8
1.6 0.9
0.6
0.3
Withdrew length I (mm)
* Withdrew length: Approx. 1.3 to 5.8 mm
E39-F17 +
E32-C42
Spot: Small
Focal distance:
Short
Withdrew
length: Long
Withdrew
length: Short
Spot: Large
Focal distance:
Long
: Spot diameter (mm)
l
d
Fiber I: Withdrew length
d: Focal distance
• Small-spot is ideal for detecting minute objects.
Select the Fiber Unit that is best suited for the workpiece size and installation
distance.
(Refer to Reference Information for Model Selection)
• Available with a variable-spot Lens Unit to change the spot diameter without
replacing the fiber. The spot diameter can be adjusted according to the size of
the workpiece by changing the withdrew length and sensing distance.
Refer to the following graph, which shows the relation between the withdrew
length, focal distance, and spot diameter.
M3×0.5
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Two, 1.3 dia.
2,000
5 dia.
Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided
20
6
10.9 5.8
E32-C42 1M
Variable spot
0.1 to
0.6 dia. 6 to 15
0.3 to
1.6 dia. 10 to 30
R25
E39-F3A
E39-F17
21-A
21-B
Spot
diameter
Center
distance
(mm)
Type Models ModelAppearance (mm)
Fiber UnitLens Units + Fiber UnitsLens Units
Bending
radius of cable
21 Page
Dimensions
No.
Variable-spot types
Lens Units + Fiber Unit
E32-C31 2M
Parallel light 4 dia. 0 to 20
R25
Flexible, R2 E32-C21N 2M
E39-F3C
21-C
21-D
Spot
diameter
Center
distance
(mm)
Type Model ModelsAppearance (mm)
Fiber UnitLens Units + Fiber UnitsLens Units
Bending
radius of cable
21 Page
Dimensions
No.
Parallel-light-spot types
Lens Units + Fiber Unit
E32-C42S 1M
Short-distance,
Small-spot
Long-distance,
Small-spot
0.1 dia. 5
6 dia. 50
R25
E32-L15 2M
21-E
21-F
Spot
diameter
Center
distance
(mm)
Appearance (mm)Type Models
Bending
radius of cable
21 Page
Dimensions
No.
Small-spot types
Integrated Lens
6 dia.
2 dia.
23
6 dia.
2 dia.
22.2
M3
5 dia.
10.9
Lens: unnecessary
3 dia.
18
11.6
25.6
29
Lens: unnecessary
IP50
IP50
* The spot diameter and the center distance are the same when using with E3X-HD series or E3NX-FA@ series. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
M3
5 dia.
10.9
Specifications
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Reflective Fiber Units
Spot diameter
Center distance
Optical axis diameter
Models
0.1 dia.
5
2.4
0.1 dia.
7
3.7
0.2 dia.
17
4.8
0.5 dia.
7
3.7
0.5 dia.
17
4.8
4 dia.
0 to 20
3.7
6 dia.
50
10
3 dia.
50
9.4
Model Selection Tips
<Map of Spot Diameters and Center Distances> (Unit: mm)
E32-L15E39-F3C
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3B
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3A-5
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3B
+
E32-C41
E39-F3A-5
+
E32-C41
E32-C42S E39-F18
+
E32-CC200
E32-C91N
Center
distance
Spot diameter
Optical
axis
diameter
*
*
*
*
* Refer to page 22 for details.
*
Select the best model by following these steps.
1. Select the model based on the spot diameter
suitable for the workpiece size.
* The Variable-spot Type is useful if there are
different sensing object sizes.
2. Select the model based on the allowable
installation distance and center distance.
Beam Improvements
Small-Spot, Reflective (Minute Object Detection)
Beam Improvements
Small-Spot, Reflective (Minute Object Detection)
20
20
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
21
21
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Small-spot Lens Unit → 22 Page
Variable-spot, Parallel-light-spot,
Integrated lens → This Page
5.6
Emitter
Receiver
Two,
2.2 dia.
Sensing
surface
(10×24.5)
Optic
axis
11.5±0.1 Two, M3
Two, 3.2 dia.,
mounting holes
Model display tube
10.9
29
14 11.5
6.9
13.6
25.6
11.6
Sensing head (Polyarylate)
Sensing surface
Two, 9 dia.
lenses.
Mounting hole dimensions
Dimensions
E32-C42 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F3A E39-F3A
21-A
E32-C42 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F17 E39-F17
21-B
E32-C31 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3C E39-F3C
21-C
E32-C21N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3C
21-D
E32-C42S 1M (No Cutting)
21-E E32-L15 2M (Free Cutting)
21-F
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 and 61 Page
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
1,000
0 to 9
23
13
6 dia.
2 dia. (SUS303)
2.6 dia.
Two, 1.2 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
Note: This is the Lens Unit for the E32-C42.
Material:
Aluminum for body and
optical glass for lens.
23
13
3
M2×2 Allen-head set screw
(for securing the fiber)
2.1 dia.
6 dia. 4 dia.
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 3.7 dia.)
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
1,000
22.2
14
9.5 to 14
2.6 dia.
Two, 1.2 dia.
6 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
2 dia. (SUS303)
Material:
Aluminum for body and
optical glass for lens.
6 dia. 5 dia.
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 5.4 dia.)
22.2
7.3
14
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
32.5
10.9
5.8
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Two, 1 dia.
27.5
5 dia.
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Material:
Aluminum for body and
optical glass for lens.
Note: This is the Lens Unit for the
E32-C31 and E32-C31N.
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 3.7 dia.)
M3×0.5
Effective screw
length: 3
10.9
5.8
4.3 dia. 5 dia.
Straight knurling
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
Sensing surface
Lens: 2.4 dia. Two, 1.2 dia.
1.5 dia.
Brancher
(ABS resin): 3.5 dia.
White marks:
Emitter side
(heat-shrinkable tube)
3 dia.
(Aluminum)
1,000
15
(100)
18
Fiber Attachment*
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
E39-F3A +
E32-C42
16
14
Withdrew length I (mm)
Focal distance d (mm)
Focal distance d (mm)
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 4 8 12 16 20
0.08
0.22
: Spot diameter (mm)
0.17
0.10
0.13
l
d
Fiber
I: Withdrew length
d: Focal distance
Spot: Small
Focal distance:
Short
Withdrew
length: Long
Withdrew
length: Short
Spot: Large
Focal distance:
Long 0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
0 2 4 6 8
1.6 0.9
0.6
0.3
Withdrew length I (mm)
* Withdrew length: Approx. 1.3 to 5.8 mm
E39-F17 +
E32-C42
Spot: Small
Focal distance:
Short
Withdrew
length: Long
Withdrew
length: Short
Spot: Large
Focal distance:
Long
: Spot diameter (mm)
l
d
Fiber I: Withdrew length
d: Focal distance
• Small-spot is ideal for detecting minute objects.
Select the Fiber Unit that is best suited for the workpiece size and installation
distance.
(Refer to Reference Information for Model Selection)
• Available with a variable-spot Lens Unit to change the spot diameter without
replacing the fiber. The spot diameter can be adjusted according to the size of
the workpiece by changing the withdrew length and sensing distance.
Refer to the following graph, which shows the relation between the withdrew
length, focal distance, and spot diameter.
M3×0.5
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Two, 1.3 dia.
2,000
5 dia.
Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided
20
6
10.9 5.8
E32-C42 1M
Variable spot
0.1 to
0.6 dia. 6 to 15
0.3 to
1.6 dia. 10 to 30
R25
E39-F3A
E39-F17
21-A
21-B
Spot
diameter
Center
distance
(mm)
Type Models ModelAppearance (mm)
Fiber UnitLens Units + Fiber UnitsLens Units
Bending
radius of cable
21 Page
Dimensions
No.
Variable-spot types
Lens Units + Fiber Unit
E32-C31 2M
Parallel light 4 dia. 0 to 20
R25
Flexible, R2 E32-C21N 2M
E39-F3C
21-C
21-D
Spot
diameter
Center
distance
(mm)
Type Model ModelsAppearance (mm)
Fiber UnitLens Units + Fiber UnitsLens Units
Bending
radius of cable
21 Page
Dimensions
No.
Parallel-light-spot types
Lens Units + Fiber Unit
E32-C42S 1M
Short-distance,
Small-spot
Long-distance,
Small-spot
0.1 dia. 5
6 dia. 50
R25
E32-L15 2M
21-E
21-F
Spot
diameter
Center
distance
(mm)
Appearance (mm)Type Models
Bending
radius of cable
21 Page
Dimensions
No.
Small-spot types
Integrated Lens
6 dia.
2 dia.
23
6 dia.
2 dia.
22.2
M3
5 dia.
10.9
Lens: unnecessary
3 dia.
18
11.6
25.6
29
Lens: unnecessary
IP50
IP50
* The spot diameter and the center distance are the same when using with E3X-HD series or E3NX-FA@ series.The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
M3
5 dia.
10.9
Specifications
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Reflective Fiber Units
Spot diameter
Center distance
Optical axis diameter
Models
0.1 dia.
5
2.4
0.1 dia.
7
3.7
0.2 dia.
17
4.8
0.5 dia.
7
3.7
0.5 dia.
17
4.8
4 dia.
0 to 20
3.7
6 dia.
50
10
3 dia.
50
9.4
Model Selection Tips
<Map of Spot Diameters and Center Distances> (Unit: mm)
E32-L15E39-F3C
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3B
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3A-5
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3B
+
E32-C41
E39-F3A-5
+
E32-C41
E32-C42S E39-F18
+
E32-CC200
E32-C91N
Center
distance
Spot diameter
Optical
axis
diameter
*
*
*
*
* Refer to page 22 for details.
*
Select the best model by following these steps.
1. Select the model based on the spot diameter
suitable for the workpiece size.
* The Variable-spot Type is useful if there are
different sensing object sizes.
2. Select the model based on the allowable
installation distance and center distance.
Beam Improvements
Small-Spot, Reflective (Minute Object Detection)
Beam Improvements
Small-Spot, Reflective (Minute Object Detection)
22
22
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
23
23
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Small-spot Lens Unit → This Page
Variable-spot, Parallel-light-spot,
Integrated lens → 20 Page
Applications
5.5
8
10 dia.
8
30
M6×0.75
Depth: 3.9
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 9.4 dia.)
46.1 2,000
30
M6×0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
Two, 2.2 dia.
10 dia.
41.1
M6×0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
2,000
10 dia.
30
6
Two, 2.2 dia.
E32-C31 2M
E32-C41 1M
E32-C21N 2M
E32-C31 2M
E32-C41 1M
E32-C21N 2M
E32-CC200 2M
E32-C91N 2M
Short-
distance,
small-spot
Medium-
distance,
small-spot
Long-
distance,
small-spot
0.5 dia.
0.1 dia.
0.5 dia.
0.2 dia.
3 dia.
7
17
50
R25
R25
R25
Flexible, R2
Flexible, R2
Flexible, R4
E39-F3B
E39-F18
E39-F3A-5
23-A
23-B
23-C
23-D
23-E
23-F
23-G
23-H
Spot
diameter
Center
distance
(mm)
Type Models ModelsAppearance(mm)
Fiber UnitsLens Units + Fiber UnitsLens Units
Bending
radius of cable
23 Page
Dimensions
No.
Small-spot Models
Lens Units + Fiber Units
M3
16.5
5 dia.
M3
16.5
5 dia.
M3
6 dia.
25.2
M3
25.2
6 dia.
M6
10 dia.
30
M6
10 dia.
30
* The spot diameter and the center distance are the same when using with E3X-HD series or E3NX-FA@ series. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
M3
16.5
5 dia.
M3
6 dia.
25.2
E32-C41 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F3A-5 E39-F3A-5
23-A
E39-F3B
E32-C91N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F18
E39-F18
23-H
23-G E32-CC200 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F18
E32-C31 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3B
23-E
E32-C21N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3B
23-F
E32-C31 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3A-5
23-B
E32-C21N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3A-5
23-C
Reflective Fiber Units
Dimensions Installation Information → 58, 61 Page
• Small-spot is ideal for detecting minute objects.
Select the Fiber Unit that is best suited for the workpiece size and installation
distance.
(Refer to Reference Information for Model Selection)
Specifications
Reflective Fiber Units
Spot diameter
Center distance
Optical axis diameter
Models
0.1 dia.
5
2.4
0.1 dia.
7
3.7
0.2 dia.
17
4.8
0.5 dia.
7
3.7
0.5 dia.
17
4.8
4 dia.
0 to 20
3.7
6 dia.
50
10
3 dia.
50
9.4
Model Selection Tips
<Map of Spot Diameters and Center Distances> (Unit: mm)
E32-L15E39-F3C
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3B
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3A-5
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3B
+
E32-C41
E39-F3A-5
+
E32-C41
E32-C42S E39-F18
+
E32-CC200
E32-C91N
Center
distance
Spot diameter
Optical
axis
diameter
*
*
* Refer to page 20 for details.
*
Select the best model by following these steps.
1. Select the model based on the spot diameter
suitable for the workpiece size.
* The Variable-spot Type is useful if there are
different sensing object sizes.
2. Select the model based on the allowable
installation distance and center distance.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Fiber Attachment*
Irrax tube: 2.6 dia.
Brancher
(ABS resin): 3.5 dia.
Two, 1.2 dia.
White marks:
Emitter side
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Opposite side 5.5,
thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
1,000
34
16.5
6.5
29
5 dia.
Material:
Aluminum for body and optical
glass for lens
6.5
16.5
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 3.7 dia.)
Straight knurling
5 dia.
4 dia.
2.1 dia.
M3×0.5
Effective screw
length: 3
Note: This is a Lens Unit for the E32-C41, E32-C31 and E32-C31N.
37
16.5
6.5
5 dia. M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Two, 1 dia.
32
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber. Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
Fiber Attachment*
42.8
25.2
37.8
6 dia. Irrax tube: 2.6 dia.
Brancher
(ABS resin):
3.5 dia.
Two, 1.2 dia.
White marks:
Emitter side
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Opposite side 5.5,
thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
1,000
E32-C41 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F3B
23-D
Note: This is a Lens Unit for the E32-C41, E32-C31 and E32-C31N.
Material:
Aluminum for body and optical
glass for lens
25.2
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 4.8 dia.)
M3×0.5
Depth: 4.4
24.1
5.5 dia.
6 dia.
45.8
25.2
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Two, 1 dia.
40.8
6 dia.
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
Note: This is a Lens Unit for the E32-C91N and E32-CC200.
Material:
Aluminum for body and optical
glass for lens
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
M3×0.5
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Two, 1.3 dia.
2,000
5 dia.
Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided
24.5
6
16.5
6.5
M3×0.5
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Two, 1.3 dia.
6 dia.
Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided
2,000
33.3
25.2
6
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Beam Improvements
Small-Spot, Reflective (Minute Object Detection)
Beam Improvements
Small-Spot, Reflective (Minute Object Detection)
22
22
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
23
23
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Small-spot Lens Unit → This Page
Variable-spot, Parallel-light-spot,
Integrated lens → 20 Page
Applications
5.5
8
10 dia.
8
30
M6×0.75
Depth: 3.9
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 9.4 dia.)
46.1 2,000
30
M6×0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
Two, 2.2 dia.
10 dia.
41.1
M6×0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
2,000
10 dia.
30
6
Two, 2.2 dia.
E32-C31 2M
E32-C41 1M
E32-C21N 2M
E32-C31 2M
E32-C41 1M
E32-C21N 2M
E32-CC200 2M
E32-C91N 2M
Short-
distance,
small-spot
Medium-
distance,
small-spot
Long-
distance,
small-spot
0.5 dia.
0.1 dia.
0.5 dia.
0.2 dia.
3 dia.
7
17
50
R25
R25
R25
Flexible, R2
Flexible, R2
Flexible, R4
E39-F3B
E39-F18
E39-F3A-5
23-A
23-B
23-C
23-D
23-E
23-F
23-G
23-H
Spot
diameter
Center
distance
(mm)
Type Models ModelsAppearance(mm)
Fiber UnitsLens Units + Fiber UnitsLens Units
Bending
radius of cable
23 Page
Dimensions
No.
Small-spot Models
Lens Units + Fiber Units
M3
16.5
5 dia.
M3
16.5
5 dia.
M3
6 dia.
25.2
M3
25.2
6 dia.
M6
10 dia.
30
M6
10 dia.
30
* The spot diameter and the center distance are the same when using with E3X-HD series or E3NX-FA@ series. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
M3
16.5
5 dia.
M3
6 dia.
25.2
E32-C41 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F3A-5 E39-F3A-5
23-A
E39-F3B
E32-C91N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F18
E39-F18
23-H
23-G E32-CC200 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F18
E32-C31 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3B
23-E
E32-C21N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3B
23-F
E32-C31 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3A-5
23-B
E32-C21N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F3A-5
23-C
Reflective Fiber Units
Dimensions Installation Information → 58, 61 Page
• Small-spot is ideal for detecting minute objects.
Select the Fiber Unit that is best suited for the workpiece size and installation
distance.
(Refer to Reference Information for Model Selection)
Specifications
Reflective Fiber Units
Spot diameter
Center distance
Optical axis diameter
Models
0.1 dia.
5
2.4
0.1 dia.
7
3.7
0.2 dia.
17
4.8
0.5 dia.
7
3.7
0.5 dia.
17
4.8
4 dia.
0 to 20
3.7
6 dia.
50
10
3 dia.
50
9.4
Model Selection Tips
<Map of Spot Diameters and Center Distances> (Unit: mm)
E32-L15E39-F3C
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3B
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3A-5
+
E32-C31
E32-C21N
E39-F3B
+
E32-C41
E39-F3A-5
+
E32-C41
E32-C42S E39-F18
+
E32-CC200
E32-C91N
Center
distance
Spot diameter
Optical
axis
diameter
*
*
* Refer to page 20 for details.
*
Select the best model by following these steps.
1. Select the model based on the spot diameter
suitable for the workpiece size.
* The Variable-spot Type is useful if there are
different sensing object sizes.
2. Select the model based on the allowable
installation distance and center distance.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Fiber Attachment*
Irrax tube: 2.6 dia.
Brancher
(ABS resin): 3.5 dia.
Two, 1.2 dia.
White marks:
Emitter side
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Opposite side 5.5,
thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
1,000
34
16.5
6.5
29
5 dia.
Material:
Aluminum for body and optical
glass for lens
6.5
16.5
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 3.7 dia.)
Straight knurling
5 dia.
4 dia.
2.1 dia.
M3×0.5
Effective screw
length: 3
Note: This is a Lens Unit for the E32-C41, E32-C31 and E32-C31N.
37
16.5
6.5
5 dia. M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Two, 1 dia.
32
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber. Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
Fiber Attachment*
42.8
25.2
37.8
6 dia. Irrax tube: 2.6 dia.
Brancher
(ABS resin):
3.5 dia.
Two, 1.2 dia.
White marks:
Emitter side
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Opposite side 5.5,
thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
1,000
E32-C41 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F3B
23-D
Note: This is a Lens Unit for the E32-C41, E32-C31 and E32-C31N.
Material:
Aluminum for body and optical
glass for lens
25.2
Lens surface
(lens diameter: 4.8 dia.)
M3×0.5
Depth: 4.4
24.1
5.5 dia.
6 dia.
45.8
25.2
M3×0.5 (SUS303)
Two, 1 dia.
40.8
6 dia.
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
Note: There is a white tube on the emitter fiber.
Note: This is a Lens Unit for the E32-C91N and E32-CC200.
Material:
Aluminum for body and optical
glass for lens
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
M3×0.5
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Two, 1.3 dia.
2,000
5 dia.
Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided
24.5
6
16.5
6.5
M3×0.5
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Two, 1.3 dia.
6 dia.
Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided
2,000
33.3
25.2
6
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
24
24
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
25
25
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Fiber only
→ This Page
Lens ( to 70°C)
→ 26 Page
Lens ( to 200°C)
→ 28 Page
Applications
E32-D16 2M (Free Cutting)
25-E
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
Two, 6 dia. countersinks on both sides
Sensing surface Lens
Two, 5.8 dia lenses
8.5
11 6.5
Two, 2.2 dia.
2,000
22
(Aluminum)
17.5
9
E32-T17L 10M (Free Cutting)
25-B
Sensing surface
lens diameter:
10 dia. (PMMA) Opposite side 19, Thickness 5 (Aluminum)
2.2 dia.
23
42
10,000
M14×1 (ABS)
E32-LT11 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-LT11R 2M (Free Cutting)
25-C
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Lens (PMMA) Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washers (Nickel-plated iron)
3.2
Sensing
surface 2.3 dia. 10
15 2,000
E32-T14 2M (Free Cutting)
25-D
10±0.2
9.2
7
8
2.5
10.5
R3.5 Two, 3.2 dia.
mounting holes
Heat-resistant ABS
Sensing surface
Lens (PMMA)
4.4 dia. Nitrile rubber
8.2
16
25.2
11.2 2,000
2.2 dia.
8
20,000 *2
20,000 *2
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
22
17.5
9
10.5
8
36.4
M14
42
E32-T17L 10M
Top-view
Right-
angle
Side-view
10°
15°
15°
30° R25
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
10 dia.
E32-T14 2M
20,000 *2
20,000 *2
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
*2 *2
25-B
E32-LT11N 2M 25-A
25-D
Appearance (mm)
Aperture
angle
Sensing
direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
25 Page
Dimensions
No.
*1 *1
*1
*1
*1
*1
IP67
IP67
E32-D16 2M
Top-view
Bendresistant,
R4
−
40 to 2,800
40 to 900
40 to 4,000
40 to 1,350
40 to 1,400
40 to 480
25-E
Appearance (mm)
Aperture
angle
Sensing
direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Model
25 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
40 to 2,100
40 to 480
ST :
SHS:
IP40
4°
20,000
8,000
4,000
1,800
M4
15
E3NX-FA
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
HS
GIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
IP50
M4
14.4
4,000 *1
3,450
Specifications
Dimensions
• Maximum sensing distance without attaching a Lens: 20 m (E32-T17L)
Suitable for detection of large objects and for use in large-scale installations.
• Powerful enough to resist the influences of dust and dirt.
(Refer to the comparisons of incident level on the Reference Information
for Model Selection.)
• In addition to the products listed on this page, Lenses are available to extend
the sensing distance. (→ 26 to 29 pages)
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 59, 60 Page
R25
Flexible,
R2
Flexible,
R1
2.3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2.3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-LT11 2M
25-C
4,000 *1
2,700
4,000
1,080
ST :
SHS:
20,000
8,000
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
4,000 *1
2,300
4,000
920
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
3,500
920
ST :
SHS:
4,000
920
ST :
SHS:
3,500
920
ST :
SHS:
IP50
E32-LT11R 2M
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,080
Through-beam Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The optical fiber is 10 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 20,000 mm.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
*1
*2
Note.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
4,000 *1
3,450
4,000 *1
2,300
E32-D11R 2M
(Reference)
E32-D16 2M ×17
Reference (×1)
×1700
×160
×50
×40
×0.8
Reference (×1)
×10
×10
Comparisons of incident level (Reflective)
Comparisons of incident level (Through-beam)
E32-LT11R 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R 2M
(Reference)
E32-T11R + E39-F2
→ 26 page
E32-T14 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F1
→ 26 page
E32-LT11N 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F16
→ 26 page
E32-T17L 10M
→ 24 page
×60
E32-T11NF 2M
→ 38 page
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Comparisons of incident level
Select the model based on the comparisons of incident level against Standard Fiber Units.
E32-LT11N 2M (Free Cutting)
25-A
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58 Page
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
3.2 Sensing surface 2.3 dia.
(Methacrylate resin) Model display tube 2.2 dia.
(8.1)
(45)
2,000
14.4
4.4
10
7
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
24
24
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
25
25
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Fiber only
→ This Page
Lens ( to 70°C)
→ 26 Page
Lens ( to 200°C)
→ 28 Page
Applications
E32-D16 2M (Free Cutting)
25-E
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
Two, 6 dia. countersinks on both sides
Sensing surface Lens
Two, 5.8 dia lenses
8.5
11 6.5
Two, 2.2 dia.
2,000
22
(Aluminum)
17.5
9
E32-T17L 10M (Free Cutting)
25-B
Sensing surface
lens diameter:
10 dia. (PMMA) Opposite side 19, Thickness 5 (Aluminum)
2.2 dia.
23
42
10,000
M14×1 (ABS)
E32-LT11 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-LT11R 2M (Free Cutting)
25-C
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Lens (PMMA) Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washers (Nickel-plated iron)
3.2
Sensing
surface 2.3 dia. 10
15 2,000
E32-T14 2M (Free Cutting)
25-D
10±0.2
9.2
7
8
2.5
10.5
R3.5 Two, 3.2 dia.
mounting holes
Heat-resistant ABS
Sensing surface
Lens (PMMA)
4.4 dia. Nitrile rubber
8.2
16
25.2
11.2 2,000
2.2 dia.
8
20,000 *2
20,000 *2
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
22
17.5
9
10.5
8
36.4
M14
42
E32-T17L 10M
Top-view
Right-
angle
Side-view
10°
15°
15°
30° R25
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
10 dia.
E32-T14 2M
20,000 *2
20,000 *2
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
*2 *2
25-B
E32-LT11N 2M 25-A
25-D
Appearance (mm)
Aperture
angle
Sensing
direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
25 Page
Dimensions
No.
*1 *1
*1
*1
*1
*1
IP67
IP67
E32-D16 2M
Top-view
Bendresistant,
R4
−
40 to 2,800
40 to 900
40 to 4,000
40 to 1,350
40 to 1,400
40 to 480
25-E
Appearance (mm)
Aperture
angle
Sensing
direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Model
25 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
40 to 2,100
40 to 480
ST :
SHS:
IP40
4°
20,000
8,000
4,000
1,800
M4
15
E3NX-FA
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
HS
GIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
IP50
M4
14.4
4,000 *1
3,450
Specifications
Dimensions
• Maximum sensing distance without attaching a Lens: 20 m (E32-T17L)
Suitable for detection of large objects and for use in large-scale installations.
• Powerful enough to resist the influences of dust and dirt.
(Refer to the comparisons of incident level on the Reference Information
for Model Selection.)
• In addition to the products listed on this page, Lenses are available to extend
the sensing distance. (→ 26 to 29 pages)
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 59, 60 Page
R25
Flexible,
R2
Flexible,
R1
2.3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2.3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-LT11 2M
25-C
4,000 *1
2,700
4,000
1,080
ST :
SHS:
20,000
8,000
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
4,000 *1
2,300
4,000
920
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
3,500
920
ST :
SHS:
4,000
920
ST :
SHS:
3,500
920
ST :
SHS:
IP50
E32-LT11R 2M
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,080
Through-beam Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The optical fiber is 10 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 20,000 mm.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
*1
*2
Note
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
4,000 *1
3,450
4,000 *1
2,300
E32-D11R 2M
(Reference)
E32-D16 2M ×17
Reference (×1)
×1700
×160
×50
×40
×0.8
Reference (×1)
×10
×10
Comparisons of incident level (Reflective)
Comparisons of incident level (Through-beam)
E32-LT11R 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R 2M
(Reference)
E32-T11R + E39-F2
→ 26 page
E32-T14 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F1
→ 26 page
E32-LT11N 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F16
→ 26 page
E32-T17L 10M
→ 24 page
×60
E32-T11NF 2M
→ 38 page
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Comparisons of incident level
Select the model based on the comparisons of incident level against Standard Fiber Units.
E32-LT11N 2M (Free Cutting)
25-A
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58 Page
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
3.2 Sensing surface 2.3 dia.
(Methacrylate resin) Model display tube 2.2 dia.
(8.1)
(45)
2,000
14.4
4.4
10
7
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
26
26
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
27
27
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Fiber only
→ 24 Page
Lens ( to 70°C)
→
This Page
Lens ( to 200°C)
→ 28 Page
Applications
E39-F1 E39-F2
26-A 26-C
E39-F16
26-B
4 dia.
2.8 dia.
9.2
5.7
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.2
countersinking depth: 0.9
4 dia.
8.9
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.8
countersinking depth: 0.9
Note: Two per set.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
M4×0.7
Depth: 6
22.5
5
7.8 dia. Material:
SUS303 for the body and
optical glass for the
lens itself.
Note: Two per set.
Note: Two per set.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
E32-T11N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T11N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
27-A
27-D
E32-T11R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1
2,000
2.2 dia.
4 dia.
15.9 8.9
4.7
M4×0.7
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
19.9
8.9
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
2,000
2,000
2.2 dia.
19.6
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
8.9
4 dia.
2,000
26.5
4.7
22.5
M4×0.7
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
7.8 dia.
2.2 dia.
30.5 2,000
22.5
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2.2 dia.
7.8 dia.
2,000
30.5
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2.2 dia.
22.5
7.8 dia.
E32-T11R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
27-B
27-E
E32-T11 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T11 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
27-C
27-F
E32-T11R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F2
27-G
E32-T11 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F2
27-H
2,000
9.2
20.2
5.7
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2.2 dia.
4 dia.
2,00020
9.2
5.7
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
4 dia.
2,170
750
3,450
1,290
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
14.7
M4
1,450
500
2,300
860
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
E32-T11N 2M
E32-T11R 2M
E32-T11 2M
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Ultra-high-power (incident level: 160 times)
Side-View (incident level: 0.8 times)High-power (incident level: 50 times)
Approx. 6° Approx. 60°Approx. 12°
7.2 dia. 3 dia. (0.1 dia.)4 dia. (0.1 dia.)
E39-F16 E39-F2E39-F1
Appearance (mm)Models
Type
Models
Appearance
Optical axis diameter
(minimum sensing object)
Lens Units
Fiber Units
Aperture angle
14
M4
14
M4 27-H
27-G
26-C26-B26-A
27-F
27-E
27-D
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000
2,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,860
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,860
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,600
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,600
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
1,200
200
ST :
SHS:
1,980
320
ST :
SHS:
27-C
27-B
27-A
* * *
* *
* *
4,000
3,600
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,600
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
800
200
ST :
SHS:
1.320
320
ST :
SHS:
*
* *
*
*
*
*
E3X-HD
E3NX-FA E3NX-FA E3X-HD E3NX-FA
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Comparisons of incident level
Select the model based on the comparisons of incident level against Standard Fiber Units.
Specifications
Through-beam Fiber Units
Dimensions
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Lens Units
(Set of 2)
Dimensions Installation Information → 61 Page
Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
×1700
×160
×50
×40
×0.8
Reference (×1)
×10
×10
Comparisons of incident level (Through-beam)
E32-LT11R 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R 2M
(Reference)
E32-T11R + E39-F2
→ 26 page
E32-T14 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F1
→ 26 page
E32-LT11N 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F16
→ 26 page
E32-T17L 10M
→ 24 page
×60
E32-T11NF 2M
→ 38 page
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
26
26
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
27
27
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Fiber only
→ 24 Page
Lens ( to 70°C)
→
This Page
Lens ( to 200°C)
→ 28 Page
Applications
E39-F1 E39-F2
26-A 26-C
E39-F16
26-B
4 dia.
2.8 dia.
9.2
5.7
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.2
countersinking depth: 0.9
4 dia.
8.9
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.8
countersinking depth: 0.9
Note: Two per set.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
M4×0.7
Depth: 6
22.5
5
7.8 dia. Material:
SUS303 for the body and
optical glass for the
lens itself.
Note: Two per set.
Note: Two per set.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
E32-T11N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T11N 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
27-A
27-D
E32-T11R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1
2,000
2.2 dia.
4 dia.
15.9 8.9
4.7
M4×0.7
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
19.9
8.9
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
2,000
2,000
2.2 dia.
19.6
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
8.9
4 dia.
2,000
26.5
4.7
22.5
M4×0.7
(Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
7.8 dia.
2.2 dia.
30.5 2,000
22.5
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2.2 dia.
7.8 dia.
2,000
30.5
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2.2 dia.
22.5
7.8 dia.
E32-T11R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
27-B
27-E
E32-T11 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T11 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
27-C
27-F
E32-T11R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F2
27-G
E32-T11 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F2
27-H
2,000
9.2
20.2
5.7
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2.2 dia.
4 dia.
2,00020
9.2
5.7
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
4 dia.
2,170
750
3,450
1,290
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
14.7
M4
1,450
500
2,300
860
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
E32-T11N 2M
E32-T11R 2M
E32-T11 2M
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Ultra-high-power (incident level: 160 times)
Side-View (incident level: 0.8 times)High-power (incident level: 50 times)
Approx. 6° Approx. 60°Approx. 12°
7.2 dia. 3 dia. (0.1 dia.)4 dia. (0.1 dia.)
E39-F16 E39-F2E39-F1
Appearance (mm)Models
Type
Models
Appearance
Optical axis diameter
(minimum sensing object)
Lens Units
Fiber Units
Aperture angle
14
M4
14
M4 27-H
27-G
26-C26-B26-A
27-F
27-E
27-D
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000
2,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,860
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,860
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,600
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,600
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
1,200
200
ST :
SHS:
1,980
320
ST :
SHS:
27-C
27-B
27-A
* * *
* *
* *
4,000
3,600
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,600
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
800
200
ST :
SHS:
1.320
320
ST :
SHS:
*
* *
*
*
*
*
E3X-HD
E3NX-FA E3NX-FA E3X-HD E3NX-FA
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Comparisons of incident level
Select the model based on the comparisons of incident level against Standard Fiber Units.
Specifications
Through-beam Fiber Units
Dimensions
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Lens Units
(Set of 2)
Dimensions Installation Information → 61 Page
Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
×1700
×160
×50
×40
×0.8
Reference (×1)
×10
×10
Comparisons of incident level (Through-beam)
E32-LT11R 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R 2M
(Reference)
E32-T11R + E39-F2
→ 26 page
E32-T14 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F1
→ 26 page
E32-LT11N 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F16
→ 26 page
E32-T17L 10M
→ 24 page
×60
E32-T11NF 2M
→ 38 page
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
28
28
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
29
29
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Fiber only
→ 24 Page
Lens ( to 70°C)
→ 26 Page
Lens ( to 200°C)
→
This Page
Applications
E32-T51 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1-33
29-J
E32-T51 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
29-K
E32-T51R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F2
29-G
E32-T81R-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F2
29-H
E32-T61-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F2
29-I
E39-F1 E39-F2
28-A 28-C
E39-F16 E39-F1-33
28-B 28-D
Note 1: Two per set.
Note 2: This is the Lens Unit for the E32-T51.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
4 dia.
2.8 dia.
9.2
5.7
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.2
countersinking depth: 0.9
M4×0.7
Depth: 6
22.5
5
7.8 dia.
4 dia.
8.9
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.8
countersinking depth: 0.9
Note: Two per set.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
Material:
SUS303 for the body and
optical glass for the
lens itself.
Note: Two per set.
Note: Two per set.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
11
6 dia.
4 dia.
5
M4×0.7
Effective screw
length: 3.1
E32-T51R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T51R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
29-A
29-D
E32-T81R-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T81R-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F16
29-B
29-E
E32-T61-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T61-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F16
29-C
29-F
2,000
19.9
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
8.9
2.2 dia.
4 dia.
(75)
25.9 10 2,000
8.9
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2 dia.
4 dia.
25.9 2,000
10
8.9
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
2.8 dia.
4 dia.
2.2 dia.
2,000
30.5
22.5
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
7.8 dia.
36.5 10
22.5
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2 dia.
(75)
2,000
7.8 dia.
36.5 10 2,000
22.5
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
2.8 dia.
7.8 dia.
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2.2 dia.
33.5
2,000
22.5
7.8 dia.
22.9 2,000
11
5
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
6 dia.
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2.2 dia.
2,000
20.2
9.2
5.7
4 dia.
26.2 10 2,000
9.2
5.7 (75)
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2 dia.
4 dia.
26.2 2,000
10
5.7
9.2
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2.8 dia.
4 dia.
2,520
900
2,100
750
1,500
540
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
3,450
4,000*
4,000*
1,680
600
1,000
360
1,400
500
E32-T51R 2M
E32-T81R-S 2M
E32-T61-S 2M
Sensing distance (mm)
Ultra-high-power (incident level: 160 times)
Side-View (incident level: 0.8 times)
High-power (incident level: 50 times)
Approx. 6° Approx. 60°Approx. 12°
7.2 dia. 3 dia. (0.1 dia.)4 dia. (0.1 dia.)
E39-F16 E39-F2E39-F1
Appearance (mm)Models
Type
Models
Appearance
Optical axis diameter
(minimum sensing object)
Lens Units
Fiber Units
Aperture angle
M4
14
M4
20
30
M4
20
30
M4
17
Heat-resistant up to 100°C
Heat-resistant up to 200°C
Heat-resistant up to 350°C
(200°C) (See Note 3)
28-C28-B28-A
29-G
29-H
29-I
29-D
29-E
29-F
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
3,900
4,000*
2,700
29-A
29-B
29-C
29-K29-J
4,000*
4,000*
E32-T51 2M
4,000
1,400
Sensing distance (mm)
Ultra-high-power (incident level: 160 times)
High-power (incident level: 50 times)
Approx. 6°Approx. 12°
7.2 dia.4 dia. (0.1 dia.)
E39-F16E39-F1-33
Appearance (mm)Models
Type
Models
Appearance
Optical axis diameter
(minimum sensing object)
Aperture angle
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,400
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
Heat-resistant up to 150°C
28-B28-D
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
Lens Units
Fiber Units
E3X-HD E3NX-FA E3X-HD E3NX-FA
* * *
*
*
*
E3X-HD E3X-HD E3NX-FA E3X-HD E3NX-FAE3NX-FA
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
720
200
ST :
SHS:
550
140
ST :
SHS:
900
240
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,100
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,500
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
1,080
200
ST :
SHS:
820
140
ST :
SHS:
1,350
240
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,100
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,500
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
*
*
*
*
*
*
* *
*
*
*
*
*
*
4,000*
2,300
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The ambient temperature of E32-T61-S must be between −40 to 200°C when using it with E39-F1 or E39-F2 Lens Unit.
The ambient temperature of E32-T61-S must be between −40 to 350°C when using it with E39-F16 Lens Unit.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
Dimensions Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Specifications
Lens Units
(Set of 2)
Dimensions Installation Information → 61 Page
Through-beam Fiber Units (Heat-resistant)
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Comparisons of incident level
Select the model based on the comparisons of incident level against Standard Fiber Units.
×1700
×160
×50
×40
×0.8
Reference (×1)
×10
×10
Comparisons of incident level (Through-beam)
E32-LT11R 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R 2M
(Reference)
E32-T11R + E39-F2
→ 26 page
E32-T14 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F1
→ 26 page
E32-LT11N 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F16
→ 26 page
E32-T17L 10M
→ 24 page
×60
E32-T11NF 2M
→ 38 page
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
Beam Improvements
High-power Beam (Long-distance Installation, Dust-resistant)
28
28
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
29
29
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Fiber only
→ 24 Page
Lens ( to 70°C)
→ 26 Page
Lens ( to 200°C)
→
This Page
Applications
E32-T51 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1-33
29-J
E32-T51 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
29-K
E32-T51R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F2
29-G
E32-T81R-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F2
29-H
E32-T61-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F2
29-I
E39-F1 E39-F2
28-A 28-C
E39-F16 E39-F1-33
28-B 28-D
Note 1: Two per set.
Note 2: This is the Lens Unit for the E32-T51.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
4 dia.
2.8 dia.
9.2
5.7
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.2
countersinking depth: 0.9
M4×0.7
Depth: 6
22.5
5
7.8 dia.
4 dia.
8.9
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.8
countersinking depth: 0.9
Note: Two per set.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
Material:
SUS303 for the body and
optical glass for the
lens itself.
Note: Two per set.
Note: Two per set.
Material:
Brass for the body and optical
glass for the lens itself.
11
6 dia.
4 dia.
5
M4×0.7
Effective screw
length: 3.1
E32-T51R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T51R 2M (Free Cutting) + E39-F16
29-A
29-D
E32-T81R-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T81R-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F16
29-B
29-E
E32-T61-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F1
E32-T61-S 2M (No Cutting) + E39-F16
29-C
29-F
2,000
19.9
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
8.9
2.2 dia.
4 dia.
(75)
25.9 10 2,000
8.9
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2 dia.
4 dia.
25.9 2,000
10
8.9
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
2.8 dia.
4 dia.
2.2 dia.
2,000
30.5
22.5
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
7.8 dia.
36.5 10
22.5
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2 dia.
(75)
2,000
7.8 dia.
36.5 10 2,000
22.5
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
2.8 dia.
7.8 dia.
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
2.2 dia.
33.5
2,000
22.5
7.8 dia.
22.9 2,000
11
5
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
6 dia.
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2.2 dia.
2,000
20.2
9.2
5.7
4 dia.
26.2 10 2,000
9.2
5.7 (75)
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2 dia.
4 dia.
26.2 2,000
10
5.7
9.2
M4×0.7 (SUS303) 2.8 dia.
4 dia.
2,520
900
2,100
750
1,500
540
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
3,450
4,000*
4,000*
1,680
600
1,000
360
1,400
500
E32-T51R 2M
E32-T81R-S 2M
E32-T61-S 2M
Sensing distance (mm)
Ultra-high-power (incident level: 160 times)
Side-View (incident level: 0.8 times)
High-power (incident level: 50 times)
Approx. 6° Approx. 60°Approx. 12°
7.2 dia. 3 dia. (0.1 dia.)4 dia. (0.1 dia.)
E39-F16 E39-F2E39-F1
Appearance (mm)Models
Type
Models
Appearance
Optical axis diameter
(minimum sensing object)
Lens Units
Fiber Units
Aperture angle
M4
14
M4
20
30
M4
20
30
M4
17
Heat-resistant up to 100°C
Heat-resistant up to 200°C
Heat-resistant up to 350°C
(200°C) (See Note 3)
28-C28-B28-A
29-G
29-H
29-I
29-D
29-E
29-F
4,000*
4,000*
4,000*
3,900
4,000*
2,700
29-A
29-B
29-C
29-K29-J
4,000*
4,000*
E32-T51 2M
4,000
1,400
Sensing distance (mm)
Ultra-high-power (incident level: 160 times)
High-power (incident level: 50 times)
Approx. 6°Approx. 12°
7.2 dia.4 dia. (0.1 dia.)
E39-F16E39-F1-33
Appearance (mm)Models
Type
Models
Appearance
Optical axis diameter
(minimum sensing object)
Aperture angle
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,400
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
Heat-resistant up to 150°C
28-B28-D
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
Lens Units
Fiber Units
E3X-HD E3NX-FA E3X-HD E3NX-FA
* * *
*
*
*
E3X-HD E3X-HD E3NX-FA E3X-HD E3NX-FAE3NX-FA
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
720
200
ST :
SHS:
550
140
ST :
SHS:
900
240
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,100
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,500
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
1,080
200
ST :
SHS:
820
140
ST :
SHS:
1,350
240
ST :
SHS:
4,000
4,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
4,000
3,100
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,500
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,800
ST :
SHS:
*
*
*
*
*
*
* *
*
*
*
*
*
*
4,000*
2,300
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The ambient temperature of E32-T61-S must be between −40 to 200°C when using it with E39-F1 or E39-F2 Lens Unit.
The ambient temperature of E32-T61-S must be between −40 to 350°C when using it with E39-F16 Lens Unit.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
HSGIGA
Other
modes
Dimensions Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Specifications
Lens Units
(Set of 2)
Dimensions Installation Information → 61 Page
Through-beam Fiber Units (Heat-resistant)
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Comparisons of incident level
Select the model based on the comparisons of incident level against Standard Fiber Units.
×1700
×160
×50
×40
×0.8
Reference (×1)
×10
×10
Comparisons of incident level (Through-beam)
E32-LT11R 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R 2M
(Reference)
E32-T11R + E39-F2
→ 26 page
E32-T14 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F1
→ 26 page
E32-LT11N 2M
→ 24 page
E32-T11R + E39-F16
→ 26 page
E32-T17L 10M
→ 24 page
×60
E32-T11NF 2M
→ 38 page
Beam Improvements
Narrow View (Detection Across clearance)
Beam Improvements
Narrow View (Detection Across clearance)
30
30
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
31
31
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-A03 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T24SR 2M (Free Cutting)
31-A 31-D
E32-A03-1 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T24S 2M (Free Cutting)
31-B 31-E
E32-A04 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T22S 2M (Free Cutting)
31-C 31-F
15
2.2 dia.
2,000
Sensing surface
1.7 dia.
3 dia.
(Nickel-plated brass)
3.2
10
Mounting Brackets: E39-L83
(SUS) / provided
2.2 dia.
1.8
20.5
2
1.5
Sensing surface 1.7 dia.
11
3.4
3.5 dia.
0.4
17.6 3.2
(SUS303)
2,000
3.2
10
Mounting Brackets: E39-L83
(SUS) / provided
2.2 dia.
1.8
20.5
2
1.5
Sensing surface 1.7 dia.
11
3.4
3.5 dia.
0.4
17.6 3.2
(SUS303)
2,000
Note 1: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
Note 2: Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
Note: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
Note: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
2
4
2,000
20.5
2
2
Sensing surface
1.2 dia.
2 dia. E39-F9: Provided
1 dia.
Engraved mark: 1 dia.
(SUS303)
2.95 dia.
Mounting Brackets: E39-L83
(SUS) / provided
2
6
Sensing surface 1.7 dia.
E39-F9:
Provided
(SUS303)
Engraved
mark:
1 dia.
2,000
0.4 1.8
3.2
10
11
17.6
3.2
3.4
4.3
3.5 dia.
20.5
13
12.5
36.5
2,000
Two, 3.4 dia.
mounting holes
Engraved mark: 1 dia.
1 dia.
Sensing surface
1.7 dia. (SUS303)
2.95 dia.
4.5
3.5
10
3
E39-F9:
Provided
24.5
4,000*
1,800
1,920
670
4,000*
2,610
4,000*
2,190
4,000*
3,750
3.5 dia.
20.5
3 dia.
15
20.5
24.5 10
20.5
E32-A03 2M
Top-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
R10
R10
Flexible,
R1
1.5°
3.4°
4°
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1.2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1.7 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-A03-1 2M
E32-A04 2M
E32-T24SR 2M
E32-T24S 2M
E32-T22S 2M
2,670
500
31-A
31-B
31-C
31-D
31-E
31-F
Appearance (mm)
Aperture
angle
Sensing
direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
31 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
1,020
200
ST :
SHS:
3,300
580
ST :
SHS:
3,900
700
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
ST :
SHS:
3,220
1,200
1,280
450
4,000*
1,740
4,000*
1,460
4,000**
2,500
1,780
500
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
680
200
ST :
SHS:
2,200
580
ST :
SHS:
2,600
700
ST :
SHS:
3,800
1,000
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP50
IP50
IP50
IP50
Thickness:
3 mm
Thickness:
2 mm
Thickness:
3 mm
E3NX-FA
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
• The fine beam prevents false detection of light that is reflected off
surrounding objects.
Through-beam Fiber Units
E32-T24S
Approx. 60°
(standard)
Approx. 4°
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 58, 60 Page
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
Aperture angle and Optical Axis Diameter
The Aperture angle is the output angle of the emitted beam, and the
optical axis diameter is the core diameter of the emitter fiber.
A fiber with a narrow view has a larger optical axis diameter than
standard fibers, but the aperture angle is smaller so it is not
influenced by surrounding objects.
Aperture angle
Optical axis
diameter
Beam Improvements
Narrow View (Detection Across clearance)
Beam Improvements
Narrow View (Detection Across clearance)
30
30
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
31
31
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-A03 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T24SR 2M (Free Cutting)
31-A 31-D
E32-A03-1 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T24S 2M (Free Cutting)
31-B 31-E
E32-A04 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T22S 2M (Free Cutting)
31-C 31-F
15
2.2 dia.
2,000
Sensing surface
1.7 dia.
3 dia.
(Nickel-plated brass)
3.2
10
Mounting Brackets: E39-L83
(SUS) / provided
2.2 dia.
1.8
20.5
2
1.5
Sensing surface 1.7 dia.
11
3.4
3.5 dia.
0.4
17.6 3.2
(SUS303)
2,000
3.2
10
Mounting Brackets: E39-L83
(SUS) / provided
2.2 dia.
1.8
20.5
2
1.5
Sensing surface 1.7 dia.
11
3.4
3.5 dia.
0.4
17.6 3.2
(SUS303)
2,000
Note 1: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
Note 2: Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
Note: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
Note: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
2
4
2,000
20.5
2
2
Sensing surface
1.2 dia.
2 dia. E39-F9: Provided
1 dia.
Engraved mark: 1 dia.
(SUS303)
2.95 dia.
Mounting Brackets: E39-L83
(SUS) / provided
2
6
Sensing surface 1.7 dia.
E39-F9:
Provided
(SUS303)
Engraved
mark:
1 dia.
2,000
0.4 1.8
3.2
10
11
17.6
3.2
3.4
4.3
3.5 dia.
20.5
13
12.5
36.5
2,000
Two, 3.4 dia.
mounting holes
Engraved mark: 1 dia.
1 dia.
Sensing surface
1.7 dia. (SUS303)
2.95 dia.
4.5
3.5
10
3
E39-F9:
Provided
24.5
4,000*
1,800
1,920
670
4,000*
2,610
4,000*
2,190
4,000*
3,750
3.5 dia.
20.5
3 dia.
15
20.5
24.5 10
20.5
E32-A03 2M
Top-view
Side-view
Flexible,
R1
R10
R10
Flexible,
R1
1.5°
3.4°
4°
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1.2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1.7 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-A03-1 2M
E32-A04 2M
E32-T24SR 2M
E32-T24S 2M
E32-T22S 2M
2,670
500
31-A
31-B
31-C
31-D
31-E
31-F
Appearance (mm)
Aperture
angle
Sensing
direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
31 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
1,020
200
ST :
SHS:
3,300
580
ST :
SHS:
3,900
700
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
ST :
SHS:
3,220
1,200
1,280
450
4,000*
1,740
4,000*
1,460
4,000**
2,500
1,780
500
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
680
200
ST :
SHS:
2,200
580
ST :
SHS:
2,600
700
ST :
SHS:
3,800
1,000
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP50
IP50
IP50
IP50
Thickness:
3 mm
Thickness:
2 mm
Thickness:
3 mm
E3NX-FA
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
• The fine beam prevents false detection of light that is reflected off
surrounding objects.
Through-beam Fiber Units
E32-T24S
Approx. 60°
(standard)
Approx. 4°
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 58, 60 Page
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
Aperture angle and Optical Axis Diameter
The Aperture angle is the output angle of the emitted beam, and the
optical axis diameter is the core diameter of the emitter fiber.
A fiber with a narrow view has a larger optical axis diameter than
standard fibers, but the aperture angle is smaller so it is not
influenced by surrounding objects.
Aperture angle
Optical axis
diameter
Beam Improvements
Detection without Background Interference
Beam Improvements
Detection without Background Interference
32
32
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
33
33
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-L16-N 2M (Free Cutting)
33-A
E32-L24S 2M (Free Cutting)
33-B
E32-L25L 2M (Free Cutting)
33-C
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 4
0 to 4
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
18
4
16
14
2.5
11
20.5
3.8
14
E32-L16-N 2M
Flat-view
Side-view
R25
R10
Soda glass with
reflection factor
of 7%
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-L24S 2M
E32-L25L 2M
0 to 15
0 to 12
33-A
33-B
33-C
Appearance (mm)
Sensing
direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
33 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
0 to 4
0 to 4
ST :
SHS:
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
ST :
SHS:
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 4
0 to 4
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
0 to 15
0 to 12
ST :
SHS:
0 to 4
0 to 4
ST :
SHS:
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
ST :
SHS:
IP40
IP50
IP50
E3NX-FA
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
(Center 7.2)(Center 7.2) (Center 7.2) (Center 7.2)
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
• These Fiber Units detect only objects in the sensing range. Objects in the
background that are located beyond a certain point are not detected.
They are not easily affected by the material or color of the sensing object.
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 59 Page
* E3NX-FA21 used in high-speed (HS) mode
E32-L25L
Sensing range
151050
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
E32-L25L + E3NX-FA21
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
0 5 10 15
9999
E32-L24S + E3NX-FA21
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
E32-L24S
Sensing range
151050
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
E32-L16-N + E3NX-FA21
E32-L16-N
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Sensing range
302520151050
Distance (mm)
E32-L25L + E3NX-FA21
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Distance (mm)
E32-L25L + E3NX-FA21
Sensing
range
Background is not detected
White paper
Black paper
Glass, t = 0.7
SUS304
Digital incident level
Stable
detection
If operation is affected by the background, perform power tuning or use the ECO Mode to decrease the incident light level.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Sensing Distance vs. Digital Value
White paper
Black paper
Glass, t = 0.7
SUS304
Digital value
Digital value
Digital value
The following graphs show how the digital value is high within the sensing range and small outside.
This explains why false detection does not occur outside the sensing range, even against common metal
backgrounds, such as stainless steel.
2,000
Two, 3.5 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
(ABS)
11
2.5
14
Sensing surface
3.5
2
3.5 7
2
Sensing distance
Two, 1 dia.
2,000
6
6.5
(Polycarbonate)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
418
16
Sensing surface Two, 3.2 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Two, 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
Two, 3.2 dia.mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on both sides
2,000
14
20.5
3.8
Sensing
surface
(PVC)
10.6
(45)
0.95
2.7 6.8
7
Beam Improvements
Detection without Background Interference
Beam Improvements
Detection without Background Interference
32
32
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
33
33
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-L16-N 2M (Free Cutting)
33-A
E32-L24S 2M (Free Cutting)
33-B
E32-L25L 2M (Free Cutting)
33-C
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 4
0 to 4
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
18
4
16
14
2.5
11
20.5
3.8
14
E32-L16-N 2M
Flat-view
Side-view
R25
R10
Soda glass with
reflection factor
of 7%
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-L24S 2M
E32-L25L 2M
0 to 15
0 to 12
33-A
33-B
33-C
Appearance (mm)
Sensing
direction
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
E3X-HD
Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
33 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
0 to 4
0 to 4
ST :
SHS:
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
ST :
SHS:
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 4
0 to 4
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
0 to 15
0 to 12
ST :
SHS:
0 to 4
0 to 4
ST :
SHS:
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
ST :
SHS:
IP40
IP50
IP50
E3NX-FA
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
(Center 7.2)(Center 7.2) (Center 7.2) (Center 7.2)
Specifications
Dimensions
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
• These Fiber Units detect only objects in the sensing range. Objects in the
background that are located beyond a certain point are not detected.
They are not easily affected by the material or color of the sensing object.
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 59 Page
* E3NX-FA21 used in high-speed (HS) mode
E32-L25L
Sensing range
151050
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
E32-L25L + E3NX-FA21
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
0 5 10 15
9999
E32-L24S + E3NX-FA21
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
E32-L24S
Sensing range
151050
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
E32-L16-N + E3NX-FA21
E32-L16-N
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Sensing range
302520151050
Distance (mm)
E32-L25L + E3NX-FA21
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Distance (mm)
E32-L25L + E3NX-FA21
Sensing
range
Background is not detected
White paper
Black paper
Glass, t = 0.7
SUS304
Digital incident level
Stable
detection
If operation is affected by the background, perform power tuning or use the ECO Mode to decrease the incident light level.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Sensing Distance vs. Digital Value
White paper
Black paper
Glass, t = 0.7
SUS304
Digital value
Digital value
Digital value
The following graphs show how the digital value is high within the sensing range and small outside.
This explains why false detection does not occur outside the sensing range, even against common metal
backgrounds, such as stainless steel.
2,000
Two, 3.5 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
(ABS)
11
2.5
14
Sensing surface
3.5
2
3.5 7
2
Sensing distance
Two, 1 dia.
2,000
6
6.5
(Polycarbonate)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
418
16
Sensing surface Two, 3.2 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Two, 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
Two, 3.2 dia.mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on both sides
2,000
14
20.5
3.8
Sensing
surface
(PVC)
10.6
(45)
0.95
2.7 6.8
7
Transparent Object Detection
Retro-reflective
Transparent Object Detection
Retro-reflective
Retro-reflective
→
This page
Limited-reflective
→
36 page
34
34
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
35
35
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Dimensions
E32-R21 2M (Free Cutting) E39-R3 (Provided)
10 to 370
10 to 370
* This effect may not be as strong for some films. Check suitability beforehand.
40.3
59.9
10
42
21.5
M6
22.5
27.8 38
Type
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
E32-R16 2M
35 Page
Dimensions
No.
Features Size
Square
Threaded
Models
Film
detection
*
M6
M6
R10
R25
Flexible,
R2
-
(0.2 dia./
0.07 dia.)
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.) E32-R21 2M
E32-LR11NP 2M
+
E39-RP1
Retro-reflective Fiber Units (With M.S.R. Function)
Retro-reflective Fiber Units (With M.S.R. Function)
10 to 370
10 to 250
ST :
SHS:
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
ST :
SHS:
E3X-HD
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
10 to 250
10 to 250
10 to 250
10 to 250
ST :
SHS:
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
ST :
SHS:
1,200
550
ST :
SHS:
1,800
550
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
Specifications
IP66
IP67
35-A
35-B
35-A
35-C
35-B
35-C
Installation Information → 58, 59 and 61 Page
High Attenuation
High Attenuation
Low Attenuation
<Through-beam> <Retro-reflective>
Attenuation 20%
Using E32-LR11NPBefore
Interrupted
light level
18%
Before Using E32-LR11NP
Special polarizing
filters
Dramatically increases attenuation by cutting
distorted light caused by double refraction.
Fiber
Film
Film
Fiber
Reflector
Reflector
Attenuation 11%
Interrupted
light level
80%
• Retro-reflective Fiber Units are ideal for detecting transparent objects.
The light beam passes through the object twice, this model interrupts light more
than Through-beam model.
• Excellent detection performance with transparent films.
(E32-LR11NP + E39-RP1)
The specially designed filter eliminates undesirable light, which allows
significantly more light to be interrupted for stable detection of films.
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
Objects with a high reflection factor may cause the Fiber Sensor to detect reflected light as incident light. Also, stable detection may not be possible for transparent objects.
Check suitability beforehand.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
* Installation distance: 200 mm, Sensing
object: Multilayered polyolefin film,
Sensing object position: Middle
M6
44
8.5
80
15.8
IP50
1,350
1,000
2,020
1,500
E39-RP1
2,000
(45)
(11.5)
2.35
5
10
15.8
4.8
11
M6×0.75 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Sensing surface Two, 1.5 dia.
(optical filter) Model display tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
0.2
3
8.5
Two, 3.5 dia
80 72 63.6
44
E32-LR11NP 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-LR11NP 2M + E39-RP1
Models
Sensing object Plate glass,
t: 0.7
Film wrapper
on cigarette
packs
PET bottles Glass
bottles
E32-R16 2M
E32-R21 2M
Performance Comparison of Transparent Object Detection
For detecting transparent objects, consider using following products together: E32-LR11NP 2M + E39-RP1.
• This configuration features a special built-in optical filter that ensures stable detection of double-refractive materials,
such as films and PET bottles.
• The retro-reflective model is suitable for detecting glass.
E32-R16 2M (Free Cutting)
15.2
13
Sensing surface
Lens (PMMA)
7.2
15
7
16
(ABS)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Standard length: 2 m
Two, M3 set screws:
(Nickel-plated zinc) (provided)
(6)
8
27
10
21.5
21 22.5
17
Mounting bracket
(Zinc-plated iron) provided
E39-R1 (Provided)
34
40.3
5259.9
2.7
8
1.6
7.5
7
Two, 3.5 dia.
Material:
<Reflective surface>
Methacrylate resin
<Back> ABS
Material:
<Reflective surface>
Methacrylate resin
<Back> ABS
Opposite side 10, thickness 3 (Polyacetal)
Washer (Nitrile rubber)
Two, 1 dia.
Silicon tube
Sensing
surface
Lens (PMMA)
27.8
2.8 11 14
2,000
5 dia.
2.2
M6×0.75
(ABS)
17.8
E39-F9: Provided
29
4.5 6
R20
3.4
7
18.45
22.9
11
20 0.2
0.2
16
22.5
19.3
34
38
34.8
Two, M3 set screws:
(Nickel-plated iron)
(provided)
41.8
10.1 1.2
25.4
R25.4
3.2
10°
1.2
2.6 Mounting bracket:
Stainless steel (SUS304)
Adhesive tape side
Two, 3.2 dia.
13.7
14°
3.4
Material:
<Reflective surface>
Methacrylate resin
<Back> ABS
E32-LR11NP Usage in Combination with a Sheet Reflector
Reference values of sensing distance are provided in the following table.
210
160
550
430
310
240
820
640
13.7
23
50
12
Reflector shape
(mm)
Sensing distance (mm) (reference values)
Other modesOther modes
Models
E39-RSP1
E39-RP37
280
ST :
−
750
250
ST :
SHS:
E3X-HD
190
ST :
−
500
250
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Transparent Object Detection
Retro-reflective
Transparent Object Detection
Retro-reflective
Retro-reflective
→
This page
Limited-reflective
→
36 page
34
34
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
35
35
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
Dimensions
E32-R21 2M (Free Cutting) E39-R3 (Provided)
10 to 370
10 to 370
* This effect may not be as strong for some films. Check suitability beforehand.
40.3
59.9
10
42
21.5
M6
22.5
27.8 38
Type
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
E32-R16 2M
35 Page
Dimensions
No.
Features Size
Square
Threaded
Models
Film
detection
*
M6
M6
R10
R25
Flexible,
R2
-
(0.2 dia./
0.07 dia.)
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.) E32-R21 2M
E32-LR11NP 2M
+
E39-RP1
Retro-reflective Fiber Units (With M.S.R. Function)
Retro-reflective Fiber Units (With M.S.R. Function)
10 to 370
10 to 250
ST :
SHS:
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
ST :
SHS:
E3X-HD
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
10 to 250
10 to 250
10 to 250
10 to 250
ST :
SHS:
150 to 1,500
150 to 1,500
ST :
SHS:
1,200
550
ST :
SHS:
1,800
550
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
Specifications
IP66
IP67
35-A
35-B
35-A
35-C
35-B
35-C
Installation Information → 58, 59 and 61 Page
High Attenuation
High Attenuation
Low Attenuation
<Through-beam> <Retro-reflective>
Attenuation 20%
Using E32-LR11NPBefore
Interrupted
light level
18%
Before Using E32-LR11NP
Special polarizing
filters
Dramatically increases attenuation by cutting
distorted light caused by double refraction.
Fiber
Film
Film
Fiber
Reflector
Reflector
Attenuation 11%
Interrupted
light level
80%
• Retro-reflective Fiber Units are ideal for detecting transparent objects.
The light beam passes through the object twice, this model interrupts light more
than Through-beam model.
• Excellent detection performance with transparent films.
(E32-LR11NP + E39-RP1)
The specially designed filter eliminates undesirable light, which allows
significantly more light to be interrupted for stable detection of films.
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
Objects with a high reflection factor may cause the Fiber Sensor to detect reflected light as incident light. Also, stable detection may not be possible for transparent objects.
Check suitability beforehand.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
* Installation distance: 200 mm, Sensing
object: Multilayered polyolefin film,
Sensing object position: Middle
M6
44
8.5
80
15.8
IP50
1,350
1,000
2,020
1,500
E39-RP1
2,000
(45)
(11.5)
2.35
5
10
15.8
4.8
11
M6×0.75 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Sensing surface Two, 1.5 dia.
(optical filter) Model display tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
0.2
3
8.5
Two, 3.5 dia
80 72 63.6
44
E32-LR11NP 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-LR11NP 2M + E39-RP1
Models
Sensing object Plate glass,
t: 0.7
Film wrapper
on cigarette
packs
PET bottles Glass
bottles
E32-R16 2M
E32-R21 2M
Performance Comparison of Transparent Object Detection
For detecting transparent objects, consider using following products together: E32-LR11NP 2M + E39-RP1.
• This configuration features a special built-in optical filter that ensures stable detection of double-refractive materials,
such as films and PET bottles.
• The retro-reflective model is suitable for detecting glass.
E32-R16 2M (Free Cutting)
15.2
13
Sensing surface
Lens (PMMA)
7.2
15
7
16
(ABS)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Standard length: 2 m
Two, M3 set screws:
(Nickel-plated zinc) (provided)
(6)
8
27
10
21.5
21 22.5
17
Mounting bracket
(Zinc-plated iron) provided
E39-R1 (Provided)
34
40.3
5259.9
2.7
8
1.6
7.5
7
Two, 3.5 dia.
Material:
<Reflective surface>
Methacrylate resin
<Back> ABS
Material:
<Reflective surface>
Methacrylate resin
<Back> ABS
Opposite side 10, thickness 3 (Polyacetal)
Washer (Nitrile rubber)
Two, 1 dia.
Silicon tube
Sensing
surface
Lens (PMMA)
27.8
2.8 11 14
2,000
5 dia.
2.2
M6×0.75
(ABS)
17.8
E39-F9: Provided
29
4.5 6
R20
3.4
7
18.45
22.9
11
20 0.2
0.2
16
22.5
19.3
34
38
34.8
Two, M3 set screws:
(Nickel-plated iron)
(provided)
41.8
10.1 1.2
25.4
R25.4
3.2
10°
1.2
2.6 Mounting bracket:
Stainless steel (SUS304)
Adhesive tape side
Two, 3.2 dia.
13.7
14°
3.4
Material:
<Reflective surface>
Methacrylate resin
<Back> ABS
E32-LR11NP Usage in Combination with a Sheet Reflector
Reference values of sensing distance are provided in the following table.
210
160
550
430
310
240
820
640
13.7
23
50
12
Reflector shape
(mm)
Sensing distance (mm) (reference values)
Other modesOther modes
Models
E39-RSP1
E39-RP37
280
ST :
−
750
250
ST :
SHS:
E3X-HD
190
ST :
−
500
250
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Transparent Object Detection
Limited-reflective (Glass Detection)
Transparent Object Detection
Limited-reflective (Glass Detection)
Retro-reflective →
34 page
Limited-reflective
→
This page
36
36
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
37
37
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-L24S 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-L16-N 2M (Free Cutting) E32-L25L 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A09 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A08 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A12 2M (Free Cutting)
37-A
37-B 37-E
37-D
37-C 37-F
Two, 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
(45)
2,000
14
20.5
3.8
Sensing surface
(PVC)
1.1
2,000
Sensing surface
12
14
24.5
5
3.8 10.7 6.5 (ABS) Two, 2.2 dia.
7
6.8
2.7
0.95
10.6
Two, 3.5 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. Countersinks
on both sides
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
(ABS)
11
2.5
14
Sensing surface
2,000
3.5
27
2
3.5
Two, 3.2 dia.mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. Countersinks on both sides
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. Countersinks on both sides
Sensing distance
Two, 1 dia.
2,000
6
6.5
(Polycarbonate)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
418
16
Sensing surface Two, 3.2 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
2,000
Two, 2.2 dia.
12 7
Sensing surface
5.8 dia. Lenses
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on one side
8.9
(Aluminum)
23
9
20
1.1
2,000
Sensing surface
12
14
24.5
5
3.8 10.7 6.5
(ABS) Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. Countersinks on both sides
0 to 4
0 to 15
0 to 4
0 to 15
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
(Center 7.2)
10 to 20
10 to 20
15 to 38
15 to 38
12 to 30
12 to 30
23
9
20
24.5
5
14
24.5
5
14
18
4
16
20.5
3.8
14
14
2.5
11
Type
E32-L24S 2M
Features
Detection
direction
Small
size
Standard
Side
View
form
Standard
long
distance
R10
R10
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
Soda glass with
reflection factor
of 7%
End surface of
soda glass with
reflection factor
of 7%
(t = 0.7 mm,
rounded edges)
E32-L16-N 2M
E32-L25L 2M
E32-A08 2M
*
Side-
view
Top-
view
Flat-
view
R25
E32-A12 2M
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
Glass-
substrate
alignment,
70°C
E32-A09 2M
Glass-
substrate
Mapping,
70°C
R25
0 to 4
0 to 4
37-A
37-B
37-E
37-D
37-C
37-F
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
37 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
0 to 15
0 to 12
ST :
SHS:
10 to 20
−
ST :
SHS:
12 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP40
IP50
IP40
IP40
IP40
0 to 4
0 to 15
0 to 4
0 to 15
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
(Center 7.2)
(Center 7.2)
(Center 25)
(Center 7.2)
(Center 25) (Center 25)
(Center 25)
10 to 20
10 to 20
15 to 38
15 to 38
0 to 4
0 to 4
0 to 15
0 to 12
12 to 30
−
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
10 to 20
−
15 to 38
−
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
15 to 38
−
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
12 to 30
12 to 30
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
• These Fiber Units are based on a limited-reflective optical system where
the emitting light and receiving light axes intersect at the same angle.
This allows for stable detection of glass because the Fiber Units receives
the specular reflection of the glass when the glass is in the sensing range.
E32-L25L + E3NX-FA21
E32-L25L+E3NX-FA21
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Stable Detection of Glass
Background is not detected.
Glass, t = 0.7
SUS304
Digital incident level
Sensing
range
* If operation is affected by the background, perform power tuning to decrease the incident light level.
Specifications
Dimensions
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
* E3NX-FA21 used in high-speed (HS) mode.
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
20151050
Distance (mm)
Digital value
E32-L24S
Sensing range
20151050
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-L25L
Sensing range
403020100
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-L16-N
Sensing range
403020100
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-A08
Sensing range
6050403020100
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-A12
Sensing range
100806040200
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-A09
Sensing range
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Glass, t = 0.7
SUS304
Sensing Distance vs. Digital Value
Limited-reflective Fiber Unit can keep high digital value within the sensing area for glass.
The digital value gets lower out of the sensing area for metals, including SUS (common as background).
Transparent Object Detection
Limited-reflective (Glass Detection)
Transparent Object Detection
Limited-reflective (Glass Detection)
Retro-reflective →
34 page
Limited-reflective
→
This page
36
36
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
37
37
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-L24S 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-L16-N 2M (Free Cutting) E32-L25L 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A09 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A08 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A12 2M (Free Cutting)
37-A
37-B 37-E
37-D
37-C 37-F
Two, 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
(45)
2,000
14
20.5
3.8
Sensing surface
(PVC)
1.1
2,000
Sensing surface
12
14
24.5
5
3.8 10.7 6.5 (ABS) Two, 2.2 dia.
7
6.8
2.7
0.95
10.6
Two, 3.5 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. Countersinks
on both sides
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
(ABS)
11
2.5
14
Sensing surface
2,000
3.5
27
2
3.5
Two, 3.2 dia.mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. Countersinks on both sides
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. Countersinks on both sides
Sensing distance
Two, 1 dia.
2,000
6
6.5
(Polycarbonate)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
418
16
Sensing surface Two, 3.2 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
2,000
Two, 2.2 dia.
12 7
Sensing surface
5.8 dia. Lenses
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on one side
8.9
(Aluminum)
23
9
20
1.1
2,000
Sensing surface
12
14
24.5
5
3.8 10.7 6.5
(ABS) Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. Countersinks on both sides
0 to 4
0 to 15
0 to 4
0 to 15
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
(Center 7.2)
10 to 20
10 to 20
15 to 38
15 to 38
12 to 30
12 to 30
23
9
20
24.5
5
14
24.5
5
14
18
4
16
20.5
3.8
14
14
2.5
11
Type
E32-L24S 2M
Features
Detection
direction
Small
size
Standard
Side
View
form
Standard
long
distance
R10
R10
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
Soda glass with
reflection factor
of 7%
End surface of
soda glass with
reflection factor
of 7%
(t = 0.7 mm,
rounded edges)
E32-L16-N 2M
E32-L25L 2M
E32-A08 2M
*
Side-
view
Top-
view
Flat-
view
R25
E32-A12 2M
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
Glass-
substrate
alignment,
70°C
E32-A09 2M
Glass-
substrate
Mapping,
70°C
R25
0 to 4
0 to 4
37-A
37-B
37-E
37-D
37-C
37-F
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
37 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
0 to 15
0 to 12
ST :
SHS:
10 to 20
−
ST :
SHS:
12 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP40
IP50
IP40
IP40
IP40
0 to 4
0 to 15
0 to 4
0 to 15
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
(Center 7.2)
(Center 7.2)
(Center 25)
(Center 7.2)
(Center 25) (Center 25)
(Center 25)
10 to 20
10 to 20
15 to 38
15 to 38
0 to 4
0 to 4
0 to 15
0 to 12
12 to 30
−
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
10 to 20
−
15 to 38
−
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
5.4 to 9
5.4 to 9
15 to 38
−
ST :
SHS:
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
12 to 30
12 to 30
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
• These Fiber Units are based on a limited-reflective optical system where
the emitting light and receiving light axes intersect at the same angle.
This allows for stable detection of glass because the Fiber Units receives
the specular reflection of the glass when the glass is in the sensing range.
E32-L25L + E3NX-FA21
E32-L25L+E3NX-FA21
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Stable Detection of Glass
Background is not detected.
Glass, t = 0.7
SUS304
Digital incident level
Sensing
range
* If operation is affected by the background, perform power tuning to decrease the incident light level.
Specifications
Dimensions
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
* E3NX-FA21 used in high-speed (HS) mode.
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
20151050
Distance (mm)
Digital value
E32-L24S
Sensing range
20151050
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-L25L
Sensing range
403020100
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-L16-N
Sensing range
403020100
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-A08
Sensing range
6050403020100
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-A12
Sensing range
100806040200
Distance (mm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
9999
Digital value
E32-A09
Sensing range
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Glass, t = 0.7
SUS304
Sensing Distance vs. Digital Value
Limited-reflective Fiber Unit can keep high digital value within the sensing area for glass.
The digital value gets lower out of the sensing area for metals, including SUS (common as background).
Environmental Immunity
Chemical-resistant, Oil-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Chemical-resistant, Oil-resistant
38
38
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
39
39
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-T12F 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T51F 2M (Free Cutting)
39-B
39-E
E32-T11F 2M (Free Cutting)
39-C
E32-T11NF 2M (Free Cutting)
39-A
E32-T11NFS 2M (Free Cutting)
39-A2
E32-T14F 2M (Free Cutting)
39-D
17.5
Two, 4 dia. (t=0.5)
(PTFE)
length: 2 m
(PFA)
(PFA)
SUS316L
Two, 2.2 dia.
Mounting hole:
Two, 4.2 dia.
12
35
10
38.5 Sensing object
(Glass)
39
Two, 2.2 dia.
Mounting hole:
Two, 4.2 dia.
12
22
14
40
(Heat-resistant PVC)
27
Sensing object
(Glass)
(PFA)
(PFA)
Two, 4 dia. (t=0.5)
(PTFE)
length: 2 m
2,000
16
100
6 dia. (Fluororesin) 5 dia. Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Protective tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
17
15
5.2
2,000
M6×0.75
(Nickel-plated brass)
E32-L11FP 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D12F 2M (Free Cutting)
39-F
39-H
E32-L11FS 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D11U 2M (Free Cutting)
39-G
39-I
20
2,000
5 dia. (Fluororesin) 4 dia. 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
Lens 4 dia.
100
Nut (PFA) 2.2 dia.
(Fluororesin)
Lens 3.7 dia.
(10.7)
2,000
R3.6
7.2 dia. (PFA)
35
1019.8 3
10
21
2,000
5 dia. (Fluororesin) 4 dia. 2.2 dia.
100
4.5
200
20 1,800
Sensing surface
Lens 3.7 dia. 2.2 dia.
5 dia. (Fluororesin)
4 dia.
6
10
2.2
(16)
(12) 2,000
5
Detecting surface 2 dia. (Glass)
Toothed lock washer (SUS)
Optical fiber 2.2 dia. (Fluororesin)
Hexagonal nut opposite side 7 thickness 2.4 (SUS304)
Sensing head M4×0.7 (SUS303)
7
7
6 dia.
M4×0.7
Sensing surface
4 dia.(Glass) M8×1
Sensing head
(SUS303)
Opposite side: 13 Thickness: 5 (SUS XM7),
Washer(SUS304)
2,000
(5.4)
7.5
19.1 10.7 (45)
(23)
10
13
13
2.2 dia.
(fluororesin)
Type indicated tube
Type indicated tube
16
M4
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
3,900
2,100
750
4,000 *1
2,700
GIGA −
190
1,260
360
21
5 dia.
5 dia.
20
7.2 dia.
35
5 dia.
20 E32-T12F 2M
Type Sensing
direction
Chemical/
oil
resistant
Oil-
resistant
Chemical/
oil
resistant
150°C *2
Top-view
Top-view
Right-
angle
Side-view
R40
R40
Flexible,
R1
Flexible,
R1
R4
3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T11F 2M
E32-T14F 2M
E32-T51F 2M
E32-T11NF 2M
E32-T11NFS 2M
4,000
1,600
39-A
39-A2
39-B
39-C
39-D
39-E
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
39 Page
Dimensions
No.
3,300
1,100
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
ST :
SHS:
1,200
200
ST :
SHS:
4,000
700
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,200
ST :
SHS:
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
*3 4,000 *1
4,000 *1
2,600
1,400
500
4,000 *1
1,800
4,000
1,600
*1
*1
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
*1
*1
*1
1,600
270
ST :
SHS:
*1
*1
ST :
SHS:
800
200
ST :
SHS:
2,800
700
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,200
ST :
SHS:
1,100
270
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP68G
IP68G
2,200
730
17
M6
16
6 dia.
14
20
40
Mounting
holes
A
38.5 17.5
Mounting
holes
A
E32-L11FP 2M
Type Sensing
direction
Semiconductors:
Resist
stripping,
85°C
Chemical/
oil
resistant
Semiconductors:
Cleaning,
developing,
and etching,
60°C
Only cable:
chemical
resistant
Top-view
R40
R4
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
Glass
(t=0.7 mm)
E32-L11FS 2M
E32-D12F 2M
E32-D11U 2M
8 to 20 mm from tip of lens
(Recommended sensing distance: 11 mm)
19 to 31 mm from center of mounting hole A
(Recommended sensing distance: 22 mm)
8 to 20 mm from tip of lens
(Recommended sensing distance: 11 mm)
32 to 44 mm from center of mounting hole A
(Recommended sensing distance: 35 mm)
39-F
39-G
39-H
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
39 Page
Dimensions
No.
280
60
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
GIGA −
130
840
240
190
60
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
39-I
M8
19.1
E3NX-FA
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
*3
Hydrochloric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sodium hydroxide
Methyl alcohol
Acetone
Toluene
Benzene
Fluororesin Acryl ABS PVC
Material
Chemical
Chemical-resistant Data for Fluororesin (Reference)
Polycarbonate Polyethylene
Note: Results depend on concentration.
• These Fiber Units are made from fluororesin for resistance to chemicals.
Specifications
Dimensions
Reflective Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 58, 59 PageInstallation Information → 60 Page
Oil-resistance performance of the E32-T11NF
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Through-beam Fiber Units
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
*1 The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
*2 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 and 130°C.
*3. The IP68G is the degree of protection which is defined according to the JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards). The IP68 indicates the same level of protection as defined by the IEC, and the G
indicates that a device has resistance to oil. Passed OMRON's Oil-resistant Component Evaluation Standards (OMRON's own durability evaluation standards)
(Cutting oil type: specified in JIS K 2241:2000; Temperature: 35°C max.)
Note. The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Aluminum
ring bushing
Set screw
Fiber core
Fluororesin
(1) Screw is turned
for pressure-fitting.
Cutting oil
(2) Sealed with
high pressure.
Cutting oil
(2) Sealed with
high pressure.
Blocked.Blocked.Blocked.
Fluororesin Outer Cable Sheath
The fluororesin that covers the entire surface of the
cable sheath (fiber covering) prevents the penetration
of cutting oil.
Structure Around Sensing
Surface Also Resists Cutting
Oil and Cutting Chips
Mechanical Seal Structure
Mechanical Seal Structure
An aluminum ring bushing is compressed and deformed
by a set screw to seal the structure by pressing against
the fluororesin part of the fiber core. This prevents the
ingress of cutting oil from the joined surfaces.
Spherical glass
lens resists
oils adhered
Shape that prevents accumulation
of oil drops and cutting chips
Environmental Immunity
Chemical-resistant, Oil-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Chemical-resistant, Oil-resistant
38
38
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
39
39
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Applications
E32-T12F 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T51F 2M (Free Cutting)
39-B
39-E
E32-T11F 2M (Free Cutting)
39-C
E32-T11NF 2M (Free Cutting)
39-A
E32-T11NFS 2M (Free Cutting)
39-A2
E32-T14F 2M (Free Cutting)
39-D
17.5
Two, 4 dia. (t=0.5)
(PTFE)
length: 2 m
(PFA)
(PFA)
SUS316L
Two, 2.2 dia.
Mounting hole:
Two, 4.2 dia.
12
35
10
38.5 Sensing object
(Glass)
39
Two, 2.2 dia.
Mounting hole:
Two, 4.2 dia.
12
22
14
40
(Heat-resistant PVC)
27
Sensing object
(Glass)
(PFA)
(PFA)
Two, 4 dia. (t=0.5)
(PTFE)
length: 2 m
2,000
16
100
6 dia. (Fluororesin) 5 dia. Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Protective tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
17
15
5.2
2,000
M6×0.75
(Nickel-plated brass)
E32-L11FP 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D12F 2M (Free Cutting)
39-F
39-H
E32-L11FS 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D11U 2M (Free Cutting)
39-G
39-I
20
2,000
5 dia. (Fluororesin) 4 dia. 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
Lens 4 dia.
100
Nut (PFA) 2.2 dia.
(Fluororesin)
Lens 3.7 dia.
(10.7)
2,000
R3.6
7.2 dia. (PFA)
35
1019.8 3
10
21
2,000
5 dia. (Fluororesin) 4 dia. 2.2 dia.
100
4.5
200
20 1,800
Sensing surface
Lens 3.7 dia. 2.2 dia.
5 dia. (Fluororesin)
4 dia.
6
10
2.2
(16)
(12) 2,000
5
Detecting surface 2 dia. (Glass)
Toothed lock washer (SUS)
Optical fiber 2.2 dia. (Fluororesin)
Hexagonal nut opposite side 7 thickness 2.4 (SUS304)
Sensing head M4×0.7 (SUS303)
7
7
6 dia.
M4×0.7
Sensing surface
4 dia.(Glass) M8×1
Sensing head
(SUS303)
Opposite side: 13 Thickness: 5 (SUS XM7),
Washer(SUS304)
2,000
(5.4)
7.5
19.1 10.7 (45)
(23)
10
13
13
2.2 dia.
(fluororesin)
Type indicated tube
Type indicated tube
16
M4
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
3,900
2,100
750
4,000 *1
2,700
GIGA −
190
1,260
360
21
5 dia.
5 dia.
20
7.2 dia.
35
5 dia.
20 E32-T12F 2M
Type Sensing
direction
Chemical/
oil
resistant
Oil-
resistant
Chemical/
oil
resistant
150°C *2
Top-view
Top-view
Right-
angle
Side-view
R40
R40
Flexible,
R1
Flexible,
R1
R4
3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T11F 2M
E32-T14F 2M
E32-T51F 2M
E32-T11NF 2M
E32-T11NFS 2M
4,000
1,600
39-A
39-A2
39-B
39-C
39-D
39-E
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
39 Page
Dimensions
No.
3,300
1,100
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
ST :
SHS:
1,200
200
ST :
SHS:
4,000
700
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,200
ST :
SHS:
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
*3 4,000 *1
4,000 *1
2,600
1,400
500
4,000 *1
1,800
4,000
1,600
*1
*1
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
4,000
1,000
*1
*1
*1
1,600
270
ST :
SHS:
*1
*1
ST :
SHS:
800
200
ST :
SHS:
2,800
700
ST :
SHS:
4,000
2,200
ST :
SHS:
1,100
270
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP68G
IP68G
2,200
730
17
M6
16
6 dia.
14
20
40
Mounting
holes
A
38.5 17.5
Mounting
holes
A
E32-L11FP 2M
Type Sensing
direction
Semiconductors:
Resist
stripping,
85°C
Chemical/
oil
resistant
Semiconductors:
Cleaning,
developing,
and etching,
60°C
Only cable:
chemical
resistant
Top-view
R40
R4
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
Glass
(t=0.7 mm)
E32-L11FS 2M
E32-D12F 2M
E32-D11U 2M
8 to 20 mm from tip of lens
(Recommended sensing distance: 11 mm)
19 to 31 mm from center of mounting hole A
(Recommended sensing distance: 22 mm)
8 to 20 mm from tip of lens
(Recommended sensing distance: 11 mm)
32 to 44 mm from center of mounting hole A
(Recommended sensing distance: 35 mm)
39-F
39-G
39-H
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
39 Page
Dimensions
No.
280
60
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
GIGA −
130
840
240
190
60
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
39-I
M8
19.1
E3NX-FA
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
*3
Hydrochloric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sodium hydroxide
Methyl alcohol
Acetone
Toluene
Benzene
Fluororesin Acryl ABS PVC
Material
Chemical
Chemical-resistant Data for Fluororesin (Reference)
Polycarbonate Polyethylene
Note: Results depend on concentration.
• These Fiber Units are made from fluororesin for resistance to chemicals.
Specifications
Dimensions
Reflective Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 58, 59 PageInstallation Information → 60 Page
Oil-resistance performance of the E32-T11NF
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Through-beam Fiber Units
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
*1 The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
*2 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 and 130°C.
*3. The IP68G is the degree of protection which is defined according to the JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards). The IP68 indicates the same level of protection as defined by the IEC, and the G
indicates that a device has resistance to oil. Passed OMRON's Oil-resistant Component Evaluation Standards (OMRON's own durability evaluation standards)
(Cutting oil type: specified in JIS K 2241:2000; Temperature: 35°C max.)
Note . The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Aluminum
ring bushing
Set screw
Fiber core
Fluororesin
(1) Screw is turned
for pressure-fitting.
Cutting oil
(2) Sealed with
high pressure.
Cutting oil
(2) Sealed with
high pressure.
Blocked.Blocked.Blocked.
Fluororesin Outer Cable Sheath
The fluororesin that covers the entire surface of the
cable sheath (fiber covering) prevents the penetration
of cutting oil.
Structure Around Sensing
Surface Also Resists Cutting
Oil and Cutting Chips
Mechanical Seal Structure
Mechanical Seal Structure
An aluminum ring bushing is compressed and deformed
by a set screw to seal the structure by pressing against
the fluororesin part of the fiber core. This prevents the
ingress of cutting oil from the joined surfaces.
Spherical glass
lens resists
oils adhered
Shape that prevents accumulation
of oil drops and cutting chips
Environmental Immunity
Bending-resistant, Disconnection-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Bending-resistant, Disconnection-resistant
40
40
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
41
41
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Through-beam →
This page
Reflective → 42 page
Applications
E32-T22B 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T25XB 2M (Free Cutting)
41-A 41-D
E32-T21 2M (Free Cutting) E39-F32C 1M
41-B 41-E
E32-T11 2M (Free Cutting)
41-C
Protective tube 1 dia.
2,000
11
15
Sensing surface: 0.5 dia.
M3×0.5
(Nickel-plated brass)
E39-F9: Provided
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
2.5
15
14 2,000
2.2 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Protective tube
3.3
M2.6×0.45
Sensing surface: 1 dia.
M4×0.7
(Nickel-plated brass)
3.2
10 2,000
1 dia.
1.5 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
Sensing surface:
4-0.25 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
1 dia.
(Aluminum)
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on one side
71
Sensing surface
0.5 dia.
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
212
5
2.5
4.5
7 dia.
12
1,000
12
4 dia.
End cap (Nickel-plated brass)
Tube 5.6 dia. (SUS304)
Head connector
(Nickel-plated brass)
M4×0.7 Depth: 4
Note 1: Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
Note 2: Four, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Note: Saddles (four, trivalent chromate-plated iron) are provided.
7 dia.
1,020
330
3,750
1,350
750
250
12
7
2
10
1.5 dia.
14
M4
11
M3
Size
E32-T22B 2M
1.5 dia.
M3
M4
Square
Bendresistant,
R4
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-T21 2M
600
90
41-A
41-B
E32-T11 2M 41-C
E32-T25XB 2M 41-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
41 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
2,020
360
ST :
SHS:
450
70
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
E32-T11R 2M/E32-T11 2M/
E32-LT11 2M/E32-LT11R 2M/
E32-T51R 2M/E32-T51 2M
2 pieces
E39-F32C 1M 41-E
Applicable Fiber Units Model Quantity
41 Page
Dimensions
No.
680
220
400
90
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
1,350
360
ST :
SHS:
300
70
ST :
SHS:
2,500
900
500
170
E3NX-FA
Other modes Other modes
HSGIGAHSGIGA
Weight
Degree of bend: ±180°
Bending radius: 4 mm
Weight: 50 g
Bending rate: 30 times/minute
• Capable of withstanding one million repeated bends.
• A large number of independent fine fibers
ensures good flexibility. Suitable for use on
moving parts without easily breaking.
• Protective Stainless Spiral Tube is available for covering the fiber cable
to protect it from accidental breaking due to snagging or shock.
Specifications
Protective Stainless Spiral Tube (Sold separately)
Dimensions
Insert the fiber cable into the protective tube to prevent breaking by snagging or shock.
Through-beam Fiber Units
* This Tube cannot be used if a Lens Unit is being used.
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
Environmental Immunity
Bending-resistant, Disconnection-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Bending-resistant, Disconnection-resistant
40
40
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
41
41
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Through-beam →
This page
Reflective → 42 page
Applications
E32-T22B 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T25XB 2M (Free Cutting)
41-A 41-D
E32-T21 2M (Free Cutting) E39-F32C 1M
41-B 41-E
E32-T11 2M (Free Cutting)
41-C
Protective tube 1 dia.
2,000
11
15
Sensing surface: 0.5 dia.
M3×0.5
(Nickel-plated brass)
E39-F9: Provided
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
2.5
15
14 2,000
2.2 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Protective tube
3.3
M2.6×0.45
Sensing surface: 1 dia.
M4×0.7
(Nickel-plated brass)
3.2
10 2,000
1 dia.
1.5 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
Sensing surface:
4-0.25 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
1 dia.
(Aluminum)
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on one side
71
Sensing surface
0.5 dia.
2,000
E39-F9: Provided
212
5
2.5
4.5
7 dia.
12
1,000
12
4 dia.
End cap (Nickel-plated brass)
Tube 5.6 dia. (SUS304)
Head connector
(Nickel-plated brass)
M4×0.7 Depth: 4
Note 1: Set of two symmetrically shaped Fiber Units.
Note 2: Four, M2 × 8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Note: Saddles (four, trivalent chromate-plated iron) are provided.
7 dia.
1,020
330
3,750
1,350
750
250
12
7
2
10
1.5 dia.
14
M4
11
M3
Size
E32-T22B 2M
1.5 dia.
M3
M4
Square
Bendresistant,
R4
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
0.5 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-T21 2M
600
90
41-A
41-B
E32-T11 2M 41-C
E32-T25XB 2M 41-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
41 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
2,020
360
ST :
SHS:
450
70
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
E32-T11R 2M/E32-T11 2M/
E32-LT11 2M/E32-LT11R 2M/
E32-T51R 2M/E32-T51 2M
2 pieces
E39-F32C 1M 41-E
Applicable Fiber Units Model Quantity
41 Page
Dimensions
No.
680
220
400
90
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
1,350
360
ST :
SHS:
300
70
ST :
SHS:
2,500
900
500
170
E3NX-FA
Other modes Other modes
HSGIGAHSGIGA
Weight
Degree of bend: ±180°
Bending radius: 4 mm
Weight: 50 g
Bending rate: 30 times/minute
• Capable of withstanding one million repeated bends.
• A large number of independent fine fibers
ensures good flexibility. Suitable for use on
moving parts without easily breaking.
• Protective Stainless Spiral Tube is available for covering the fiber cable
to protect it from accidental breaking due to snagging or shock.
Specifications
Protective Stainless Spiral Tube (Sold separately)
Dimensions
Insert the fiber cable into the protective tube to prevent breaking by snagging or shock.
Through-beam Fiber Units
* This Tube cannot be used if a Lens Unit is being used.
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note
1.
2.
3.
Environmental Immunity
Bending-resistant, Disconnection-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Bending-resistant, Disconnection-resistant
42
42
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
43
43
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Through-beam → 40 page Reflective → This page
Applications
E32-D22B 2M (No Cutting) E32-D11 2M (Free Cutting)
43-A 43-E
E32-D21 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D25XB 2M (Free Cutting)
43-B
43-F
E32-D221B 2M (Free Cutting)
43-C
E32-D21B 2M (Free Cutting)
E39-F32A 1M/E39-F32C 1M/E39-F32D 1M
43-D
43-G
1002,000
15
Sensing surface
Four, 0.25 dia. 1 dia.
Brancher (ABS): 3.5 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
1.5 dia. (SUS304)
15
Two 0.25 dia.
emitter fibers
Two, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
Enlarged View of Sensing Surface
Sensing surface
Four, 0.25 dia.
Two 0.25 dia.
emitter fibers
Two, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
Two, 1 dia.
15
2.5 11 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Protective tube
M3×0.5
(Nickel-plated brass)
Enlarged View of Sensing Surface
2,000
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, four, 0.25 dia. 3 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
15
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Two, 1 dia.
3
15 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
3.2
C
12
1,000
12
B
End cap (Nickel-plated brass)
Tube D (SUS304)
Head connector (Nickel-plated brass)
A
Models A B C D
E39-F32A 1M
E39-F32C 1M
E39-F32D 1M
M3×0.5 Depth: 4
M4×0.7 Depth: 4
M6×0.75 Depth: 4
3 dia.
4 dia.
5 dia.
6 dia.
7 dia.
8.5 dia.
(4.6 dia.)
(5.6 dia.)
(7 dia.)
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on one side
2.5
1.5
5
12
5.5
2,000
(Aluminum)
2
8
Note: Two, M2×8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Protective tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
17
15
5.2
2,000
M6×0.75
(Nickel-plated brass)
C
210
60
450
130
1,260
360
360
90
15
1.5 dia.
15
M4
17
M6
M3
11
15
3 dia.
12
2
8
Size
E32-D22B 2M
1.5 dia.
M3
3 dia.
M4
M6
Square
Bendresistant,
R4
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-D21 2M
90
16
43-A
43-B
E32-D221B 2M 43-C
E32-D21B 2M 43-D
E32-D11 2M 43-E
E32-D25XB 2M 43-F
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
43 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
210
40
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
520
100
ST :
SHS:
150
30
ST :
SHS:
140
40
60
16
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
140
40
ST :
SHS:
300
90
350
100
ST :
SHS:
840
240
100
30
ST :
SHS:
240
60
E32-D21R 2M/E32-C31 2M/
E32-D21 2M
E32-D11R 2M/E32-CC200 2M/
E32-D11 2M/E32-D51R 2M/
E32-D51 2M
E39-F32A 1M
E32-D211R 2M/E32-D21B 2M E39-F32C 1M
E39-F32D 1M
1 piece
2 pieces
1 piece
43-G
Applicable Fiber Units Models Quantity
43 Page
Dimensions
No.
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Note: Saddles (two (four for the E39-F32C 1M), trivalent chromate-plated iron)
are provided.
Specifications
Protective Stainless Spiral Tube (Sold separately)
Dimensions
Insert the fiber cable into the protective tube to prevent breaking by snagging or shock.
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 and 61 Page
* This Tube cannot be used if a Lens Unit is being used.
Weight
Degree of bend: ±180°
Bending radius: 4 mm
Weight: 50 g
Bending rate: 30 times/minute
• Capable of withstanding one million repeated bends.
• A large number of independent fine fibers
ensures good flexibility. Suitable for use on
moving parts without easily breaking.
• Protective Stainless Spiral Tube is available for covering the fiber cable
to protect it from accidental breaking due to snagging or shock.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Environmental Immunity
Bending-resistant, Disconnection-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Bending-resistant, Disconnection-resistant
42
42
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
43
43
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Through-beam → 40 page Reflective → This page
Applications
E32-D22B 2M (No Cutting) E32-D11 2M (Free Cutting)
43-A 43-E
E32-D21 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-D25XB 2M (Free Cutting)
43-B
43-F
E32-D221B 2M (Free Cutting)
43-C
E32-D21B 2M (Free Cutting)
E39-F32A 1M/E39-F32C 1M/E39-F32D 1M
43-D
43-G
1002,000
15
Sensing surface
Four, 0.25 dia. 1 dia.
Brancher (ABS): 3.5 dia.
Fiber Attachment*
* Attached with adhesive and cannot be removed.
1.5 dia. (SUS304)
15
Two 0.25 dia.
emitter fibers
Two, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
Enlarged View of Sensing Surface
Sensing surface
Four, 0.25 dia.
Two 0.25 dia.
emitter fibers
Two, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
Opposite side 5.5, thickness 1.8 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated brass)
Two, 1 dia.
15
2.5 11 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Protective tube
M3×0.5
(Nickel-plated brass)
Enlarged View of Sensing Surface
2,000
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, four, 0.25 dia. 3 dia. (Nickel-plated brass)
15
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Two, 1 dia.
3
15 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
3.2
C
12
1,000
12
B
End cap (Nickel-plated brass)
Tube D (SUS304)
Head connector (Nickel-plated brass)
A
Models A B C D
E39-F32A 1M
E39-F32C 1M
E39-F32D 1M
M3×0.5 Depth: 4
M4×0.7 Depth: 4
M6×0.75 Depth: 4
3 dia.
4 dia.
5 dia.
6 dia.
7 dia.
8.5 dia.
(4.6 dia.)
(5.6 dia.)
(7 dia.)
Two, 1 dia.
E39-F9: Provided
Sensing surface
Two, 0.5 dia.
Two, 2.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 4.4 dia. countersinks on one side
2.5
1.5
5
12
5.5
2,000
(Aluminum)
2
8
Note: Two, M2×8 stainless steel countersunk mounting screws are provided.
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Protective tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
17
15
5.2
2,000
M6×0.75
(Nickel-plated brass)
C
210
60
450
130
1,260
360
360
90
15
1.5 dia.
15
M4
17
M6
M3
11
15
3 dia.
12
2
8
Size
E32-D22B 2M
1.5 dia.
M3
3 dia.
M4
M6
Square
Bendresistant,
R4
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-D21 2M
90
16
43-A
43-B
E32-D221B 2M 43-C
E32-D21B 2M 43-D
E32-D11 2M 43-E
E32-D25XB 2M 43-F
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
43 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
210
40
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
520
100
ST :
SHS:
150
30
ST :
SHS:
140
40
60
16
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
140
40
ST :
SHS:
300
90
350
100
ST :
SHS:
840
240
100
30
ST :
SHS:
240
60
E32-D21R 2M/E32-C31 2M/
E32-D21 2M
E32-D11R 2M/E32-CC200 2M/
E32-D11 2M/E32-D51R 2M/
E32-D51 2M
E39-F32A 1M
E32-D211R 2M/E32-D21B 2M E39-F32C 1M
E39-F32D 1M
1 piece
2 pieces
1 piece
43-G
Applicable Fiber Units Models Quantity
43 Page
Dimensions
No.
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Note: Saddles (two (four for the E39-F32C 1M), trivalent chromate-plated iron)
are provided.
Specifications
Protective Stainless Spiral Tube (Sold separately)
Dimensions
Insert the fiber cable into the protective tube to prevent breaking by snagging or shock.
Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 and 61 Page
* This Tube cannot be used if a Lens Unit is being used.
Weight
Degree of bend: ±180°
Bending radius: 4 mm
Weight: 50 g
Bending rate: 30 times/minute
• Capable of withstanding one million repeated bends.
• A large number of independent fine fibers
ensures good flexibility. Suitable for use on
moving parts without easily breaking.
• Protective Stainless Spiral Tube is available for covering the fiber cable
to protect it from accidental breaking due to snagging or shock.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note
1.
2.
3.
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Environmental Immunity
Heat-resistant
44
44
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Through-beam
→ This page Reflective → 46 page
2,520
900
2,400
840
4,000*5
1,500
1,500
540
M4
20
30
M4
20
30
M4
17
M4
14
Heat-
resistant
temperature
E32-T51R 2M
E32-T51R 2M
100°C *1
150°C *2
200°C *3
350°C *4
70°C
Flexible,
R2
R35
R10
R25
0.7 dia.
(5 μm dia./
2 μm dia.)
1 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1 dia.
(5 μm dia./
2 μm dia.)
1.5 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T51 2M
E32-T51 2M
1,200
225
45-A
45-B
E32-T81R-S 2M
E32-T81R-S 2M
45-C
E32-T61-S 2M
E32-T61-S 2M
45-D
Standard Fiber Units
can be used. ---
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
45 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
2,250
400
ST :
SHS:
820
140
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP67
IP67
IP67
1,350
240
ST :
SHS:
1,680
600
1,600
560
800
225
2,800
1,000
E3X-HD
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
1,500
400
ST :
SHS:
550
140
ST :
SHS:
1,000
360
900
240
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
• Wide product variety for temperatures from 100 to 350°C.
Select the model according to heat-resistant temperature.
Specifications
Through-beam Fiber Units
*1 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 90°C.
*2 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 130°C.
*3 The heat-resistant rating is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
*4 The ambient operating temperature for the E32-T61-S 2M is −60 to 350°C.
*5 The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 μs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 μs, PNP output: 55 μs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 μs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 μs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
Environmental Immunity
Heat-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Heat-resistant
44
44
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
45
45
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Through-beam
→ This page Reflective → 46 page
Applications
E32-T51R 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T81R-S 2M (No Cutting)
45-A 45-C
E32-T51 2M (Free Cutting) E32-T61-S 2M (No Cutting)
45-B 45-D
15
2.85 dia.
1
Sensing surface
1.5 dia.
17 2,000
2.2 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M4×0.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
M2.6×0.45
Sensing surface
1 dia.
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
2.2 dia.
3
14 2,000
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
3.2
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A and B are 350°C
and 110°C, respectively. The section inserted into the Amplifier Unit
(indicated by *) must be maintained within the Amplifier Unit's operating
temperature range.
20
34 dia.
10 2,000
25 (B)
*
A
4 dia.
Fluororesin tube 2.8 dia. (SUS304)
M2.6×0.45
2.2 dia.
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
Sensing
surface
1 dia.
Opposite side 7,
thickness 2.4 (SUS304)
Washer (SUS)
30
Sensing
surface
0.7 dia. 20
34 dia.
10 2,000
30 (B)
*
A
4 dia.
Fluororesin tube 2 dia.
Protective tube
M2.6×0.45 2.2 dia.
(75)
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
Opposite side 7,
thickness 2.4 (SUS304)
Washer (SUS)
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections
A and B are 200°C and 110°C, respectively.
The section inserted into the Amplifier Unit
(indicated by *) must be maintained within the
Amplifier Unit's operating temperature range.
2,520
900
2,400
840
4,000*5
1,500
1,500
540
M4
20
30
M4
20
30
M4
17
M4
14
Heat-
resistant
temperature
E32-T51R 2M
100°C *1
150� *2
200� *3
350� *4
70�
Flexible,
R2
R35
R10
R25
0.7 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
1 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1 dia.
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
1.5 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T51 2M
1,200
225
45-A
45-B
E32-T81R-S 2M 45-C
E32-T61-S 2M 45-D
Standard Fiber Units
can be used. ---
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
45 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
2,250
400
ST :
SHS:
820
140
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP67
IP67
IP67
1,350
240
ST :
SHS:
1,680
600
1,600
560
800
225
2,800
1,000
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
1,500
400
ST :
SHS:
550
140
ST :
SHS:
1,000
360
900
240
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
• Wide product variety for temperatures from 100 to 350°C.
Select the model according to heat-resistant temperature.
Specifications
Dimensions
Through-beam Fiber Units
*1 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 90°C.
*2 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 130°C.
*3 The heat-resistant rating is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
*4 The ambient operating temperature for the E32-T61-S 2M is −60 to 350°C.
*5 The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60 Page
Long-distance Sensing Applications
A separate Lens Unit can be attached to extend the sensing distance.
→ 28 page
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3. - Reference Information for Model Selection -
Environmental Immunity
Heat-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Heat-resistant
46
46
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
47
47
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Through-beam → 44 page Reflective → This page
Applications
E32-D51R 2M (Free Cutting) E32-A09H2 2M (No Cutting)
47-A 47-E
E32-D51 2M (Free Cutting) E32-D611-S 2M (No Cutting)
47-B 47-F
E32-D81R-S 2M (No Cutting) E32-D61-S 2M (No Cutting)
47-C 47-G
E32-A08H2 2M (No Cutting) E32-D73-S 2M (No Cutting)
47-D 47-H
5
60 20 10 2,000
5
AB
4 dia.
SUS flexible tube 2.8 dia.
2.5
dia.
1.65 dia.
Stainless-steel tube
1.25 dia.
25 (C)
2.2 dia.
*
4.5
5
8.5
Sensing surface
1 dia.
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (SUS304)
Washer (SUS)
Sensing surface
6.5±0.1
Two, M3
1.5
4 dia. 8.6
(5)
4 10.7
6.5
Mounting holes
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
(SUS303)
Flexible tube:
Two, 2.9 dia
(Stainless steel)
Sleeve (Aluminum)
A
Two, 3.4 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6.3 dia. countersinks on one side
5
30 (B)
2,000
18
26
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for
sections A and B are 300°C and 110°C,
respectively.
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A, B, and C are
400°C, 300°C, and 110°C, respectively.
The section inserted into the Amplifier Unit (indicated by *) must be
maintained within the Amplifier Unit's operating temperature range.
Sensing
surface
1.2 dia.
25 (B)
2.2 dia.
Fluororesin tube
*
4.5
5
8.5
M4×0.7
32
20 5(70)
A
2,000
Protective tube
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (SUS303)
Washer (SUS)
M6×0.75 (SUS303)
A25 (B)
20 5 *3 2,000
2.2 dia.
5 dia. *2
SUS flexible tube 3.5 dia.
M4× 0.7
*1
4.5
5
8.5
32
M6×0.75 (SUS303)
Sensing surface
1.4 dia.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (SUS303)
Washer (SUS)
*2. The diameter is 6 dia. if the fiber
length exceeds 10 m.
*3. The length is 10 if the fiber length
exceeds 10 m.
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A and B are 200°C and
110°C, respectively. The section inserted into the Amplifier Unit (indicated
by *) must be maintained within the Amplifier Unit's operating temperature
range.
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures
for sections A and B are 350°C and
110°C, respectively. The section inserted
into the Amplifier Unit (indicated by
*1) must be maintained within the Amplifier
Unit's operating temperature range.
Sensing surface
Two, 1.5 dia.
4.9
Two, 2.2 dia.
133
17 2,000
M6×0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
3.1
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
SUS flexible tube 2.9 dia.
5
2.2 dia.
2.4
Sensing surface
1 dia.
Opposite side 7,
thickness 2.4 (SUS)
Washer (SUS)
M4×0.7 (SUS304)
4 dia.
20
28
A 25 (B)
2,000
8.5 4.5
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections
A and B are 350°C and 110°C, respectively.
The section inserted into the Amplifier Unit (indicated
by *) must be maintained within the Amplifier Unit's
operating temperature range.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M6×0.75 (SUS303)
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia.
5.2
Two, 2.2 dia.
17.5 2,000
3.5
4 dia.
28 (B)
7
12
A
5
2,000
*
(SUS303)
Two, 2.8 dia. flexible tubes
(SUS304)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
Sensing
surface
Lenses 5.8 dia.
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
8.9
30
9
24
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A and B
are 300°C and 110°C, respectively. The section inserted into
the Amplifier Unit (indicated by *) must be maintained within
the Amplifier Unit's operating temperature range.
*
630
180
420
120
10 to 20
10 to 20
20 to 30
20 to 30
1,000
280
1,680
480
630
180
M6
25
30
9
24
26
5
18
M4
�1.65
30
60
M4
28
M6
25
M6
17
M6
17.5
Heat-
resistant
temperature
E32-D51R 2M
100°C *1
150°C *2
200°C *3
300°C
350� *3
400°C *3
70�
Flexible,
R2
R35
R10
R25
Soda glass with
reflection factor
of 7%
End surface of
soda glass with
eflection factor
of 7%
(t = 0.7 mm,
rounded edges)
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-D51 2M
420
80
47-A
47-B
E32-D81R-S 2M 47-C
E32-A08H2 2M 47-D
E32-A09H2 2M
E32-D611-S 2M
E32-D61-S 2M
E32-D73-S 2M
47-E
47-F
47-G
47-H
Standard Fiber Units
can be used. −
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
47 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
670
144
ST :
SHS:
270
54
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP67
IP30
IP40
IP67
IP67
10 to 20
−
ST :
SHS:
20 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
270
54
ST :
SHS:
180
36
ST :
SHS:
420
120
280
80
10 to 20
10 to 20
20 to 30
20 to 30
670
190
1,120
320
280
80
420
120
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
450
144
ST :
SHS:
180
54
ST :
SHS:
10 to 20
−
ST :
SHS:
20 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
180
54
ST :
SHS:
120
36
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Specifications
Dimensions
• Wide product variety for temperatures from 100 to 400°C.
Select the model according to heat-resistant temperature. Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Reflective Fiber Units
*1 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 90°C.
*2 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 130°C.
*3 The heat-resistant rating is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Sleeve bending
radius
: 10 mm
Environmental Immunity
Heat-resistant
Environmental Immunity
Heat-resistant
46
46
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
47
47
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Through-beam → 44 page Reflective → This page
Applications
E32-D51R 2M (Free Cutting) E32-A09H2 2M (No Cutting)
47-A 47-E
E32-D51 2M (Free Cutting) E32-D611-S 2M (No Cutting)
47-B 47-F
E32-D81R-S 2M (No Cutting) E32-D61-S 2M (No Cutting)
47-C 47-G
E32-A08H2 2M (No Cutting) E32-D73-S 2M (No Cutting)
47-D 47-H
5
60 20 10 2,000
5
AB
4 dia.
SUS flexible tube 2.8 dia.
2.5
dia.
1.65 dia.
Stainless-steel tube
1.25 dia.
25 (C)
2.2 dia.
*
4.5
5
8.5
Sensing surface
1 dia.
M4×0.7 (SUS303)
Opposite side 7, thickness 2.4 (SUS304)
Washer (SUS)
Sensing surface
6.5±0.1
Two, M3
1.5
4 dia. 8.6
(5)
4 10.7
6.5
Mounting holes
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
(SUS303)
Flexible tube:
Two, 2.9 dia
(Stainless steel)
Sleeve (Aluminum)
A
Two, 3.4 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6.3 dia. countersinks on one side
5
30 (B)
2,000
18
26
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for
sections A and B are 300°C and 110°C,
respectively.
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A, B, and C are
400°C, 300°C, and 110°C, respectively.
The section inserted into the Amplifier Unit (indicated by *) must be
maintained within the Amplifier Unit's operating temperature range.
Sensing
surface
1.2 dia.
25 (B)
2.2 dia.
Fluororesin tube
*
4.5
5
8.5
M4×0.7
32
20 5(70)
A
2,000
Protective tube
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (SUS303)
Washer (SUS)
M6×0.75 (SUS303)
A25 (B)
20 5 *3 2,000
2.2 dia.
5 dia. *2
SUS flexible tube 3.5 dia.
M4× 0.7
*1
4.5
5
8.5
32
M6×0.75 (SUS303)
Sensing surface
1.4 dia.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (SUS303)
Washer (SUS)
*2. The diameter is 6 dia. if the fiber
length exceeds 10 m.
*3. The length is 10 if the fiber length
exceeds 10 m.
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A and B are 200°C and
110°C, respectively. The section inserted into the Amplifier Unit (indicated
by *) must be maintained within the Amplifier Unit's operating temperature
range.
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures
for sections A and B are 350°C and
110°C, respectively. The section inserted
into the Amplifier Unit (indicated by
*1) must be maintained within the Amplifier
Unit's operating temperature range.
Sensing surface
Two, 1.5 dia.
4.9
Two, 2.2 dia.
133
17 2,000
M6×0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
3.1
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
SUS flexible tube 2.9 dia.
5
2.2 dia.
2.4
Sensing surface
1 dia.
Opposite side 7,
thickness 2.4 (SUS)
Washer (SUS)
M4×0.7 (SUS304)
4 dia.
20
28
A 25 (B)
2,000
8.5 4.5
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections
A and B are 350°C and 110°C, respectively.
The section inserted into the Amplifier Unit (indicated
by *) must be maintained within the Amplifier Unit's
operating temperature range.
Opposite side 10, thickness 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
M6×0.75 (SUS303)
Sensing surface
Two, 1 dia.
5.2
Two, 2.2 dia.
17.5 2,000
3.5
4 dia.
28 (B)
7
12
A
5
2,000
*
(SUS303)
Two, 2.8 dia. flexible tubes
(SUS304)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
Sensing
surface
Lenses 5.8 dia.
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
8.9
30
9
24
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A and B
are 300°C and 110°C, respectively. The section inserted into
the Amplifier Unit (indicated by *) must be maintained within
the Amplifier Unit's operating temperature range.
*
630
180
420
120
10 to 20
10 to 20
20 to 30
20 to 30
1,000
280
1,680
480
630
180
M6
25
30
9
24
26
5
18
M4
�1.65
30
60
M4
28
M6
25
M6
17
M6
17.5
Heat-
resistant
temperature
E32-D51R 2M
100°C *1
150°C *2
200°C *3
300°C
350� *3
400°C *3
70�
Flexible,
R2
R35
R10
R25
Soda glass with
reflection factor
of 7%
End surface of
soda glass with
eflection factor
of 7%
(t = 0.7 mm,
rounded edges)
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
E32-D51 2M
420
80
47-A
47-B
E32-D81R-S 2M 47-C
E32-A08H2 2M 47-D
E32-A09H2 2M
E32-D611-S 2M
E32-D61-S 2M
E32-D73-S 2M
47-E
47-F
47-G
47-H
Standard Fiber Units
can be used. −
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
47 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
670
144
ST :
SHS:
270
54
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP67
IP30
IP40
IP67
IP67
10 to 20
−
ST :
SHS:
20 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
270
54
ST :
SHS:
180
36
ST :
SHS:
420
120
280
80
10 to 20
10 to 20
20 to 30
20 to 30
670
190
1,120
320
280
80
420
120
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
450
144
ST :
SHS:
180
54
ST :
SHS:
10 to 20
−
ST :
SHS:
20 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
180
54
ST :
SHS:
120
36
ST :
SHS:
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Specifications
Dimensions
• Wide product variety for temperatures from 100 to 400°C.
Select the model according to heat-resistant temperature. Reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Reflective Fiber Units
*1 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 90°C.
*2 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 130°C.
*3 The heat-resistant rating is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Fiber Units are for white paper.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
Sleeve bending
radius
: 10 mm
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
48
48
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
49
49
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Area Beam (Area Detection)
Area Beam (Area Detection)
Applications
E32-T16PR 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T16WR 2M (Free Cutting)
49-A
49-C
E32-G16
49-D
E32-T16JR 2M (Free Cutting)
49-B
E32-D36P1 2M (Free Cutting)
49-E
4
3.3
Sensing surface
(2×11)
(PMMA)
Receiver
Emitter
27
7
2
14.5
17.8
10.7
2,000
2.2 dia.
19
(ABS)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
4
15
10
2.5
5
5
25
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
2,000
10.85
2
(Nickel-plated brass)
Sensing surface: 32 × 0.265 dia. array
(emitter and receiver fibers
in alternating arrangement)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
(3×30)
(PMMA)
18
69
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
2.2 dia.
65
45
2,000
12
23
18.5
5
(ABS)
Sensing surface
(2×11) (PMMA)
* Stickers with slits of widths 0.5 and
1 mm (2 of each) provided.
(Heat-resistant ABS)
19
27
14.5
10.7
2,000
7
4
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides 4
2.2 dia.
Model display tube
Sensing head (ABS) Protective cover (PVC)
Optical fiber: 2.2 dia.
Cross-section A-A
Sensing surface,
Sixteen, 0.265 dia.
Two, 3.2 dia.
28.4 8.4
10 12
20
（45）
32
AA
7
15.910
2,000 (standard length)
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
1,680
1,440
1,050
300
17.8
27
4
4
27
14.5
E32-T16PR 2M
Type Sensing
width
Area
Array
11 mm
10 mm
Flexible,
R1
R5
(0.2 dia./
0.07 dia.)
*2
11 dia.
E32-T16JR 2M
2,550
440
49-A
49-B
E32-G16 2M 49-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
49 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
2,250
380
ST :
SHS:
10
10
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP50
IP50
E32-D36P1 2M
Type Sensing
width
Array 11 mm
Bend-
resistant,
R4
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
450
90
49-E
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Model
49 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
10
10
10
10
3,100
1,120
2,750
960
1,700
440
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
1,500
380
ST :
SHS:
10
10
ST :
SHS:
4,000 *1
2,550
23
69
5
30 mm (0.3 dia./
0.1 dia.)
*2
E32-T16WR 2M 49-C
3,900
680
ST :
SHS:
IP50
4,000 *1
1,700
2,600
680
ST :
SHS:
700
200
300
90
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
IP67
15
25
5
E3NX-FA
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
32
20
7
Detection of workpieces with holes
Detection of falling workpieces
Meander detection
Specifications
Dimensions
• Area beams are optimum for detecting workpieces presented in inconsistent
positions, such as falling workpieces, or for meander detection, or for detecting
workpieces with holes.
• This Fiber Unit is ideal for meander
detectin because it outputs the
digital value in a linear relation to the
interrupted light distance.
Through-beam Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Characteristics of Light Interruption (Reference Value)
0
2500
5000
7500
9999
1234567891011
Light interruption distance (mm)
E32-T16PR+E3NX-FA21
Digital lincident level
Light interruption
distance
Sensing distance: 300 mm
Passing distance of workpiece
Reflective Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 59 PageInstallation Information → 60 Page
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
*1
*2
Note.
The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The values for the minimum sensing object were obtained for detection in the sensing area with the sensing distance set to 300 mm.
(The values are for a stationary sensing object.)
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
48
48
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
49
49
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Area Beam (Area Detection)
Area Beam (Area Detection)
Applications
E32-T16PR 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-T16WR 2M (Free Cutting)
49-A
49-C
E32-G16
49-D
E32-T16JR 2M (Free Cutting)
49-B
E32-D36P1 2M (Free Cutting)
49-E
4
3.3
Sensing surface
(2×11)
(PMMA)
Receiver
Emitter
27
7
2
14.5
17.8
10.7
2,000
2.2 dia.
19
(ABS)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
4
15
10
2.5
5
5
25
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
2,000
10.85
2
(Nickel-plated brass)
Sensing surface: 32 × 0.265 dia. array
(emitter and receiver fibers
in alternating arrangement)
Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
(3×30)
(PMMA)
18
69
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
2.2 dia.
65
45
2,000
12
23
18.5
5
(ABS)
Sensing surface
(2×11) (PMMA)
* Stickers with slits of widths 0.5 and
1 mm (2 of each) provided.
(Heat-resistant ABS)
19
27
14.5
10.7
2,000
7
4
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides 4
2.2 dia.
Model display tube
Sensing head (ABS) Protective cover (PVC)
Optical fiber: 2.2 dia.
Cross-section A-A
Sensing surface,
Sixteen, 0.265 dia.
Two, 3.2 dia.
28.4 8.4
10 12
20
（45）
32
AA
7
15.910
2,000 (standard length)
4,000 *1
4,000 *1
1,680
1,440
1,050
300
17.8
27
4
4
27
14.5
E32-T16PR 2M
Type Sensing
width
Area
Array
11 mm
10 mm
Flexible,
R1
R5
(0.2 dia./
0.07 dia.)
*2
11 dia.
E32-T16JR 2M
2,550
440
49-A
49-B
E32-G16 2M 49-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
49 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
2,250
380
ST :
SHS:
10
10
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP50
IP50
E32-D36P1 2M
Type Sensing
width
Array 11 mm
Bend-
resistant,
R4
(5 µm dia./
2 µm dia.)
450
90
49-E
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Model
49 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
10
10
10
10
3,100
1,120
2,750
960
1,700
440
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
1,500
380
ST :
SHS:
10
10
ST :
SHS:
4,000 *1
2,550
23
69
5
30 mm (0.3 dia./
0.1 dia.)
*2
E32-T16WR 2M 49-C
3,900
680
ST :
SHS:
IP50
4,000 *1
1,700
2,600
680
ST :
SHS:
700
200
300
90
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
IP67
15
25
5
E3NX-FA
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
32
20
7
Detection of workpieces with holes
Detection of falling workpieces
Meander detection
Specifications
Dimensions
• Area beams are optimum for detecting workpieces presented in inconsistent
positions, such as falling workpieces, or for meander detection, or for detecting
workpieces with holes.
• This Fiber Unit is ideal for meander
detectin because it outputs the
digital value in a linear relation to the
interrupted light distance.
Through-beam Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Characteristics of Light Interruption (Reference Value)
0
2500
5000
7500
9999
1234567891011
Light interruption distance (mm)
E32-T16PR+E3NX-FA21
Digital lincident level
Light interruption
distance
Sensing distance: 300 mm
Passing distance of workpiece
Reflective Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 59 PageInstallation Information → 60 Page
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
*1
*2
Note.
The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The values for the minimum sensing object were obtained for detection in the sensing area with the sensing distance set to 300 mm.
(The values are for a stationary sensing object.)
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
50
50
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
51
51
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Liquid-level DetectionLiquid-level Detection
Applications
E32-L25T 2M (Free Cutting)
51-B
E32-D36T 2M (Free Cutting)
51-C
E32-D82F1 4M (Free Cutting)
51-D
E32-A01 5M (Free Cutting)
51-A
Tube-mounting Examples
Note: Two nylon bands are provided.
Sensing surface
(2 × 11) (PMMA)
20
27
4.2
Optical axis
(Heat-resistant ABS)
*M3×8
19.9
Emitter Receiver
Tube holder
(PBT)
* Mount the holder at the appropriate position based on the
actual tube diameter (1/8, 1/4, 3/8 inch).
Two, 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
1.3
14
3
3
Band holes
(45)
5,000
Two, 2.2 dia.
Receiver: Sixteen, 0.265 dia.
Sensing surface
Emitter: Sixteen, 0.265 dia.
2,000
15
13.25
4.4
Eight, R0.5
R10
5
2
4
5
11.4
23.45
5
20.4
Enlarged View of Sensing Surface
(ABS) Two, Band holes
2,000
7.2
Fiber connector 9 dia.
(Nickel-plated brass)
8 dia.
To the Amplifier Unit
2,000
A
1,500 mm from the tip
B
27
42
* The 2-m section of optical fiber on the Amplifier unit side is plastic and therefore allows free cutting.
Note: The maximum allowable temperature is 200°C for section A and 85°C for
section B.
6 dia. (Fluororesin)
Length of unbendable
section: 150
Two, 2.2 dia. *
6
(PC)
Band hole
15.2
(13)
1.2
2.8
6
10
16
18 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Two, 1 dia.
Sensing surface Lens two, 3.2 dia. (PC)
Note: Two nylon bands and one anti-reflector are provided.
6 dia.
18
10
16
15
5
23.45
E32-L25T 2M
Detection
scheme
Tube
diameter Features
Ideal for mounting at
multilevels
• Resistant to bubbles
and droplets
• Residual quantity
detection
• Usable on large
diameter tubes
• Resistant to bubbles
and droplets
Tube-
mounting
Liquid contact
(heat-resistant
up to 200°C)
8 to
10 dia.
No
restrictions
3.2, 6.4
and
9.5 dia.
--- ---
R4
R10
Bend-
resistant,
R4
R40
R25
*3
---
---
---
---
Applicable tube: Transparent
tube with a diameter of 8 to 10
dia. and a recommended wall
thickness of 1 mm
Applicable tube: Transparent
tube
(no restrictions on diameter)
Applicable tube: Transparent
tube with a diameter of 3.2, 6.4,
or 9.5 dia. and a recommended
wall thickness of 1 mm
Liquid-contact Type *1
E32-D36T 2M
E32-A01 5M
E32-D82F1 4M
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Applicable range
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
51 Page
Dimensions
No.
IP50
IP50
IP67
IP68
51-A
51-B
51-C
51-D
27
19.9
Specifications
Dimensions Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Detect the liquid level inside transparent tubes.
Strap the Fiber Unit to a tube with band.
Tube-mounting Types
Detect the liquid level by direct contact with
the liquid.
This model has excellent chemical-resistance
because the Fiber Unit is covered in fluororesin.
Liquid-contact Type
Reflective=
Light incident
Radiation
Air
Liquid
• Fiber Units for detecting liquid levels are available in two types: for tube
mounting and liquid contact.
If you want to change the amount of received light, please Refer to the Instruction Sheet of the Fiber Amplifier used.
The applicable range is the same whether an E3X-HD series or E3NX-FA series is used. This does not include E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
When using a Fiber Amplifier Unit in giga-power mode, level detection may not work depending on the tube diameter. Make sure to confirm operation with the actual tube.
The bending radius of the sensing section (except for the unbendable section) is 40 mm, and the bending radius of the fiber is 25 mm.
*1
*2
*3
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Determining the Best Model for Tube-mounted Types
Recommended Unit
Mounting and conditions Features
When bubbles and the water
droplets are generated
Multilevel installation in limited space
Mounting on large diameter tubes
This is a Through-beam Model, so the incident light will differ greatly between with and without
of liquid.
It also uses an area beam, which is less prone to false detection by bubbles and droplets.
This model has no restrictions on the tube diameter, so it can be mounted on many different
tube sizes.
It also uses an area beam, which is less prone to false detection by bubbles and droplets.
This model is suitable for mounting at multilevels because of the thin type (height: 10 mm).
E32-A01
E32-L25T
E32-D36T
Without liquidWith liquid
Light incidentLight interrupted
Air
RadiationReflective=
Light incident
Tube Liquid
Without liquid
With liquid
Designed for Safe Residual quantity detection (E32-A01 only)
The E32-A01 Fiber Unit is designed to default to the same output
as for liquid absent in the event of a failure, such as when the fiber
breaks. This makes it suitable for residual quantity detection.
If the failure goes unnoticed, this failsafe design will prevent false
detection of liquid when there is no liquid present.
Trouble (disconnection)
With liquid
Without liquid
Light interrupted
Light interrupted
Light incident
And
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
50
50
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
51
51
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Liquid-level DetectionLiquid-level Detection
Applications
E32-L25T 2M (Free Cutting)
51-B
E32-D36T 2M (Free Cutting)
51-C
E32-D82F1 4M (Free Cutting)
51-D
E32-A01 5M (Free Cutting)
51-A
Tube-mounting Examples
Note: Two nylon bands are provided.
Sensing surface
(2 × 11) (PMMA)
20
27
4.2
Optical axis
(Heat-resistant ABS)
*M3×8
19.9
Emitter Receiver
Tube holder
(PBT)
* Mount the holder at the appropriate position based on the
actual tube diameter (1/8, 1/4, 3/8 inch).
Two, 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
1.3
14
3
3
Band holes
(45)
5,000
Two, 2.2 dia.
Receiver: Sixteen, 0.265 dia.
Sensing surface
Emitter: Sixteen, 0.265 dia.
2,000
15
13.25
4.4
Eight, R0.5
R10
5
2
4
5
11.4
23.45
5
20.4
Enlarged View of Sensing Surface
(ABS) Two, Band holes
2,000
7.2
Fiber connector 9 dia.
(Nickel-plated brass)
8 dia.
To the Amplifier Unit
2,000
A
1,500 mm from the tip
B
27
42
* The 2-m section of optical fiber on the Amplifier unit side is plastic and therefore allows free cutting.
Note: The maximum allowable temperature is 200°C for section A and 85°C for
section B.
6 dia. (Fluororesin)
Length of unbendable
section: 150
Two, 2.2 dia. *
6
(PC)
Band hole
15.2
(13)
1.2
2.8
6
10
16
18 2,000
E39-F9: Provided
Two, 1 dia.
Sensing surface Lens two, 3.2 dia. (PC)
Note: Two nylon bands and one anti-reflector are provided.
6 dia.
18
10
16
15
5
23.45
E32-L25T 2M
Detection
scheme
Tube
diameter Features
Ideal for mounting at
multilevels
• Resistant to bubbles
and droplets
• Residual quantity
detection
• Usable on large
diameter tubes
• Resistant to bubbles
and droplets
Tube-
mounting
Liquid contact
(heat-resistant
up to 200°C)
8 to
10 dia.
No
restrictions
3.2, 6.4
and
9.5 dia.
--- ---
R4
R10
Bend-
resistant,
R4
R40
R25
*3
---
---
---
---
Applicable tube: Transparent
tube with a diameter of 8 to 10
dia. and a recommended wall
thickness of 1 mm
Applicable tube: Transparent
tube
(no restrictions on diameter)
Applicable tube: Transparent
tube with a diameter of 3.2, 6.4,
or 9.5 dia. and a recommended
wall thickness of 1 mm
Liquid-contact Type *1
E32-D36T 2M
E32-A01 5M
E32-D82F1 4M
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Applicable range
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
51 Page
Dimensions
No.
IP50
IP50
IP67
IP68
51-A
51-B
51-C
51-D
27
19.9
Specifications
Dimensions Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Detect the liquid level inside transparent tubes.
Strap the Fiber Unit to a tube with band.
Tube-mounting Types
Detect the liquid level by direct contact with
the liquid.
This model has excellent chemical-resistance
because the Fiber Unit is covered in fluororesin.
Liquid-contact Type
Reflective=
Light incident
Radiation
Air
Liquid
• Fiber Units for detecting liquid levels are available in two types: for tube
mounting and liquid contact.
If you want to change the amount of received light, please Refer to the Instruction Sheet of the Fiber Amplifier used.
The applicable range is the same whether an E3X-HD series or E3NX-FA series is used. This does not include E3NX-FAH@ infrared
When using a Fiber Amplifier Unit in giga-power mode, level detection may not work depending on the tube diameter. Make sure to confirm operation with the actual tube.
The bending radius of the sensing section (except for the unbendable section) is 40 mm, and the bending radius of the fiber is 25 mm.
*1
*2
*3
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Determining the Best Model for Tube-mounted Types
Recommended Unit
Mounting and conditions Features
When bubbles and the water
droplets are generated
Multilevel installation in limited space
Mounting on large diameter tubes
This is a Through-beam Model, so the incident light will differ greatly between with and without
of liquid.
It also uses an area beam, which is less prone to false detection by bubbles and droplets.
This model has no restrictions on the tube diameter, so it can be mounted on many different
tube sizes.
It also uses an area beam, which is less prone to false detection by bubbles and droplets.
This model is suitable for mounting at multilevels because of the thin type (height: 10 mm).
E32-A01
E32-L25T
E32-D36T
Without liquidWith liquid
Light incidentLight interrupted
Air
RadiationReflective=
Light incident
Tube Liquid
Without liquid
With liquid
Designed for Safe Residual quantity detection (E32-A01 only)
The E32-A01 Fiber Unit is designed to default to the same output
as for liquid absent in the event of a failure, such as when the fiber
breaks. This makes it suitable for residual quantity detection.
If the failure goes unnoticed, this failsafe design will prevent false
detection of liquid when there is no liquid present.
Trouble (disconnection)
With liquid
Without liquid
Light interrupted
Light interrupted
Light incident
And
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
52
52
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
53
53
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Vacuum-resistantVacuum-resistant
Applications
E32-T51V 1M (No Cutting)
53-A
E32-T51V 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F1V E39-F1V
53-B
E32-T10V 2M (Free Cutting)
53-D
E32-VF4
53-E
E32-VF1
53-F
E32-T84SV 1M (No Cutting)
53-C
36 dia. 49 70 dia.
44 dia.
45°
90 dia.
80
80
Four,
10 dia.
24
Flange
V40 O-ring Flange
8
Note 1. Mount the Flange so that the V40 O-ring is on the atmospheric-pressure
side of the vacuum chamber wall.
2. Mounting-hole dimensions: 38 dia. ±0.5 mm
3. The maximum tightening torque is 9.8 N·m.
4. A V40 O-ring is provided.
2.2 dia.
2,000
Sensing surface: 2 dia.
12
R5
3 dia.
3.5 dia.
90° Flexible tube:
(Stainless steel) 2.9 dia.
4 dia.
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
Connected to flange
(vacuum side)
max.30
12 1,000
26
6
14.2
3 dia.
(SUS304)
8.9
0.5 dia. hole
6
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.8
countersinking depth: 0.9
4 dia.
(35.9) 1,000
8.9
M4×0.7
25.9
4 dia.
3 dia.
3
M2.6×0.45 4 dia. 3 dia. 4 dia.
Connected to flange
(vacuum side)
2.2 dia.
20
(30) 1,000
26
M4×0.7
(Aluminum)
Sensing surface
1.15 dia.
Opposite side 8 (SUS304)
Washer (SUS304)
(96)
(63) 10 (23)
225 19
6 (33.53)
30 20 dia.
22
One nut
M14×2
Two, connectors
One spring washer
V15 O-ring
Note 1. Mount the Flange so that the V15 O-ring is on the atmospheric-pressure
side of the vacuum chamber wall.
2. Mounting-hole dimensions: 14.5 dia. ±0.2 mm
3. The maximum tightening torque is 14.7 N·m for the clamp nut and 1.5 N·m
for the connector.
4. A V15 O-ring, nut, spring washer, two connectors, and four O-rings for
the fibers are provided.
1,760
640
720
260
2,000* *
1,360
2,000*
960
1,080
390
2,000*
2,000*
E32-T51V 1M
Type
Heat-
resistant
temperature
Vacuum
side
Atmospheric
pressure
side
120�
200�
70�
R30
R25
1.2 dia.
(10 µm dia./
4 µm dia.)
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T51V 1M
+
E39-F1V
600
100
53-A
53-B
E32-T84SV 1M 53-C
E32-T10V 2M 53-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
53 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
2,000
520
ST :
SHS:
1,420
260
ST :
SHS:
400
100
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
2,000
520
ST :
SHS:
950
260
ST :
SHS:
−
−
ST :
SHS:
−
−
ST :
SHS:
M4
30
35.9
4 dia.
30
3 dia.
4-channel flange
1-channel flange
E32-VF4 53-E
E32-VF1 53-F
Appearance Type Models
53 Page
Dimensions
No.
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Specifications
Dimensions
Through-beam Fiber Units
Flange
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
What Is a Vacuum-resistant Fiber Unit?
Glass Stainles steel Fluoro-resin
No outgassing
• The Flange is designed to create an air-tight seal on the vacuum side.
• The fibers and Flange on the vacuum side are made of non-outgassing materials.
These parts are inspected, cleaned, and sealed in an air-tight package in a clean room prior to shipment.
Fiber Units on atmospheric pressure side
Fiber Amplifier unit
Fiber Units on vacuum side Flange
(Lens Units) Vacuum chamber Atmospheric pressure side
Vacuum side
Configuration Example for using under vacuum
• Can be used under high vacuums of up to 10-5 Pa.
• Available in models with heat resistant up to 120 or 200°C.
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
52
52
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
53
53
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Vacuum-resistantVacuum-resistant
Applications
E32-T51V 1M (No Cutting)
53-A
E32-T51V 1M (No Cutting) + E39-F1V E39-F1V
53-B
E32-T10V 2M (Free Cutting)
53-D
E32-VF4
53-E
E32-VF1
53-F
E32-T84SV 1M (No Cutting)
53-C
36 dia. 49 70 dia.
44 dia.
45°
90 dia.
80
80
Four,
10 dia.
24
Flange
V40 O-ring Flange
8
Note 1. Mount the Flange so that the V40 O-ring is on the atmospheric-pressure
side of the vacuum chamber wall.
2. Mounting-hole dimensions: 38 dia. ±0.5 mm
3. The maximum tightening torque is 9.8 N·m.
4. A V40 O-ring is provided.
2.2 dia.
2,000
Sensing surface: 2 dia.
12
R5
3 dia.
3.5 dia.
90° Flexible tube:
(Stainless steel) 2.9 dia.
4 dia.
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
Connected to flange
(vacuum side)
max.30
12 1,000
26
6
14.2
3 dia.
(SUS304)
8.9
0.5 dia. hole
6
M2.6×0.45
Effective depth: 3.8
countersinking depth: 0.9
4 dia.
(35.9) 1,000
8.9
M4×0.7
25.9
4 dia.
3 dia.
3
M2.6×0.45 4 dia. 3 dia. 4 dia.
Connected to flange
(vacuum side)
2.2 dia.
20
(30) 1,000
26
M4×0.7
(Aluminum)
Sensing surface
1.15 dia.
Opposite side 8 (SUS304)
Washer (SUS304)
(96)
(63) 10 (23)
225 19
6 (33.53)
30 20 dia.
22
One nut
M14×2
Two, connectors
One spring washer
V15 O-ring
Note 1. Mount the Flange so that the V15 O-ring is on the atmospheric-pressure
side of the vacuum chamber wall.
2. Mounting-hole dimensions: 14.5 dia. ±0.2 mm
3. The maximum tightening torque is 14.7 N·m for the clamp nut and 1.5 N·m
for the connector.
4. A V15 O-ring, nut, spring washer, two connectors, and four O-rings for
the fibers are provided.
1,760
640
720
260
2,000* *
1,360
2,000*
960
1,080
390
2,000*
2,000*
E32-T51V 1M
Type
Heat-
resistant
temperature
Vacuum
side
Atmospheric
pressure
side
120�
200�
70�
R30
R25
1.2 dia.
(10 µm dia./
4 µm dia.)
4 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T51V 1M
+
E39-F1V
600
100
53-A
53-B
E32-T84SV 1M 53-C
E32-T10V 2M 53-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
53 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
2,000
520
ST :
SHS:
1,420
260
ST :
SHS:
400
100
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
2,000
520
ST :
SHS:
950
260
ST :
SHS:
−
−
ST :
SHS:
−
−
ST :
SHS:
M4
30
35.9
4 dia.
30
3 dia.
4-channel flange
1-channel flange
E32-VF4 53-E
E32-VF1 53-F
Appearance Type Models
53 Page
Dimensions
No.
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Specifications
Dimensions
Through-beam Fiber Units
Flange
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 60, 61 Page
What Is a Vacuum-resistant Fiber Unit?
Glass Stainles steel Fluoro-resin
No outgassing
• The Flange is designed to create an air-tight seal on the vacuum side.
• The fibers and Flange on the vacuum side are made of non-outgassing materials.
These parts are inspected, cleaned, and sealed in an air-tight package in a clean room prior to shipment.
Fiber Units on atmospheric pressure side
Fiber Amplifier unit
Fiber Units on vacuum side Flange
(Lens Units) Vacuum chamber Atmospheric pressure side
Vacuum side
Configuration Example for using under vacuum
• Can be used under high vacuums of up to 10-5 Pa.
• Available in models with heat resistant up to 120 or 200°C.
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
54
54
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
55
55
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
FPD, Semiconductors, and Solar CellsFPD, Semiconductors, and Solar Cells
Limited-reflective
→
This page
Through-beam → 56 page
Applications
E32-L16-N 2M (Free Cutting) E32-A09 2M (Free Cutting)
55-A 55-E
E32-A08 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A09H2 2M (No Cutting)
55-B
55-F
E32-A08H2 2M (No Cutting)
E32-L11FP 2M (Free Cutting)
55-C
55-G
E32-A12 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-L11FS 2M (Free Cutting)
55-D
55-H
Two, 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
Two, 3.2 dia.mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on both sides
2,000
14
20.5
3.8
Sensing
surface
(PVC)
10.6
0.95
2.7 6.8
7(45)
Mounting holes
6.5±0.1
Two, M3
Sensing surface
1.5
4 dia. 8.6
(5)
410.7
6.5
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
(SUS303) Flexible tube: Two, 2.9 dia.
(Stainless steel)
Sleeve (Aluminum)
A 30 (B)
2,000
Two, 3.4 dia.
mounting holes
with two, 6.3 dia.
countersinks on
one side
18
5
26
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures is 300°C for
sections A and 110°C for section B (section inserted
into Amplifier Unit).
1.1
2,000
Sensing surface Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on both sides
5
3.8 10.7 6.5 (ABS)
12
14
24.5
Two, 2.2 dia.
6.5±0.2
Two, M3
Mounting holes
14 12
24.5
10.7 6.5
2,000
1.1
3.8
Model display tube
Optical fiber
Two, 2.2 dia.
Optical axis
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with four, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
5
2,000
Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
Lenses 5.8 dia.
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on one side
8.9
(Aluminum)
23
9
20
12 7
28 (B)
7
12
A
5
2,000
*
(SUS303)
Two, 2.8 dia.
flexible tubes
(SUS304)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
Sensing surface
Lenses 5.8 dia.
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
8.9
30
9
24
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A and B
are 300°C and 110°C, respectively. The section inserted into
the Amplifier Unit (indicated by *) must be maintained within
the Amplifier Unit's operating temperature range.
Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes
12
22
14
40
(Heat-resistant PVC)
27
Sensing object (Glass)
(PFA)
(PFA)
Two, 4 dia, (t=0.5)
(PTFE) 2 m
17.5
Two, 4 dia, (t=0.5)
(PTFE) 2 m
(PFA)
(PFA)
SUS316L
Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes
12
35
10
38.5 Sensing object (Glass)
39
10 to 20
10 to 20
0 to 15
0 to 15
12 to 30
12 to 30
15 to 38
(Center 25)
15 to 38
20 to 30
20 to 30
(Center 25)
38.5 17.5
Mounting
hole A
14
20
40
Mounting
hole A
30
9
24
26
5
18
23
9
20
14
20.5
3.8
24.5
5
14
24.5
5
14
E32-L16-N 2M
*1
Application Ambient
temperature
70�
70�
60�
300�
300°C
*2
85�
Glass-
substrate
Alignment
Glass
presence
detection
Mapping of
glass
substrates
Wet processes
(Cleaning,
Resist
developing,
and etching)
Wet
processes
(Resist
stripping)
R25
R40
Soda glass
with reflection
factor of 7%
End surface
of soda glass
with reflection
factor of 7%
(t = 0.7 mm,
rounded
edges)
8 to 20 mm from tip of lens
(Recommended sensing distance: 11 mm)
19 to 31 mm from center of mounting hole A
(Recommended sensing distance: 22 mm)
8 to 20 mm from tip of lens
(Recommended sensing distance: 11 mm)
32 to 44 mm from center of mounting hole A
(Recommended sensing distance: 35 mm)
Glass
(t=0.7mm)
E32-A08 2M
*1
10 to 20
−
55-A
E32-A08H2 2M
*1 55-C
E32-A12 2M
55-D
E32-A09 2M
55-E
E32-A09H2 2M
55-F
E32-L11FP 2M
55-G
E32-L11FS 2M
55-H
55-B
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
55 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
0 to 15
0 to 12
ST :
SHS:
12 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
15 to 38
−
ST :
SHS:
20 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
IP40
IP40
IP30
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP67
IP67
10 to 20
10 to 20
10 to 20
−
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 12
ST :
SHS:
12 to 30
12 to 30
12 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
15 to 38
(Center 25)
15 to 38
15 to 38
−
ST :
SHS:
20 to 30
20 to 30
(Center 25)
20 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
(Center 25)
(Center 25) (Center 25)
(Center 25)
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Glass-substrate
Alignment
Specifications
Dimensions
*1 If operation is affected by the background, perform power tuning to decrease the incident light level.
*2 The maximum allowable temperature is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
Must not be repeatedly subject to rapid temperature changes.
Raw glass
(t = 0.7 mm, rounded edges)
Distance
E32-A09
E32-A08
E32-A08H2
Detection position
accuracy: 0.2 mm max.
10 to 20mm
Distance (mm)
Digital value
0
250
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Stable detection
• Glass-substrate Alignment
• Glass-substrate Mapping
Detection position accuracy: 0.2 mm max.
No variation in detection positions even if the
sensing distance changes.
Tilting workpiece does not affect detection.
Stable detection is possible even for difficult-to-
detect curved surfaces.
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Spherical heads eliminate
liquid build up.
Liquid builds up on flat
head.
Water droplet
• Glass Presence Detection in Wet
Processes
Stable non-contact detection even with
warped glass.
The spherical heads ensure stable detection
without being influenced by liquid.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
54
54
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
55
55
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
FPD, Semiconductors, and Solar CellsFPD, Semiconductors, and Solar Cells
Limited-reflective
→
This page
Through-beam → 56 page
Applications
E32-L16-N 2M (Free Cutting) E32-A09 2M (Free Cutting)
55-A 55-E
E32-A08 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A09H2 2M (No Cutting)
55-B
55-F
E32-A08H2 2M (No Cutting)
E32-L11FP 2M (Free Cutting)
55-C
55-G
E32-A12 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-L11FS 2M (Free Cutting)
55-D
55-H
Two, 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
Two, 3.2 dia.mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on both sides
2,000
14
20.5
3.8
Sensing
surface
(PVC)
10.6
0.95
2.7 6.8
7(45)
Mounting holes
6.5±0.1
Two, M3
Sensing surface
1.5
4 dia. 8.6
(5)
410.7
6.5
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
(SUS303) Flexible tube: Two, 2.9 dia.
(Stainless steel)
Sleeve (Aluminum)
A 30 (B)
2,000
Two, 3.4 dia.
mounting holes
with two, 6.3 dia.
countersinks on
one side
18
5
26
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures is 300°C for
sections A and 110°C for section B (section inserted
into Amplifier Unit).
1.1
2,000
Sensing surface Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on both sides
5
3.8 10.7 6.5 (ABS)
12
14
24.5
Two, 2.2 dia.
6.5±0.2
Two, M3
Mounting holes
14 12
24.5
10.7 6.5
2,000
1.1
3.8
Model display tube
Optical fiber
Two, 2.2 dia.
Optical axis
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with four, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
5
2,000
Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing surface
Lenses 5.8 dia.
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes with
two, 6 dia. countersinks on one side
8.9
(Aluminum)
23
9
20
12 7
28 (B)
7
12
A
5
2,000
*
(SUS303)
Two, 2.8 dia.
flexible tubes
(SUS304)
Two, 3.2 dia. mounting holes
with two, 6 dia. countersinks
on both sides
Sensing surface
Lenses 5.8 dia.
4 dia. 2.2 dia.
8.9
30
9
24
Note: The maximum allowable temperatures for sections A and B
are 300°C and 110°C, respectively. The section inserted into
the Amplifier Unit (indicated by *) must be maintained within
the Amplifier Unit's operating temperature range.
Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes
12
22
14
40
(Heat-resistant PVC)
27
Sensing object (Glass)
(PFA)
(PFA)
Two, 4 dia, (t=0.5)
(PTFE) 2 m
17.5
Two, 4 dia, (t=0.5)
(PTFE) 2 m
(PFA)
(PFA)
SUS316L
Two, 2.2 dia.
Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes
12
35
10
38.5 Sensing object (Glass)
39
10 to 20
10 to 20
0 to 15
0 to 15
12 to 30
12 to 30
15 to 38
(Center 25)
15 to 38
20 to 30
20 to 30
(Center 25)
38.5 17.5
Mounting
hole A
14
20
40
Mounting
hole A
30
9
24
26
5
18
23
9
20
14
20.5
3.8
24.5
5
14
24.5
5
14
E32-L16-N 2M
*1
Application Ambient
temperature
70�
70�
60�
300�
300°C
*2
85�
Glass-
substrate
Alignment
Glass
presence
detection
Mapping of
glass
substrates
Wet processes
(Cleaning,
Resist
developing,
and etching)
Wet
processes
(Resist
stripping)
R25
R40
Soda glass
with reflection
factor of 7%
End surface
of soda glass
with reflection
factor of 7%
(t = 0.7 mm,
rounded
edges)
8 to 20 mm from tip of lens
(Recommended sensing distance: 11 mm)
19 to 31 mm from center of mounting hole A
(Recommended sensing distance: 22 mm)
8 to 20 mm from tip of lens
(Recommended sensing distance: 11 mm)
32 to 44 mm from center of mounting hole A
(Recommended sensing distance: 35 mm)
Glass
(t=0.7mm)
E32-A08 2M
*1
10 to 20
−
55-A
E32-A08H2 2M
*1 55-C
E32-A12 2M
55-D
E32-A09 2M
55-E
E32-A09H2 2M
55-F
E32-L11FP 2M
55-G
E32-L11FS 2M
55-H
55-B
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Standard
sensing object
(minimum
sensing object)
Models
55 Page
Dimensions
No.
ST :
SHS:
0 to 15
0 to 12
ST :
SHS:
12 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
15 to 38
−
ST :
SHS:
20 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
IP40
IP40
IP30
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP67
IP67
10 to 20
10 to 20
10 to 20
−
E3X-HD
ST :
SHS:
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 12
ST :
SHS:
12 to 30
12 to 30
12 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
15 to 38
(Center 25)
15 to 38
15 to 38
−
ST :
SHS:
20 to 30
20 to 30
(Center 25)
20 to 30
−
ST :
SHS:
(Center 25)
(Center 25) (Center 25)
(Center 25)
E3NX-FA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Glass-substrate
Alignment
Specifications
Dimensions
*1 If operation is affected by the background, perform power tuning to decrease the incident light level.
*2 The maximum allowable temperature is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
Must not be repeatedly subject to rapid temperature changes.
Raw glass
(t = 0.7 mm, rounded edges)
Distance
E32-A09
E32-A08
E32-A08H2
Detection position
accuracy: 0.2 mm max.
10 to 20mm
Distance (mm)
Digital value
0
250
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Stable detection
• Glass-substrate Alignment
• Glass-substrate Mapping
Detection position accuracy: 0.2 mm max.
No variation in detection positions even if the
sensing distance changes.
Tilting workpiece does not affect detection.
Stable detection is possible even for difficult-to-
detect curved surfaces.
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Limited-reflective Fiber Units
Installation Information → 58, 59 Page
Spherical heads eliminate
liquid build up.
Liquid builds up on flat
head.
Water droplet
• Glass Presence Detection in Wet
Processes
Stable non-contact detection even with
warped glass.
The spherical heads ensure stable detection
without being influenced by liquid.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
56
56
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
57
57
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
FPD, Semiconductors, and Solar CellsFPD, Semiconductors, and Solar Cells
Limited-reflective → 54 page
Through-beam → This page
Applications
E32-T24SR 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A03-1 2M (Free Cutting)
57-D
57-B
E32-T24S 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A04 2M (Free Cutting)
57-E
E32-A03 2M (Free Cutting)
57-A
57-C
3.2
10
E39-L83 Mounting Bracket
(SUS) (provided)
2.2 dia.
1.8
20.5
2
1.5
Sensing surface: 1.7 dia.
2,000
11
3.4
3.5 dia.
0.4
17.6 3.2
(SUS303)
Note: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
Note: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
2.95
dia.
E39-L83 Mounting Bracket
(SUS) (provided)
2
6
Sensing surface: 1.7 dia.
E39-F9:
Provided
(SUS303)
Engraved mark:
1 dia.
2,000
0.4 1.8
3.2
10
11
17.6
3.2
3.4
4.3
3.5
dia.
20.5
Note1: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
2. Set of two symmetrical parts.
13
12.5
36.5
2,000
Mounting holes
Two, 3.4 dia
Engraved mark:
1 dia.
1 dia.
Sensing surface:
1.7 dia. (SUS303)
2.95 dia.
4.5
3.5
10
3
E39-F9:
Provided
24.5
2
4
2,000
20.5
2
2
Sensing surface: 1.2 dia.
2 dia. E39-F9: Provided
(SUS303)
1 dia.
Engraved mark: 1 dia.
3.2
10
2.2 dia.
1.8
20.5
2
1.5
Sensing surface: 1.7 dia.
2,000
11
3.4
3.5 dia.
0.4
17.6 3.2
(SUS303)
E39-L83 Mounting Bracket
(SUS) (provided)
1,920
670
2,610
4,000 *
2,190
4,000 *
4,000 *
1,800
3.5 dia.
20.5
20.5
24.5 10
20.5
Thickness: 3 mm
Thickness: 3 mm
Thickness: 2 mm
E32-T24SR 2M
Application
Ambient
temperature
Aperture
angle
70°C
4°
3.4°
1.5°
Wafer
Mapping
R10
R10
Flexible,
R1
Flexible,
R1
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1.2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T24S 2M
57-D
E32-A03 2M 57-A
E32-A03-1 2M 57-B
E32-A04 2M 57-C
57-E
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
57 Page
Dimensions
No.
3,300
580
ST :
SHS:
3,900
700
ST :
SHS:
2,670
500
ST :
SHS:
1,020
200
ST :
SHS:
1,280
450
1,740
4,000 *
E3X-HD
1,460
4,000 *
2,200
580
ST :
SHS:
2,600
700
ST :
SHS:
3,220
1,200
1,780
500
ST :
SHS:
680
200
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP50
IP50
IP50
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
E3NX-FA
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Wafer Mapping
Specifications
Dimensions
• Wafer Mapping
Through-beam Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 58, 60 Page
2 wafers
12-inch silicon wafer
150 mm
10 mm
(E32-A04, High-speed mode)
E32-A04+E3NX-FA21
Mapping Characteristics
Digital value
−10
0 2500 5000 7500 9999
−5
0
5
10
Thin-profile design enables easy mounting on robot arms.
Reliably wafer detection, even when stacked closely together.
Easy to adjust optical axis.
(Typical alignment error between mechanical and optical axes is only ±0.1°.)
Detection positions (mm)
Detection
Detection
Special ApplicationsSpecial Applications
56
56
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
57
57
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
FPD, Semiconductors, and Solar CellsFPD, Semiconductors, and Solar Cells
Limited-reflective → 54 page
Through-beam → This page
Applications
E32-T24SR 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A03-1 2M (Free Cutting)
57-D
57-B
E32-T24S 2M (Free Cutting)
E32-A04 2M (Free Cutting)
57-E
E32-A03 2M (Free Cutting)
57-A
57-C
3.2
10
E39-L83 Mounting Bracket
(SUS) (provided)
2.2 dia.
1.8
20.5
2
1.5
Sensing surface: 1.7 dia.
2,000
11
3.4
3.5 dia.
0.4
17.6 3.2
(SUS303)
Note: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
Note: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
2.95
dia.
E39-L83 Mounting Bracket
(SUS) (provided)
2
6
Sensing surface: 1.7 dia.
E39-F9:
Provided
(SUS303)
Engraved mark:
1 dia.
2,000
0.4 1.8
3.2
10
11
17.6
3.2
3.4
4.3
3.5
dia.
20.5
Note1: Use the engraved surface and its opposing surface as
installation (reference) surfaces.
2. Set of two symmetrical parts.
13
12.5
36.5
2,000
Mounting holes
Two, 3.4 dia
Engraved mark:
1 dia.
1 dia.
Sensing surface:
1.7 dia. (SUS303)
2.95 dia.
4.5
3.5
10
3
E39-F9:
Provided
24.5
2
4
2,000
20.5
2
2
Sensing surface: 1.2 dia.
2 dia. E39-F9: Provided
(SUS303)
1 dia.
Engraved mark: 1 dia.
3.2
10
2.2 dia.
1.8
20.5
2
1.5
Sensing surface: 1.7 dia.
2,000
11
3.4
3.5 dia.
0.4
17.6 3.2
(SUS303)
E39-L83 Mounting Bracket
(SUS) (provided)
1,920
670
2,610
4,000 *
2,190
4,000 *
4,000 *
1,800
3.5 dia.
20.5
20.5
24.5 10
20.5
Thickness: 3 mm
Thickness: 3 mm
Thickness: 2 mm
E32-T24SR 2M
Application
Ambient
temperature
Aperture
angle
70°C
4°
3.4°
1.5°
Wafer
Mapping
R10
R10
Flexible,
R1
Flexible,
R1
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1.2 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
E32-T24S 2M
57-D
E32-A03 2M 57-A
E32-A03-1 2M 57-B
E32-A04 2M 57-C
57-E
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
57 Page
Dimensions
No.
3,300
580
ST :
SHS:
3,900
700
ST :
SHS:
2,670
500
ST :
SHS:
1,020
200
ST :
SHS:
1,280
450
1,740
4,000 *
E3X-HD
1,460
4,000 *
2,200
580
ST :
SHS:
2,600
700
ST :
SHS:
3,220
1,200
1,780
500
ST :
SHS:
680
200
ST :
SHS:
IP50
IP50
IP50
IP50
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
E3NX-FA
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 µs, PNP output: 55 µs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 µs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 µs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Note 1.
2.
3.
Other modes
HSGIGA
Other modes
HSGIGA
Wafer Mapping
Specifications
Dimensions
• Wafer Mapping
Through-beam Fiber Units
Through-beam Fiber Units
(Set of 2)
Installation Information → 58, 60 Page
2 wafers
12-inch silicon wafer
150 mm
10 mm
(E32-A04, High-speed mode)
E32-A04+E3NX-FA21
Mapping Characteristics
Digital value
−10
0 2500 5000 7500 9999
−5
0
5
10
Thin-profile design enables easy mounting on robot arms.
Reliably wafer detection, even when stacked closely together.
Easy to adjust optical axis.
(Typical alignment error between mechanical and optical axes is only ±0.1°.)
Detection positions (mm)
Detection
Detection
Installation Information
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
58
58
Models
Installation Cable Weight
(packed
state) (g)
Demensions
Page
No.
Ambient
temperature
Tightening
torque
Mounting
hole
Bending
radius
Unbendable
length*1
Tensile
strength
Sheath
material
Core
material
Emitter/receiver
differentiation
E32-A01 5M −40 to 70°C 0.03N · m−R4 10 9.8N Fluororesin Plastic None 200 51 Page 51-A
E32-A03 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R1 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 31 Page 31-A
57 Page 57-A
E32-A03-1 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 50 31 Page 31-B
57 Page 57-B
E32-A04 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 2.2+0.5
0dia. R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 31 Page 31-C
57 Page 57-C
E32-A08 2M −40 to 70°C 0.53N · m−R25 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 60 37 Page 37-C
55 Page 55-B
E32-A08H2 2M −40 to 300°C
*2 0.53N · m−R25 10 29.4N SUS Glass None 240 47 Page 47-D
55 Page 55-C
E32-A09 2M −40 to 70°C 0.53N · m−R25 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 60 37 Page 37-F
55 Page 55-E
E32-A09H2 2M −40 to 300°C
*2, *3 0.53N · m−R25 10 9.8N SUS Glass None 230 47 Page 47-E
55 Page 55-F
E32-A12 2M −40 to 70°C 0.53N · m−R25 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 60 37 Page 37-D
55 Page 55-D
E32-C21N 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*4 R2 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic White line on
emitter cable 30 99 Page 99-D
E32-C31 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*4 R25 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic White line on
emitter cable 40 09 Page 09-D
E32-C31M 1M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*4 R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic White line on
emitter cable 40 09 Page 09-E
E32-C31N 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*4 R4 0 9.8N PVC and
Polyethylene Plastic White line on
emitter cable 40 09 Page 09-A
E32-C41 1M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*4 R25 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic White tube on
emitter cable 30 23 Page 23-A ,
23-D
E32-C42 1M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 2.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic White tube on
emitter cable 30 21 Page
21-A , 21-B
E32-C42S 1M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 4N Polyolefin Plastic White tube on
emitter cable 30 21 Page 21-E
E32-CC200 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic White line on
emitter cable 40 09 Page 09-H
E32-C91N 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R4 0 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic White line on
emitter cable 36 09 Page 09-B
99 Page 99-F
E32-D11 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R4 10 29.4N PVC Plastic None 50 43 Page 43-E
E32-D11R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 50 09 Page 09-G
E32-D11U 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R4 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 60 39 Page 39-I
E32-D12F 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 6.5+0.5
0dia. R40 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 190 39 Page 39-H
E32-D15XR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 15 Page 15-E
E32-D15YR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 15 Page 15-F
E32-D15ZR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 15 Page 15-G
E32-D16 2M −40 to 70°C 0.53N · m−R4 10 29.4N PVC Plastic None 70 25 Page 25-E
E32-D21 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*4 R4 10 9.8N PVC Plastic None 20 43 Page 43-B
E32-D211R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 09 Page 09-F
E32-D21B 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R4 10 9.8N PVC Plastic None 40 43 Page 43-D
E32-D21N 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R2 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 30 99 Page 99-E
E32-D21R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*4 R1 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 20 09 Page 09-C
E32-D21-S3 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 50 19 Page 19-J
E32-D221B 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R4 10 9.8N PVC Plastic None 40 13 Page 13-D
43 Page 43-C
E32-D22B 2M −40 to 70°C 0.2N · m 1.7+0.5
0dia. R4 10 9.8N PVC Plastic None 30 13 Page 13-A
43 Page 43-A
*1 Unbendable length of cable from fiber head.
Do not bend the cable for at least 20 mm from where the cable inserts into the Fiber Amplifier Unit.
*2 The heat-resistant rating is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
*3 Avoid rapid temperature changes.
*4 For embedded mounting, prepare a hole with a diameter of 2.6 mm.
Installation Information
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental ImmunityApplications
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
59
59
Models
Installation Cable Weight
(packed
state) (g)
Demensions
Page
No.
Ambient
temperature
Tightening
torque
Mounting
hole
Bending
radius
Unbendable
length*1
Tensile
strength
Sheath
material
Core
material
Emitter/receiver
differentiation
E32-D22R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 13 Page 13-C
E32-D22-S1 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 45 19 Page 19-I
E32-D24R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 19 Page 19-A
E32-D24-S2 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m5
+0.5
0dia. R25 10 19.6N Polyethylene Plastic None 55 19 Page 19-B
E32-D25XB 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R4 10 9.8N PVC Plastic None 40 43 Page 43-F
E32-D25-S3 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 50 19 Page 19-L
E32-D31-S1 0.5M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*2 R4 10 9.8N
Polyolefin
Plastic None 35 19 Page 19-G
E32-D32L 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic
Yellow dotted
line on emitter
cable
50 13 Page 13-E
E32-D32-S1 0.5M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R4 10 9.8N
Polyolefin
Plastic None 35 19 Page 19-F
E32-D33 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 13 Page 13-F
19 Page 19-E
E32-D331 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 2.2+0.5
0dia. R4 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 30 19 Page 19-D
E32-D36P1 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m−R4 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 60 49 Page 49-E
E32-D36T 2M −40 to 70°C −−R4 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 190 51 Page 51-C
E32-D43M 1M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 1.7+0.5
0dia. R4 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 30 13 Page 13-B
19 Page 19-C
E32-D51 2M −40 to 150°C
*3 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R35 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 60 47 Page 47-B
E32-D51R 2M −40 to 100°C
*4 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R2 0 29.4N Polyurethane Plastic None 60 47 Page 47-A
E32-D61-S 2M −60 to 350°C
*5 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 29.4N SUS Glass None 190 47 Page 47-G
E32-D611-S 2M −60 to 350°C
*5 0.98N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 29.4N SUS Glass None 170 47 Page 47-F
E32-D73-S 2M −40 to 400°C
*5 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 29.4N SUS Glass None 170 47 Page 47-H
E32-D81R-S 2M −40 to 200°C
*5 0.78N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R10 10 9.8N Fluororesin Glass None 70 47 Page 47-C
E32-D82F1 4M −40 to 200°C 0.29N · m 6.5+0.5
0dia. R25 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 450 51 Page 51-D
E32-DC200BR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 19 Page 19-K
E32-DC200F4R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*2 R1 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 19 Page 19-H
E32-G16 2M −40 to 70°C 0.53N · m−R5 0 *6 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic −51 49 Page 49-D
E32-L11FP 2M −10 to 60°C 0.78N · m−R40 10 9.8N Fluororesin Plastic None 310 39 Page 39-F
55 Page 55-G
E32-L11FS 2M −10 to 85°C 0.78N · m−R40 10 9.8N Fluororesin Plastic None 310 39 Page 39-G
55 Page 55-H
E32-L15 2M −40 to 70°C 0.53N · m−R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic White tube on
emitter cable 60 21 Page 21-F
E32-L16-N 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 60
33 Page 33-A
37 Page 37-B
55 Page 55-A
E32-L24S 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 33 Page 33-B
37 Page 37-A
E32-L25L 2M −40 to 105°C
*4 0.29N · m−R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 33 Page 33-C
37 Page 37-E
E32-L25T 2M −40 to 70°C −−R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 51 Page 51-B
E32-LD11 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m−R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 09 Page 09-I
E32-LD11N 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R2 0 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 99 Page 99-C
E32-LD11R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.98N · m−R1 0 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 09 Page 09-I
*1 Unbendable length of cable from fiber head.
Do not bend the cable for at least 20 mm from where the cable inserts into the Fiber Amplifier Unit.
*2 For embedded mounting, prepare a hole with a diameter of 2.6 mm.
*3 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 130°C.
*4 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 90°C.
*5 The heat-resistant rating is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
*6 The bending radius of the protective cover (PVC, 25 mm) is 10 mm min.
Installation Information
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
60
60
Models
Installation Cable Weight
(packed
state) (g)
Demensions
Page
No.
Ambient
temperature
Tightening
torque
Mounting
hole
Bending
radius
Unbendable
length*1
Tensile
strength
Sheath
material
Core
material
Emitter/receiver
differentiation
E32-LR11NP 2M −40 to 70°C
*2 0.98N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R2 0 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 35 Page 35-A
99 Page 99-G
E32-LT11 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m−R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 07 Page 07-C
25 Page 25-C
E32-LT11N 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R2 0 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 25 Page 25-A
99 Page 99-A
E32-LT11R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m−R1 0 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 07 Page 07-C
25 Page 25-C
E32-LT35Z 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R1 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 25 15 Page 15-D
E32-R16 2M −25 to 55°C 0.54N · m−R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 220
(E39-R1 included.)
35 Page 35-B
E32-R21 2M −40 to 70°C 0.39N · m 6.2+0.5
0dia. R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 70
(E39-R3 included.)
35 Page 35-C
E32-T10V 2M −25 to 70°C 0.3N · m−R25 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 170 53 Page 53-D
E32-T11 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R4 10 29.4N PVC Plastic None 40 41 Page 41-C
E32-T11F 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R4 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 60 39 Page 39-C
E32-T11N 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 70 07 Page 07-A
E32-T11NF 2M −25 to 70°C 12N · m 8.5+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 80 39 Page 39-A
E32-T11NFS 2M −25 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 70 39 Page
39-A2
E32-T11R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 50 07 Page 07-B
E32-T12F 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 5.5+0.5
0dia. R40 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 210 39 Page 39-B
E32-T12R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 11 Page 11-C
E32-T14 2M −40 to 70°C 0.49N · m−R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 60 25 Page 25-D
E32-T14F 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 5.5+0.5
0dia. R40 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 220 39 Page 39-D
E32-T14LR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 11 Page 11-D
E32-T15XR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 15 Page 15-A
E32-T15YR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 15 Page 15-B
E32-T15ZR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 15 Page 15-C
E32-T16JR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 49 Page 49-B
E32-T16PR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R1 0 9.8N PVC Plastic None 60 49 Page 49-A
E32-T16WR 2M −25 to 55°C 0.29N · m−R1 0 9.8N PVC Plastic None 60 49 Page 49-C
E32-T17L 10M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m
14.5
+1
0
dia.
R25 10 29.4N Polyethylene Plastic None 240 25 Page 25-B
E32-T21 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*3 R4 10 9.8N PVC Plastic None 30 41 Page 41-B
E32-T21-S1 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m3.2+0.5
0dia.
*3 R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 45 17 Page 17-D
E32-T223R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.20N · m 1.2+0.5
0dia. R1 20 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 11 Page 11-A
E32-T22B 2M −40 to 70°C 0.20N · m 1.7+0.5
0dia. R4 10 9.8N PVC Plastic None 40 11 Page 11-B
41 Page 41-A
E32-T22S 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R10 10 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 31 Page 31-F
E32-T24E 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 2.7+0.5
0dia. R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 17 Page 17-B
E32-T24R 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 2.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 17 Page 17-A
E32-T24S 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R10 10 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 31 Page 31-E
57 Page 57-E
E32-T24SR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m−R1 0 9.8N PVC Plastic None 60 31 Page 31-D
57 Page 57-D
E32-T25XB 2M −40 to 70°C 0.15N · m−R4 10 9.8N PVC Plastic None 40 41 Page 41-D
*1 Unbendable length of cable from fiber head.
Do not bend the cable for at least 20 mm from where the cable inserts into the Fiber Amplifier Unit.
*2 Ambient operating temperature of the recommended reflector (E39-RP1) is −40 to 60°C.
*3 For embedded mounting, prepare a hole with a diameter of 2.6 mm.
Installation Information
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental ImmunityApplications
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
61
61
Models
Installation Cable Weight
(packed
state) (g)
Demensions
Page
No.
Ambient
temperature
Tightening
torque
Mounting
hole
Bending
radius
Unbendable
length*1
Tensile
strength
Sheath
material
Core
material
Emitter/receiver
differentiation
E32-T33 1M −40 to 70°C 0.29N · m 3.2+0.5
0dia. R10 10 9.8N Polyethylene Plastic None 40 17 Page 17-C
E32-T51 2M −40 to 150°C
*2 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R35 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 70 45 Page 45-B
E32-T51F 2M −40 to 150°C
*2 0.78N · m 5.5+0.5
0dia. R40 10 29.4N Fluororesin Plastic None 220 39 Page 39-E
E32-T51R 2M −40 to 100°C
*3 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R2 0 29.4N Polyurethane Plastic None 60 45 Page 45-A
E32-T51V 1M −25 to 120°C 0.29N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R30 10 29.4N Fluororesin Glass None 160 53 Page 53-A
E32-T61-S 2M −60 to 350°C
*4 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R25 10 29.4N SUS Glass None 200 45 Page 45-D
E32-T81R-S 2M −40 to 200°C
*4 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R10 10 9.8N Fluororesin Glass None 60 45 Page 45-C
E32-T84SV 1M −25 to 200°C 0.29N · m 4.5+0.5
0dia. R25 10 29.4N SUS Glass None 190 53 Page 53-C
E32-TC200BR 2M −40 to 70°C 0.78N · m 4.2+0.5
0dia. R1 0 29.4N PVC Plastic None 60 17 Page 17-E
E32-VF1 −25 to 70°C − −−−− − − − 240 53 Page 53-F
E32-VF4 −25 to 70°C − −−−− − − − 280 53 Page 53-E
E39-F1 −40 to 200°C − −−−− − − − 2
26 Page 26-A
27 Page
27-A
to
27-C
28 Page 28-A
29 Page
29-A
to
29-C
E39-F1-33 −40 to 200°C − −−−− − − − 328 Page 28-D
E39-F11 − − −−−− − − − 30 −
E39-F16 −40 to 350°C − −−−− − − − 15
26 Page 26-B
27 Page
27-D
to
27-F
28 Page 28-B
29 Page 29-D to
29-F , 29-K
E39-F17 −25 to 70°C − −−−− − − − 10 21 Page 21-B
E39-F18 −40 to 70°C − −−−− − − − 523 Page
23-G , 23-H
E39-F1V −25 to 120°C − −−−− − − − 353 Page 53-B
E39-F2 −40 to 200°C − −−−− − − − 2
26 Page 26-C
27 Page
27-G
,
27-H
28 Page 28-C
29 Page
29-G
to
29-I
E39-F32A 1M −40 to 150°C −−R30 −− − − − 70 43 Page 43-G
E39-F32C 1M −40 to 150°C −−R30 −− − − − 110 41 Page 41-E
43 Page 43-G
E39-F32D 1M −40 to 150°C −−R30 −− − − − 80 43 Page 43-G
E39-F3A −40 to 70°C − −−−− − − − 221 Page 21-A
E39-F3A-5 −40 to 70°C − −−−− − − − 1
23 Page
23-A , 23-B , 23-C
E39-F3B −25 to 55°C − −−−− − − − 2
23 Page
23-D , 23-E , 23-F
E39-F3C −25 to 55°C − −−−− − − − 121 Page
21-C , 21-D
E39-R1 −25 to 55°C − −−−− − − − 20 35 Page 35-B
E39-R3 −25 to 55°C − −−−− − − − 20 35 Page 35-C
E39-RP1 −40 to 60°C − −−−− − − − 25 35 Page 35-A
99 Page 99-G
E39-RP37 −25 to 55°C − −−−− − − − 4−
E39-RSP1 −25 to 55°C − −−−− − − − 4−
*1 Unbendable length of cable from fiber head.
Do not bend the cable for at least 20 mm from where the cable inserts into the Fiber Amplifier Unit.
*2 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 130°C.
*3 For continuous operation, use the Fiber Unit between −40 to 90°C.
*4 The heat-resistant rating is not the same for all parts of the Fiber Unit. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for details.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
Main Features
62
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
62
Advanced Smart Tuning
Achieve Easy Detection in Many Applications
Just press the button once with a workpiece and once without
a workpiece to automatically set the optimum incident level and threshold.
Consistent settings are achieved for all users with this ultra-easy procedure.
The Sensor Communications Unit with a master function and the Distributed Sensor Units
with slave functions enable N-Smart Sensors communication over open networks.
E3NX-FA Series
E3NX-FA Series
Smart Fiber Amplifier Units
A Smart Fiber Amplifier Unit
with Ultra-stable Detection
and Ultra-easy Setup
E3X-ECT / E3X-CRT
Fiber Amplifier Unit Accessories
64
Page
64
Page
Optimum Light Intensity Adjustment from
Transparent Objects to Black Workpieces
The incident level is optimized to enable stable detection even for
saturated or insufficient incident levels.
Greatly Reduced Machine Manufacturing Costs
There is no need to change the current distributed installation to
introduce a network without increasing costs.
Greatly Reduced Machine Commissioning Time
All of the settings can be made at the same time from a Touch Panel.
Greatly Improved Machine Productivity
Realtime monitoring lets you perform maintenance before
malfunctions occur.
Improvements in the sensing distance and minimum sensing object have increased the range of application for stable detection.
P
have
inc
c
rea
rea
sed
se
the rang
e o
o
f
f a
pplication
f
or stable
de
NEW
E3NW Series
E3NW Series
Sensor Communications Units for E3NX-FA
E3X-HD Series
Advanced Basic Performance
Expanded Application Response Capabilities
TUNE
The Next-generation E3NW
Sensor Network Units
Revolutionize On-site Sensing
Press the button
once
once
with a workpiece and
once
once
without a workpiece
TUNE Automatic Setting of
Optimum Values
5000
9999
ST
Set to the intermediate
value between the
incident levels with and
without a workpiece.
Incident level
adjustment with and
without a workpiece
1.5 Times the Sensing Distance* 1/10th
the Minimum Sensing Object
*
6 m0.3 μm dia.
*Compared to E3X-HD.
For E32-LT11 Fiber Unit with a fiber length of 3.5 m
Typical example of actual measurements with E32-D11R Fiber Unit.
×1/2000 ×20×1
Excessive Incident Level
Incident light reduced.
Light Intensity Adjustment Range of 40,000 Times
Incident light increased.
Incident li
g
ht increa
s
NEW
l
In
de
x
ch
ni
ca
l
Gu
ide an
d
Pr
ecauti
o
ns
b
u
at
ion
ov
er open n
e
G
reatly
The
re is
no
introduce a
n
Greatly R
e
All of the sett
ing
G
r
e
a
t
l
Controller
Sensor Communications Units
Master
Distributed Sensor Units
Slaves
Open Network
Network between Units
Threshold + Incident
Level
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
Main Features
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
Main Features
62
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
63
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
62 63
Applications
Advanced Smart Tuning
Achieve Easy Detection in Many Applications
Just press the button once with a workpiece and once without
a workpiece to automatically set the optimum incident level and threshold.
Consistent settings are achieved for all users with this ultra-easy procedure.
The Sensor Communications Unit with a master function and the Distributed Sensor Units
with slave functions enable N-Smart Sensors communication over open networks.
E3NX-FA Series
Smart Fiber Amplifier Units
A Smart Fiber Amplifier Unit
with Ultra-stable Detection
and Ultra-easy Setup
E3X-ECT / E3X-CRT
Fiber Amplifier Unit Accessories
Sensor Communications Units for E3X-HD
Sensor Communications
Units for CompoNet and
EtherCAT
64
Page
64
Page
80
Page
65, 81
Page
Optimum Light Intensity Adjustment from
Transparent Objects to Black Workpieces
The incident level is optimized to enable stable detection even for
saturated or insufficient incident levels.
Greatly Reduced Machine Manufacturing Costs
There is no need to change the current distributed installation to
introduce a network without increasing costs.
Greatly Reduced Machine Commissioning Time
All of the settings can be made at the same time from a Touch Panel.
Greatly Improved Machine Productivity
Realtime monitoring lets you perform maintenance before
malfunctions occur.
Improvements in the sensing distance and minimum sensing object have increased the range of application for stable detection.
NEW
E3NW Series
Sensor Communications Units for E3NX-FA
E3X-HD Series
Smart Fiber Amplifier Units
Affordable Amplifier Units
with Simple Operation and
Stable Detection Capabilities
80
Page
Advanced Basic Performance
Expanded Application Response Capabilities
<Fiber Amplifier Unit Comparison>
TUNE
The Next-generation E3NW
Sensor Network Units
Revolutionize On-site Sensing
Press the button
once
with a workpiece and
once
without a workpiece
TUNE Automatic Setting of
Optimum Values
5000
9999
ST
Set to the intermediate
value between the
incident levels with and
without a workpiece.
Incident level
adjustment with and
without a workpiece
1.5 Times the Sensing Distance* 1/10th
the Minimum Sensing Object
*
6 m0.3 µm dia.
*Compared to E3X-HD.
For E32-LT11 Fiber Unit with a fiber length of 3.5 m
Typical example of actual measurements with E32-D11R Fiber Unit.
×1/2000 ×20×1
Excessive Incident Level
Incident light reduced.
Light Intensity Adjustment Range of 40,000 Times
Incident light increased.
NEW
Controller
Sensor Communications Units
Master
Distributed Sensor Units
Slaves
Open Network
Network between Units
Fiber
Amplifier
Unit
specifications
Output
External input
Response time
Ordering Information
Page
listings Ratings and Specifications
Dimensions
Sensing distance
(Giga-power mode)
E32-D11R
E32-T11R
Minimum sensing
object
Communications method
(Sensor Communications Unit model)
Applicable Sensors
E32-T11R
Sensor
Communications
Unit
application
1 or 2 outputs (depending on the model)
Supported or not supported (depending on the model)
30 µs (32 µs)/250 µs/1 ms/16 ms
(Default: 250 µs)
3,000 mm
1,260 mm
2 µm dia.
EtherCAT (E3NW-ECT)
CompoNet (E3NW-CRT)
CC-Link (E3NW-CCL)
70 Page
66 Page
64 Page
Fiber Sensor
(E3NX-FA0/FA10/FA40/FAH0)
Laser Sensors (E3NC-LA0, E3NC-SA0)
Contact-Type Sensor (E9NC-TA0) *
E3NX-FA Series
1 output
Not supported
50 µs (55 µs)/250 µs/1 ms/16 ms
(Default: 250 µs)
2,000 mm
840 mm
5 µm dia.
EtherCAT (E3X-ECT)
CompoNet (E3X-CRT)
82 Page
82 Page
80 Page
Fiber Sensor (E3X-HD0)
Fiber Sensor (E3X-MDA0)
Laser Photoelectric Sensor (E3C-LDA0)
Proximity Sensor (E2C-EDA0)
E3X-HD Series
Threshold + Incident
Level
* E3NW-CRT Sensor Communications Units (CompoNet) cannot be used.
Note. The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA Series Products
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA Series Products
64
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
65
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
64 65
Applications
Fiber Amplifier Units E3NX-FA Series
Sensor Communications Unit
Accessories (sold separately)
Wire-saving connectors (Required for models for Wire-saving Connectors.)
Connectors are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately. * Protective stickers: provided.
Use the following DS-Bus communication cable (recommended) when connecting a sensor communications unit and a distributed sensor unit.
Mounting Bracket
End Plate
DIN Track
Sensor Communications Unit
AppearanceType Connecting method Inputs/
outputs
1 output
1 output
1 output
2 output
1 output
1 output
2 outputs
2 outputs
+
1 input
1 output
+
1 input
Ratings and
Specifications Dimensions
Models
E3NX-FA11 2M
Wire-saving Connector
Wire-saving Connector
E3NX-FA41 2M
E3NX-FA11-5 2M
--
Pre-wired (2 m)
Pre-wired (2 m)
Pre-wired (2 m)
Wire-saving Connector
Pre-wired (2 m)
Standard
models
Advanced
models
Infrared models
Analog output
models
Model for
Sensor
Communications
Unit
Page 66
Page 68
NPN output PNP output
Appearance Model Quantity Dimensions
E39-L143 1Page 91
Appearance
Communication
method
Ratings and
Specifications
Model
Applicable Fiber
Amplifier Model Dimensions
E3NW-ECT
EtherCAT Page 78 Page 79
AppearanceType Models
Cable length
Number of
conductors
Ratings, Specifications
and Dimensions
Applicable Fiber
Amplifier Units
E3X-CN11
E3X-CN12
2 m
3
E3X-CN22
2
E3X-CN21
E3NX-FA7
E3NX-FA7TW
E3NX-FA9
E3NX-FA9TW
E3NX-FA6
E3NX-FA8
E3NX-FAH6
E3NX-FAH8
4
1
Page 90
A Mounting Bracket is not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately as required.
A Din Track is not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately as required.
Appearance Model Quantity Dimensions
PFP-M 1Page 91
Two End Plates are provided with the Sensor Communications Unit.
End Plates are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be
ordered separately as required.
Appearance ModelsType Quantity Dimensions
PFP-100N
PFP-50N
PFP-100N2
Deep type,
total length: 1 m
Shallow type,
total length: 1 m
Shallow type,
total length: 0.5 m 1
Page 91
Page 70
70-A
E3NX-FA6 E3NX-FA8
Page 70
70-B
E3NX-FA21 2M E3NX-FA51 2M
E3NX-FAH11 2M E3NX-FAH41 2M
E3NX-FAH6 E3NX-FAH8
E3NX-FA11AN 2M E3NX-FA41AN 2M
Page 70
70-A
E3NX-FA7TW E3NX-FA9TW
E3NX-FA7 E3NX-FA9 Page 70
70-B
E3NX-FA0
E3NX-FAH0
E3NX-FA10 2M Page 71
71-B
79-A
E3NW-CRT
CompoNet
E3NX-FA0
E3NX-FA10
E3NX-FA40
E3NX-FAH0 *1
E3NW-CCL
CC-Link
90-A
Page 90
90-B
Page 90
90-A
Page 90
90-B
91-A
Item ModelManufacturer
ESVC 0.5X2C, black
91-D
Cover
Appearance Model Quantity
E39-G25 FOR E3NX-FA 1
Attach these Covers to Amplifier Units.
Order a Cover when required, e.g., if you lose the covers.
91-B
Page 91
91-C
E3NX-FA Fiber Amplifier Units and Related Products
Master Connector
Master Connector
Slave Connector
Slave Connector
2 outputs
1 output
+
1 input
M8 Connector
Connector for Sensor
Communications Unit
Connector for Sensor
Communications Unit
Pre-wired (2 m)
E3NX-FA54TW
E3NX-FA40 2M
E3NX-FA24 E3NX-FA54 Page 71
71-A
Page 70
70-A
Page 70
70-B
Page 70
70-A
Page 71
71-B
--
*1
*1. For details, refer to your OMRON website. *2. E3NX-FAH0 can not be connected.
*1. This type can prevent mutual interference for two units in the SHS2 mode.
*2. A Sensor Communications Unit is required if you want to use the Fiber Amplifier Unit on a network.
Note. The sensing distances for E3NX-FA in this catalog are values for E3NX-FA□ models. The distances for E3NX-FAH□ infrared models are different.
Distributed Sensor Unit
Appearance Ratings and
Specifications Dimensions
Page 78 Page 79
79-B
Applicable Fiber
Amplifier Model
E3NX-FA0
Communication cable BANDO DENSEN Co., Ltd.
E3NW-DS
Model
Note. The Distributed Sensor Unit can be connected to any of the Sensor Communications Units.
Sensor I/O Connectors (Required for models with M8 Connectors.)
Connectors are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately. * Protective stickers: provided.
Appearance Models
Cable length
Number of
conductors Dimensions
Ratings and
Specifications
XS3F-M421-402-A
XS3F-M421-405-A
XS3F-M422-402-A
XS3F-M422-405-A
Straight
L-shaped
2 m
5 m
2 m
5 m
4
Page 90
Page 90
90-C
Page 90
90-D
*2
*2
*1
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA Series Products
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA Series Products
64
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
65
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
64 65
Applications
Fiber Amplifier Units E3NX-FA Series
Sensor Communications Unit
Accessories (sold separately)
Wire-saving connectors (Required for models for Wire-saving Connectors.)
Connectors are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately. * Protective stickers: provided.
Use the following DS-Bus communication cable (recommended) when connecting a sensor communications unit and a distributed sensor unit.
Mounting Bracket
End Plate
DIN Track
Sensor Communications Unit
AppearanceType Connecting method Inputs/
outputs
1 output
1 output
1 output
2 output
1 output
1 output
2 outputs
�
2 outputs
+
1 input
1 output
+
1 input
Ratings and
Specifications Dimensions
Models
E3NX-FA11 2M
Wire-saving Connector
Wire-saving Connector
E3NX-FA41 2M
E3NX-FA11-5 2M
--
Pre-wired (2 m)
Pre-wired (2 m)
Pre-wired (2 m)
Wire-saving Connector
Pre-wired (2 m)
Standard
models
Advanced
models
Infrared models
Analog output
models
Model for
Sensor
Communications
Unit
Page 66
Page 68
NPN output PNP output
Appearance Model Quantity Dimensions
E39-L143 1Page 91
Appearance
Communication
method
Ratings and
Specifications
Model
Applicable Fiber
Amplifier Model Dimensions
E3NW-ECT
EtherCAT Page 78 Page 79
AppearanceType Models
Cable length
Number of
conductors
Ratings, Specifications
and Dimensions
Applicable Fiber
Amplifier Units
E3X-CN11
E3X-CN12
2 m
3
E3X-CN22
2
E3X-CN21
E3NX-FA7
E3NX-FA7TW
E3NX-FA9
E3NX-FA9TW
E3NX-FA6
E3NX-FA8
E3NX-FAH6
E3NX-FAH8
4
1
Page 90
A Mounting Bracket is not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately as required.
A Din Track is not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately as required.
Appearance Model Quantity Dimensions
PFP-M 1Page 91
Two End Plates are provided with the Sensor Communications Unit.
End Plates are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be
ordered separately as required.
Appearance ModelsType Quantity Dimensions
PFP-100N
PFP-50N
PFP-100N2
Deep type,
total length: 1 m
Shallow type,
total length: 1 m
Shallow type,
total length: 0.5 m 1
Page 91
Page 70
70-A
E3NX-FA6 E3NX-FA8
Page 70
70-B
E3NX-FA21 2M E3NX-FA51 2M
E3NX-FAH11 2M E3NX-FAH41 2M
E3NX-FAH6 E3NX-FAH8
E3NX-FA11AN 2M E3NX-FA41AN 2M
Page 70
70-A
E3NX-FA7TW E3NX-FA9TW
E3NX-FA7 E3NX-FA9 Page 70
70-B
E3NX-FA0
E3NX-FAH0
E3NX-FA10 2M Page 71
71-B
79-A
E3NW-CRT
CompoNet
E3NX-FA0
E3NX-FA10
E3NX-FA40
E3NX-FAH0 *1
E3NW-CCL
CC-Link
90-A
Page 90
90-B
Page 90
90-A
Page 90
90-B
91-A
Item ModelManufacturer
ESVC 0.5X2C, black
91-D
Cover
Appearance Model Quantity
E39-G25 FOR E3NX-FA 1
Attach these Covers to Amplifier Units.
Order a Cover when required, e.g., if you lose the covers.
91-B
Page 91
91-C
E3NX-FA Fiber Amplifier Units and Related Products
Master Connector
Master Connector
Slave Connector
Slave Connector
2 outputs
1 output
+
1 input
M8 Connector
Connector for Sensor
Communications Unit
Connector for Sensor
Communications Unit
Pre-wired (2 m)
E3NX-FA54TW
E3NX-FA40 2M
E3NX-FA24 E3NX-FA54 Page 71
71-A
Page 70
70-A
Page 70
70-B
Page 70
70-A
Page 71
71-B
--
*1
*1. For details, refer to your OMRON website. *2. E3NX-FAH0 can not be connected.
*1. This type can prevent mutual interference for two units in the SHS2 mode.
*2. A Sensor Communications Unit is required if you want to use the Fiber Amplifier Unit on a network.
Note. The sensing distances for the E3NX-FA are values for E3NX-FA@ devices. The distance for E3NX-FAH@ infrared models varies.
Distributed Sensor Unit
Appearance Ratings and
Specifications Dimensions
Page 78 Page 79
79-B
Applicable Fiber
Amplifier Model
E3NX-FA0
Communication cable BANDO DENSEN Co., Ltd.
E3NW-DS
Model
Note. The Distributed Sensor Unit can be connected to any of the Sensor Communications Units.
Sensor I/O Connectors (Required for models with M8 Connectors.)
Connectors are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately. * Protective stickers: provided.
Appearance Models
Cable length
Number of
conductors Dimensions
Ratings and
Specifications
XS3F-M421-402-A
XS3F-M421-405-A
XS3F-M422-402-A
XS3F-M422-405-A
Straight
L-shaped
2 m
5 m
2 m
5 m
4
Page 90
Page 90
90-C
Page 90
90-D
*2
*2
*1
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA
66
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
66
*1. This type can prevent mutual interference for two units in the SHS2 mode.
*2. At Power supply voltage of 10 to 30 VDC
Standard Models:
Normal mode : 990 mW max. (Current consumption: 33 mA max. at 30 VDC, 65 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Eco function ON : 780 mW max. (Current consumption: 26 mA max. at 30 VDC, 42 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Eco function LO : 840 mW max. (Current consumption: 28 mA max. at 30 VDC, 45 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Advanced Models:
Normal mode : 1,020 mW max. (Current consumption: 34 mA max. at 30 VDC, 67 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Eco function ON : 810 mW max. (Current consumption: 27 mA max. at 30 VDC, 44 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Eco function LO : 870 mW max. (Current consumption: 29 mA max. at 30 VDC, 48 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Infrared models:
Normal mode : 1,260 mW max. (Current consumption: 42 mA max. at 30 VDC, 80 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Eco function ON : 1,050 mW max. (Current consumption: 35 mA max. at 30 VDC, 60 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Eco function LO : 1,140 mW max. (Current consumption: 38 mA max. at 30 VDC, 70 mA max. at 10 VDC)
*3. The following details apply to the input.
Contact input (relay or switch) Non-contact input (transistor) Input time *3-1
NPN ON: Shorted to 0 V (Sourcing current: 1 mA max.).
OFF: Open or shorted to Vcc.
ON: 1.5 V max. (Sourcing current: 1 mA max.)
OFF: Vcc - 1.5 V to Vcc (Leakage current: 0.1 mA max.) ON: 9 ms min.
OFF: 20 ms min.
PNP ON: Shorted to Vcc (Sinking current: 3 mA max.).
OFF: Open or shorted to 0 V.
ON: Vcc - 1.5 V to Vcc (Sinking current: 3 mA max.)
OFF: 1.5 V max. (Leakage current: 0.1 mA max.)
*3-1. Input time is 25 ms (ON)/(OFF) only when (in tUnE) or (in PtUn) input is selected.
*4. The tuning will not change the number of units. The least unit count among the mutual interference prevention units of E3NX and E3NC.
Check the mutual interference prevention unit count and response speed of each model.
Type Standard models Advanced models Infrared models
NPN output
E3NX-FA11 E3NX-FA6
E3NX-FA11-5 *1
E3NX-FA21 E3NX-FA7
E3NX-FA7TW
E3NX-FA24 ---
E3NX-FAH11
E3NX-FAH6
PNP output
E3NX-FA41 E3NX-FA8 --- E3NX-FA51 E3NX-FA9
E3NX-FA9TW
E3NX-FA54
E3NX-FA54TW
E3NX-FAH41
E3NX-FAH8
Item Connecting
method Pre-wired Wire-saving
Connector Pre-wired Pre-wired Wire-saving Connector M8 Connector Pre-wired Wire-saving
Connector
Inputs/
outputs
Outputs
1 output 2 outputs 1 output 2 outputs 1 output 2 outputs 1 outputs
External inputs
--- 1 input 1 input --- 1 input --- ---
Light source (wavelength)
Red, 4-element LED (625 nm) Infrared LED (870nm)
Power supply voltage 10 to 30 VDC, including 10% ripple (p-p)
Power consumption *2
At Power supply voltage of 24 VDC
Standard Models:
Normal mode : 840 mW max. (Current consumption at 35 mA max.)
Eco function ON : 650 mW max. (Current consumption at 27 mA max.)
Eco function LO : 750 mW max. (Current consumption at 31 mA max.)
Advanced Models or Model for Sensor Communications Unit:
Normal mode : 920 mW max. (Current consumption at 38 mA max.)
Eco function ON : 680 mW max. (Current consumption at 28 mA max.)
Eco function LO : 800 mW max. (Current consumption at 33 mA max.)
Infrared models:
Normal mode : 1,080 mW max. (Current consumption at 45 mA max.)
Eco function ON : 920 mW max. (Current consumption at 38 mA max.)
Eco function LO : 1020 mW max. (Current consumption at 42 mA max.)
Control output
Load power supply voltage: 30 VDC max., open-collector output (depends on the NPN/PNP output format)
Load current: Groups of 1 to 3 Amplifi er Units: 100 mA max., Groups of 4 to 30 Amplifi er Units: 20 mA max.
(Residual voltage: At load current of less than 10 mA: 1 V max.,
At load current of 10 to 100 mA: 2 V max.)
OFF current: 0.1 mA max.
External inputs --- Refer to *3. --- Refer to *3. ---
Indicators
7-segment displays (Sub digital display: green, Main digital display: white)
Display direction: Switchable between normal and reversed.
OUT indicator (orange), L/D indicator (orange), ST indicator (blue), DPC indicator (green),
and OUT selection indicator (orange, only on models with 2 outputs)
Protection circuits Power supply reverse polarity protection, output short-circuit protection, and output reve rse polarity protection
Response
time
Super-high-
speed mode
(SHS)
Operate or reset for model with 1 output: 30 μs (Super High Speed mode (SHS2) of E3NX-FA11-5 is 60 ms each), with 2 outputs: 32 μs
High-speed
mode (HS) Operate or reset: 250 ms
Standard
mode (Stnd) Operate or reset: 1 ms
Giga-power
mode (GIGA) Operate or reset: 16 ms
Sensitivity adjustment Smart Tuning (2-point tuning, full auto tuning, position tuning, maximum sensitivity tuning, power tuning, or
percentage tuning (-99% to 99%)) or manual adjustment
Maximum connectable Units
30
No. of Units
for mutual
interference
prevention
*4
Super-high-
speed mode
(SHS)
0
Note: 2 units when the detection mode is set to Super High Speed mode (SHS2), and for other models, the mutual interference prevention
function is disabled.
High-speed
mode (HS) 10
Standard
mode (Stnd) 10
Giga-power
mode (GIGA) 10
Ratings and Specifi cations
Standard models/ Advanced models/ Infrared models
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA 67
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
67
Applications
*5. The bank is not reset by the user reset function or saved by the user save function.
*6. Eco LO is supported for Amplifi er Units manufactured in July 2014 or later.
*7. When the number of connected units is 11 or more, the ambient temperature is less than 50°C.
Type Standard models Advanced models Infrared models
NPN output
E3NX-FA11 E3NX-FA6
E3NX-FA11-5 *1
E3NX-FA21 E3NX-FA7
E3NX-FA7TW
E3NX-FA24 ---
E3NX-FAH11
E3NX-FAH6
PNP output
E3NX-FA41 E3NX-FA8 --- E3NX-FA51 E3NX-FA9
E3NX-FA9TW
E3NX-FA54
E3NX-FA54TW
E3NX-FAH41
E3NX-FAH8
Item Connecting
method Pre-wired Wire-saving
Connector Pre-wired Pre-wired Wire-saving Connector M8 Connector Pre-wired Wire-saving
Connector
Functions
Automatic power
control (APC)
Always enabled.
Dynamic power
control (DPC)
Provided
Timer Select from timer disabled, OFF-delay, ON-delay, one-shot, or ON-delay + OFF-delay timer: 1 to 9,999 ms
Zero reset Negative values can be displayed. (Threshold value is shifted.)
Resetting
settings *5Select from initial reset (factory defaults) or user reset (saved settings).
Eco mode *6Select from OFF (digital display lit), Eco ON (digital display not lit), and Eco LO (digital display dimmed).
Bank switching
Select from banks 1 to 4.
Power tuning Select from ON, OFF or Execution on power-up. Select from ON or OFF.
Output 1 Select from normal detection mode, area detection mode or differential detection mode.
Select from normal
detection mode or area
detection mode.
Output 2 ---
Select from
normal
detection
mode, alarm
output
mode, error
output mode
or differential
detection
mode.
---
Select from
normal
detection
mode, alarm
output
mode, error
output mode
or differential
detection
mode.
---
Select from
normal
detection
mode, alarm
output
mode, error
output mode
or differential
detection
mode.
---
External input ---
Select from input OFF,
tuning, power tuning,
emission OFF, zero reset,
or bank switching.
---
Select from
input OFF,
tuning,
power
tuning,
emission
OFF, zero
reset,
or bank
switching.
---
Hysteresis width
Select from standard setting or user setting. For a user setting, the hysteresis width can be set from 0 to 9,999.
Ambient illumination
(Receiver side) Incandescent lamp: 20,000 lx max., Sunlight: 30,000 lx max.
Ambient temperature
range *7
Operating:
Groups of 1 or 2 Amplifi er Units: -25 to 55°C,
Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifi er Units: -25 to 50°C,
Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifi er Units: -25 to 45°C,
Groups of 17 to 30 Amplifi er Units: -25 to 40°C
Storage: -30 to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range Operating and storage: 35 to 85% (with no condensation) within the surrounding air temperature range shown above
Altitude 2,000 m max.
Installation environment Pollution degree 3
Insulation resistance 20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
(destruction) 10 to 55 Hz with a 1.5-mm double amplitude for 2 hours each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance
(destruction) 500 m/s2 for 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
Weight (packed state/
Sensor only)
Approx. 115 g/
approx. 75 g
Approx. 60g/
approx. 20g
Approx. 115 g/
approx. 75 g
Approx. 115 g/
approx. 75 g
Approx. 60g/approx. 20g Approx. 65 g/approx. 25 g
Approx. 115 g/
approx. 75 g
Approx. 60g/
approx. 20g
Materials
Case Polycarbonate (PC)
Cover Polycarbonate (PC)
Cable PVC
Accessories Instruction Manual
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA
68
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
69
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
68 69
Applications
Analog output models/ Model for Sensor Communications Unit
Type Analog output models Model for Sensor Communications Unit
NPN output E3NX-FA11AN E3NX-FA10 E3NX-FA0 E3NX-FAH0
PNP output E3NX-FA41AN E3NX-FA40
Item Connecting
method Pre-wired
Connector for Sensor
Communications Unit
Pre-wired
Connector for Sensor Communications Unit
Inputs/
outputs
Outputs 2 outputs 1 output --- *1
External inputs --- ---
Light source (wavelength) Red, 4-element LED (625 nm) Infrared LED (870nm)
Power supply voltage 10 to 30 VDC, including 10%
ripple (p-p) Supplied from the connector through the communication units.
Power consumption *2
At Power supply voltage of 24 VDC
Normal mode : 960 mW max.
(Current consumption at 40 mA
max.)
Eco function ON: 770 mW max.
(Current consumption at 32 mA
max.)
Eco function LO : 870 mW max.
(Current consumption at 36 mA
max.)
At Power supply voltage of 24 VDC
Normal mode : 920 mW max.
(Current consumption at 38 mA max.)
Eco function ON: 680 mW max.
(Current consumption at 26 mA max.)
Eco function LO : 800 mW max.
(Current consumption at 33 mA max.)
At Power supply voltage of 24 VDC
Normal mode : 1,080 mW max.
(Current consumption at 45 mA
max.)
Eco function ON: 920 mW max.
(Current consumption at 38 mA
max.)
Eco function LO : 1,020 mW max.
(Current consumption at 42 mA
max.)
Control output
Load power supply voltage:
30 VDC max., open-collector output
(depends on the NPN/PNP output format)
Load current: Groups of 1 to 3 Amplifier Units: 100 mA max.,
Groups of 4 to 30 Amplifier Units:20 mA max.
(Residual voltage: At load current of less than 10 mA: 1 V max.
At load current of 10 to 100 mA: 2 V max.)
OFF current: 0.1 mA max.
---
Analog output
(reference value)
Voltage output: 1-5 VDC
(10 kW or more connected load),
temperature characteristics:
0.3% F.S. / °C
---
Indicators
7-segment displays (Sub digital display: green, Main digital display: white)
Display direction: Switchable between normal and reversed.
OUT indicator (orange), L/D indicator (orange), ST indicator (blue), DPC indicator (green),
and OUT selection indicator (orange, only on models with 2 outputs)
Protection circuits
Power supply reverse polarity protection,
output short-circuit protection, and output reverse polarity
protection
Power supply reverse polarity protection and output short-circuit
protection
Control
output
Response
time
Super-high-speed
mode (SHS) Operate or reset: 80 ms Operate or reset: 32 ms
High-speed mode
(HS) Operate or reset: 250ms Operate or reset: 250 ms
Standard mode
(Stnd) Operate or reset: 1 ms Operate or reset: 1 ms
Giga-power mode
(GIGA) Operate or reset: 16 ms Operate or reset: 16 ms
Sensitivity adjustment Smart Tuning (2-point tuning, full auto tuning, position tuning, maximum sensitivity tuning, power tuning,
percentage tuning (-99% to 99%)) or manual adjustment
Maximum connectable Units 30 16
With E3NW-ECT: 30 units
(When connected to an OMRON NJ-series Controller.)
With E3NW-CRT: 16 units
(Note: E3NX-FAH0 can not be connected.)
With E3NW-CCL: 16 units
No. of Units
for mutual
interference
prevention
*3
Super-high-speed
mode (SHS) 0 (The mutual interference prevention function is disabled if the detection mode is set to super-high-speed mode.)
High-speed mode
(HS) 10
Standard mode
(Stnd) 10
Giga-power mode
(GIGA) 10
*1. Two sensor outputs are allocated in the programmable logic controller PLC I/O table.
PLC operation via Communications Unit enables reading detected values and changing settings.
*2. At Power supply voltage of 10 to 30 VDC
Analog output models:
Normal mode : 1,080 mW max. (Current consumption: 36 mA max. at 30 VDC, 75 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Eco function ON : 840 mW max. (Current consumption: 28 mA max. at 30 VDC, 55 mA max. at 10 VDC)
Eco function LO : 960 mW max. (Current consumption: 32 mA max. at 30 VDC, 65 mA max. at 10 VDC)
*3. The tuning will not change the number of units.
The least unit count among the mutual interference prevention units of E3NX and E3NC.
Check the mutual interference prevention unit count and response speed of each model.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA 69
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
69
Applications
Type Analog output models Model for Sensor Communications Unit
NPN output E3NX-FA11AN E3NX-FA10 E3NX-FA0 E3NX-FAH0
PNP output E3NX-FA41AN E3NX-FA40
Item Connecting
method Pre-wired
Connector for Sensor
Communications Unit
Pre-wired
Connector for Sensor Communications Unit
Functions
Automatic power
control (APC) Always enabled.
Dynamic power
control (DPC) Provided
Timer Select from timer disabled, OFF-delay, ON-delay, one-shot, or ON-delay + OFF-delay timer: 1 to 9,999 ms
Zero reset Negative values can be displayed. (Threshold value is shifted.)
Resetting settings
*4Select from initial reset (factory defaults) or user reset (saved settings).
Eco mode Select from OFF (digital display lit), Eco ON (digital display not lit), and Eco LO (digital display dimmed).
Bank switching Select from banks 1 to 4.
Power tuning Select from ON or OFF.
Output 1 Select from normal detection mode, area detection mode or differential detection mode (E3NX-FA10/40 only).
Output 2 Select from Analog scaling
or Analog offset. ---
Select from normal detection mode,
alarm output mode, error output mode
or differential detection mode (E3NX-FA0 only).
Hysteresis width Select from standard setting or user setting. For a user setting, the hysteresis width can be set from 0 to 9,999.
Ambient illumination
(Receiver side) Incandescent lamp: 20,000 lx max., Sunlight: 30,000 lx max.
Ambient temperature range
*5
Operating:
Groups of 1 or 2 Amplifi er
Units: -25 to 55°C,
Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifi er
Units: -25 to 50°C,
Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifi er
Units: -25 to 45°C,
Groups of 17 to 30 Amplifi er
Units: -25 to 40°C
Storage: -30 to 70°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Operating:
Groups of 1 or 2 Amplifi er
Units: 0 to 55°C,
Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifi er
Units: 0 to 50°C,
Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifi er
Units: 0 to 45°C
Storage: -30 to 70°C
(with no icing or condensation)
Operating:
Groups of 1 or 2 Amplifi er Units: 0 to 55°C,
Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifi er Units: 0 to 50°C,
Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifi er Units: 0 to 45°C,
Groups of 17 to 30 Amplifi er Units: 0 to 40°C
Storage: -30 to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range Operating and storage: 35 to 85% (with no condensation) within the surrounding air temperature range shown above
Altitude 2,000 m max.
Installation environment Pollution degree 3
Insulation resistance 20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
(destruction) 10 to 55 Hz with a 1.5-mm double amplitude for 2 hours each in X, Y, and Z directions
Shock resistance
(destruction)
500 m/s2 for 3 times each in X, Y,
and Z directions 150 m/s2 for 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
Weight
(packed state/Sensor only) Approx. 115 g/approx. 75 g Approx. 95 g/approx. 45 g Approx. 65 g/approx. 25 g Approx. 65 g/approx. 25 g
Materials
Case Polycarbonate (PC)
Cover Polycarbonate (PC)
Cable PVC
Accessories Instruction Manual
*4. The bank is not reset by the user reset function or saved by the user save function.
*5. When the number of connected units is 11 or more, the ambient temperature is less than 50°C.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA
70
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
70
Pre-wired Amplifier Units
E3NX-FA@1(-5)
E3NX-FAH@1
E3NX-FA@AN
70-A
Amplifier Units with Wire-saving Connectors
E3NX-FA6
E3NX-FA7(TW)
E3NX-FA8
E3NX-FA9(TW)
E3NX-FAH6
E3NX-FAH8
70-B
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Tolerance class IT16 applies to demmensions in this date sheet unless otherwise specified.
Two, M3 holes
(37)
33.5
3.4
3.4
4.4
(37)
33.5
3.4
(16.5) (16.5)
5.1
71.8
21
Incident level (white, digital)
Threshold level (green, digital)
OUT1 indicator
L/D
indicator
DPC
indicator
ST
indicator
OUT2 indicator
E3NX-FA21/FA51
OUT2 selection
indicator
OUT1 selection indicator
10
5.7
4.5
Two,
2.4-dia.
fiber unit
holes
16
170° (max. value with cover open)
147.1 (max. value with cover open)
27.8
L/D indicator DPC indicator ST indicator
Incident level
(white, digital)
OUT indicator
Threshold level
(green, digital)
21.7 27.1
12.7
(20.3)
20.5
(37.9)
*
5.1
16
71.8
(29.9) 16
12.7
20.5
(9.4)
4.3
*
*Cable Specifications
Mounting Holes
With Mounting Braket Attached
Mounted to DIN Track
E3NX-FA11(-5)
E3NX-FA41
E3NX-FAH@1
Model
4.0 dia. 3
Outer
diameter
No. of
conductors
Conductor cross-section: 0.2 mm2
Others
Standard cable length: 2 m
Minimum bending radius: 12 mm
Insulator dia.: 0.9 mm
E3NX-FA@1AN
E3NX-FA21 4.0 dia. 5
E3NX-FA51
104.8
(max. value
with cover
open)
E3NX-FA11(-5)/FA41/
FAH@1/FA@1AN
Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9) attached
Optical communications
PFP-@N DIN Track
(sold separately)
Optical communications
E39-L143 Mounting Bracket
(sold separately, SUS304)
Two, 3.2 dia.
(mounting holes)
147.1 (max. value with cover open)
(75.3)
(75.3)
104.8
(max. value
with cover
open)
Two, M3 holes
(16.5)
Optical communications
Two, 3.2 dia.
(mounting holes)
PFP-@N DIN Track
(sold separately)
With Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9) attached
E39-L143 Mounting Bracket
(sold separately, SUS304)
E3X-CN12 2.6 dia. 1
Model
Outer diameter
No. of conductors
E3X-CN22
4.0 dia.
2
E3X-CN11 3
E3X-CN21 4
5.1
3.4
(37)
33.5
(13)
Optical communications
5.7
4.5
21.7 27.1
L/D indicator
DPC indicator ST indicator
Incident level
(white, digital)
OUT indicator
Threshold level
(green, digital)
27.8
21
E3NX-FA7TW/FA9TW
L/D indicator
DPC indicator
ST indicator
Incident level (white, digital)
Threshold level
(green, digital)
OUT1 selection indicator
OUT1 indicator
OUT2 indicator
OUT2 selection indicator
170° (max. value with cover open)
20.5
(37.9) (23.8)
16
*
5.1
16
(9.4)
3.4
33.5
4.3
(13)
Wire-saving Connector
(sold separately)
Wire-saving Connector
(sold separately)
16
4.4
3.4
(29.9)
20.5
*
*Cable Specifications
(37)
With Mounting Braket Attached
Mounted to DIN Track
Mounting Holes
10
Two,
2.4-dia.
fiber unit
holes
(16.5)
E3NX-FA6/FA7(TW)/FA8
/FA9(TW)/FAH6/FAH8
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA 71
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
71
Applications
Amplifier Unit with Connector for Sensor Communications Unit
E3NX-FA0/FA10/FA40
71-B
Amplifier Units with M8 Connector
E3NX-FA24
E3NX-FA54
E3NX-FA54TW
71-A
4.2
6.9
10
5.7
4.5
21
4.8
5.2
21.7 27.1
1
2
3
4
27.8
12.7
(
37
)
33.5
3.4
(5.7) (16.5)
5.1
16
3.4
4.4
(
29.9
)
16
5.1
71.8
3.4
4.9
71.8
(
20.3
)
20.5
(
37.9
)
16
(9.4)
(20.5)
20.5
(37.9)
4.3
OUT2 selection indicator
OUT1
selection indicator
L/D indicator
DPC indicator
ST indicator
Incident level
(white, digital)
Threshold level
(green, digital)
OUT1 indicator
OUT2 indicator
E3NX-FA54TWE3NX-FA24/FA54
L/D indicator DPC indicator ST indicator
Incident level
(white, digital)
OUT indicator
Threshold level (green, digital)
With Mounting Bracket Attached
Mounted to DIN Track
104.8
(max. value
with cover
open)
PFP- N DIN Track
(sold separately)
Mounting Holes
Optical communications
Two, M3 holes
M8 Connector
Two, 3.2 dia.
(mounting holes)
E39-L143 Mounting Bracket (sold separately, SUS304)
Two,
2.4-dia.
fiber unit holes
147.1 (max. value with cover open)
170° (max. value with cover open)
Connector pin
arrangement
5.1
3.4
33.5
(37.9)
90.8
(39.3)
(29.9)
26
Optical
communications
PFP-@N DIN Track
(sold separately)
10
5.7
4.5
13.8
11.5
ST indicator
Incident level (white, digital)
OUT1 selection indicator
Threshold level (green, digital)
OUT1 indicator
OUT2 indicator
OUT2 selection indicator L/D indicator DPC indicator
20.5
140 (max. value with cover open)
152° (max. value with cover open) 152° (max. value with cover open)
140 (max. value with cover open)
With Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9) attached
(37)
104.8
(max. value
with cover
open)
Two,
2.4-dia.
fiber unit
holes (16.5)
(29.9)
26
5.1
Optical
communications
PFP-@N DIN Track
(sold separately)
33.5
(37)
3.4
(5.7) (9)
20.5
(37.9) (45.4)
101.4
96.9
With Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9) attached
Mounted to DIN Track
E3NX-FA0/FAH0 E3NX-FA10/FA40
27.8
21
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA
72
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
72
I/O Circuit Diagrams
NPN Output
L/D
indicators
Models Operation
mode Timing chart Output circuit
E3NX-FA11
E3NX-FA6
E3NX-FA11-5
E3NX-FAH11
E3NX-FAH6
E3NX-FA21
E3NX-FA7
E3NX-FA24
E3NX-FA7TW
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Light-ON
Dark-ON
lit.
L
lit.
D
lit.
L
lit.
D
lit.
L
lit.
D
lit.
L
lit.
D
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
Load
Brown
Control output
Black
Blue
10 to 30
VDC
OUT indicator (orange)
Display
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between brown and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between brown and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between brown and black
(orange) leads)
ch1/
ch2
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between brown and black
(orange) leads)
ch1/
ch2
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between brown and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between brown and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between brown and black
(orange) leads)
ch1/
ch2
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between brown and black
(orange) leads)
ch1/
ch2
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
Load
Load
OUT2 indicator
(orange) Brown
Black
Control output
ch1
Control output
ch2
External
intput
Orange
Blue
Pink
10 to 30
VDC
OUT1 indicator
(orange)
Display
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
Load
Brown
Black
Control output
External
intput
Blue
Orange
10 to 30
VDC
OUT indicator (orange)
Display
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
Load
Load
OUT2 indicator
(orange) Brown
Black
Control output
ch1
Control output
ch2
Orange
Blue
10 to 30
VDC
OUT1 indicator
(orange)
Display
% M8 Connector Pin Arrangement
1
24
3
1
2
4
3
E3NX-FA11AN
Light-ON
Dark-ON
lit.
L
lit.
D
Load
Control output
10 to
30 VDC
Load 10k1min.
Brown
Black
Blue
Orange
OUT indicator (orange)
Display
Photoelectric
sensor main
circuit
Analog
output
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Operate
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay) (Between brown and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Operate
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay) (Between brown and
black leads)
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA 73
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
73
Applications
PNP Output
L/D
indicators
Models Operation
mode Timing chart Output circuit
E3NX-FA41
E3NX-FA8
E3NX-FAH41
E3NX-FAH8
E3NX-FA51
E3NX-FA9
E3NX-FA54
E3NX-FA9TW
E3NX-FA54TW
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Light-ON
Dark-ON
lit.
L
lit.
D
lit.
L
lit.
D
lit.
L
lit.
D
lit.
L
lit.
D
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between blue and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between blue and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between blue and black
(orange) leads)
ch1/
ch2
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between blue and black
(orange) leads)
ch1/
ch2
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between blue and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between blue and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between blue and black
(orange) leads)
ch1/
ch2
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between blue and black
(orange) leads)
ch1/
ch2
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
Load
Control
output
Brown
Black
Blue
10 to 30
VDC
OUT indicator (orange)
Display
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
Load
Load
OUT2 indicator (orange)
Control output
ch2
Control output
ch1
Brown
Black
Pink
Orange
Blue
10 to 30
VDC
OUT1 indicator
(orange)
Display
External
intput
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
Load
Control
output
Brown
Black
Orange
Blue
10 to 30
VDC
OUT indicator (orange)
Display
External
intput
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
Load
Load
OUT2 indicator (orange)
Control output
ch2
Control output
ch1
Brown
Black
Orange
Blue
10 to 30
VDC
OUT1 indicator
(orange)
Display
% M8 Connector Pin Arrangement
1
24
3
% M8 Connector Pin Arrangement
1
24
3
1
2
4
3
1
2
4
3
E3NX-FA41AN
Light-ON
Dark-ON
lit.
L
lit.
D
Load Load
Brown
Orange
Black
Blue
10 to
30 VDC
Control output
Analog output
10k1min.
Display OUT indicator (orange)
Photoelectric
sensor main
circuit
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Operate
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay) (Between blue and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Operate
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay) (Between blue and
black leads)
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA
74
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
74
Plug (Sensor I/O Connector)
Wire color Connection pin Application
Brown 1 Power supply (+V)
White 2 External input / Output
Blue 3 Power supply (0 V)
Black 4 Output
2
4
1
3
1
2
3
4
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Wire color
Terminal number
XS3F-M421-402-A
XS3F-M421-405-A
XS3F-M422-402-A
XS3F-M422-405-A
Nomenclature
Operating Procedures
(1) Detect for Workpiece Presence/Absence
(2)
Enhance Durability of the Fiber Head against Dust and Dirt
% 2-point Tuning
1.
Press button with a workpiece in the detection area.
1.
% Maximum Sensitivity Tuning
Hold button for 3 seconds or longer with/without workpiece
as shown below.
Release the button when [ full] is displayed.
Incident light level setting:
The incident level in Step 1 is adjusted to "0".
Threshold setting:
The value is set to approx. 7% of the incident light level of 1.
Incident light level setting: Adjust the max. incident light level on Step 1 as the power tuning level.
Threshold setting: Set to the middle between max. and min. incident light levels on Step 1.
1.
(3)
Adjust for Moving Workpiece without Stopping Line
% Full Auto Tuning
Hold the button without the presence of a workpiece, and pass
the workpiece through while [
1pnt]A[full]A[aut,] is
displayed in green digital.
(Keep holding the button while the workpiece
passes through, and hold 7 seconds or longer
until [aut,] is displayed in green digital. After
the workpiece passes through, release your
finger from the button.)
1.
Press button again without a workpiece in the detection area.
Release the button when [2pnt] is displayed.
Incident light level setting:
The larger incident level of the Step 1 and 2 values is adjusted to the
power tuning level.
Threshold setting:
Set to the middle between the Step 1 and 2 incident light levels.
2.
Through-beam: Workpiece is present
Reflective: Workpiece is absent
The green digital display changes
[
1pnt]A[f
ull]
Release the button when
[ f
ull]
is displayed.
Workpiece
Workpiece
Basic Settings
Workpiece
Setting is Completed
Setting is Completed
Setting is Completed
Step 1 and Step 2 can be reversed.
Hold for 3 seconds or longer
Output switching
Smart Tuning [Easy Sensitivity Setting]
However, the Sensor becomes more susceptible to the influence of background objects.
1500
0
full
2500
2pnt
aut,
TUNE
TUNE
Workpiecet
Hold for 7 seconds or longer
9999
1pnt
Press button.
Through-beam:
Set to “Dark ON" to turn the output ON
with a workpiece in the detection area.
[L/D Indicator] turns ON.
Reflective:
Set to “Light ON" to turn the output ON
with a workpiece in the detection area.
[L/D Indicator] turns ON.
L/D
D
L
E3NX-FA11/FA41/FA6/FA8/FA7/FA9/
FA24/FA54/FA11-5/FAH11/FAH41/
FAH6/FAH8/FA11AN/FA41AN
E3NX-FA21/FA51/FA7TW/FA9TW/FA54TW/
FA10/FA40/FA0/FAH0
* Only OUT1 turns ON for output.
[ L/D Button]
Use to switch between
Light-ON (L)
and Dark-ON (D).
[OUT Indicator]
Turns ON when
the output is ON.
Incident Level
White digital display
[+ ï83'2:1%XWWRQ]
Used to fine-tune the threshold or
change set values.
[ MODE Button]
Use to switch between
Detection Mode and
Setting Mode.
[L/D Indicator]
Indicates the setting status:
Light-ON (L) or Dark-ON (D).
Threshold Level
Green digital
display
Executes Smart Tuning.
[ Tune Button]
[DPC Indicator]
Turns ON when Dynamic
Power Control is effective.
[ST Indicator]
Turns ON when Smart
Tuning is in progress.
[OUT1 Selection Indicator/OUT2 Selection Indicator]
The indicator for the selected output channel is lit. *
[ L/D Button]
Use to switch between
Light-ON (L)
and Dark-ON (D).
[OUT1 Indicator/
OUT2 Indicator]
Turns ON when OUT1 or
OUT2 is ON. *
[ MODE Button]
Use to switch between
Detection Mode and Setting Mode,
and use to switch between OUT1
and OUT2. (2 outputs)
[L/D Indicator]
Indicates the setting status:
Light-ON (L) or Dark-ON (D).
Executes Smart Tuning.
Incident Level
White digital
display
[+ ï83'2:1%XWWRQ]
Used to fine-tune the threshold or
change set values.
Threshold Level
Green digital display
[ Tune Button]
[DPC Indicator]
Turns ON when Dynamic Power
Control is effective.
[ST Indicator]
Turns ON when Smart
Tuning is in progress.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA 75
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
75
Applications
Incident light level setting: The Step 3 incident level is adjusted to half the power tuning level.
Threshold setting: Set to the same value as the Step 3 incident level.
(4) Determine Workpiece Position
% Position Tuning
Press button without a workpiece in the area.
2.
Place the workpiece at the desired position and hold button.
3.
The green digital display changes
[2pnt]A[p,s].
% Percentage Tuning
% Smart Tuning Error
Incident light level setting:
The Step 2 incident light level is adjusted to the power tuning level.
Threshold setting:
Set to the value obtained by [Incident Level at Step 2 × (1 + Percentage Tuning Level)].
(5) Detect Transparent or Small Workpiece
(Set Threshold by incident light level percentage)
1. Turn ON Percentage Tuning in SET mode.
Error / Display / Cause
Remedy
Error Origin Tuning Type
2-point Tuning
Full Auto Tuning
All
Tuning other than
Maximum
Sensitivity Tuning
• Change the detection function mode
to a slower response time mode.
• Reduce the distance between the
emitter and receiver. (Through-beam)
• Place the Fiber Head closer to the
sensing object. (Reflective)
• Use a thin-diameter fiber.
• Widen the emitter and receiver
distance. (Through-beam)
• Distance the Fiber Head from the
sensing object. (Reflective)
• Reduce the distance between the
emitter and receiver. (Through-beam)
• Place the Fiber Head closer to the
sensing object. (Reflective)
The light level difference
between Points 1 and 2
are extremely small.
Incident light level is
too high.
Incident light level is
too low.
Near Error
Over Error
Low Error
No Smart Tuning other than Power Tuning can be used if
Percentage Tuning is set.
Refer to " Detailed Settings " to change the power tuning level.
Turn ON power tuning in SET mode.
Press
button without a workpiece in the area.
2.
9999
p,5
1500
per
(6)
Restore from the Incident Level Changed due to Dust and Dirt
% Power Tuning
Hold and buttons for 1 second or longer without a workpiece
in the area.
1.
Incident light level setting: The Step 1 incident level is adjusted to the power tuning level.
Threshold setting: Not changed.
Perform the procedure with a workpiece in the area for reflective model setting.
If the setting is made after position tuning, set both the
through-beam model and reflective model with a workpiece.
Refer to " • Smart Tuning Error " for error displays.
1500
ptun
l\c
l\c
Basic Settings
Refer to
“Detailed Settings”
Refer to
“Detailed Settings”
Hold for 3 seconds or longer
Setting is Completed
Setting is Completed
Setting is Completed
(2) Reset Settings
% Setting Reset
Hold button and then hold button for 3 seconds or longer.
1.
2.
(1)
Stable Detection Regardless of Incident Level Change due to Dust and Dirt
% DPC Function (Use of the function with Through-beam
model or Retro-reflective model is recommended)
Perform Smart Tuning.
1.
Set the DPC function ON in SET
mode.
2.
Initializes all the settings by returning them to the factory defaults.
Minute Adjustment of Threshold Level
Press button to adjust the threshold level.
1.
Hold the key for high-speed level adjustment.
The threshold level becomes higher. The threshold level becomes lower.
Channel switching
Models with 2 Outputs: E3NX-FA21,E3NX-FA51,E3NX-FA7TW, E3NX-FA9TW
and E3NX-FA54TW
The OUT selection indicators and the settings will change.
Press button for 1 second.
The OUT selection indicators (OUT1/OUT2) switch.
1.
2.
OUT selection indicator (OUT1)
[Output 1]
OUT selection indicator (OUT2)
Press the MODE button for
1 second in detection mode.
[Output 2]
In the detailed settings, the OUT selection indicators will each light
whenever the output (OUT1/OUT2) is set.
(3) Save or Read Settings
1.
Refer to "Smart Tuning"
Refer to "Power Tuning"
Refer to “Detailed Settings” .
Incident
Light
Level
Threshold
Level
Stabilizes the displayed incident
level by correcting internal
incident level changes.
Time
Displayed incident Light Level
The displayed incident
level decreases and the
DPC indicator starts
blinking when incident
level correction is not
possible.
rst
Hold both for 3 sec.
or longer
The DPC indicator
turns ON when the
DPC function is effective.
Convenient Setting Features
(4) Prevent Mistake-operation
% Key Lock Function
Hold both for 3 sec.
or longer
* Press either of UP/DOWN.
3.
Internal
Incident
Light Level
MODE
UP/DOWN
MODE
UP/DOWN
Select [rst ] in and press button.
Select [rst] in and press button.
Hold button and then hold button for 3 seconds or longer.
L/D
TUNE
Saves the current settings. Reads out the saved settings.
Select [saVe] in and
press button.
2.
UP/DOWN
MODE
Select [rst] in and
press button.
2.
UP/DOWN
MODE
Select [saVe yes] in
and press button.
3.
UP/DOWN
MODE
Select [rst user] in
and press button.
3.
UP/DOWN
MODE
% User Save Function % User Reset Function
Disables all button operations. [ ] is displayed when the
button is pressed.
Enable/Cancel
(This procedure)
Hold both for 1 sec.
or longer
Hold for 1 sec. or longer
9999
1pnt
1.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA
76
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
76
dflt
1. Function
Selection
A
Function Setting Description
(5) Reset Incident Light Level to "0"
Changes the incident light level to "0".
The threshould level is also shifted accordingly.
7KHORZHUOLPLWRIWKHWKUHVKROGLVï
% Zero Reset Function
Percentage Tuning: The thresholds are set as follows:
High: Incident level from step 3 + Incident level from step 3 × Percentage tuning level
/RZ,QFLGHQWOHYHOIURPVWHSï,QFLGHQWOHYHOIURPVWHSð3HUFHQWDJHWXQLQJOHYHO
(6) Producing an Output When the Incident Level Is
within an Area
% Area Detection Mode
6HOHFW>6(70RGH@ï>2870RGH@ï
[Area Detection Mode]. Press button for
at least 3 seconds to leave the SET mode.
1.
Press button in [Detection Mode]
to display OUT1 HIGH and OUT 1
LOW. “HIGH” and “LOW” will appear
on the green digital display.
2.
Press button for the high and low thresholds to execute
smart tuning.
3.
The maximum value
and minimum value
are displayed with
Light-ON and Dark-ON
respectively.
(7) Monitoring the Incident Level for Sensing Objects
Passing at High Speed
% Change Finder
Select [SET Mode]A[Digital Display]
to set [d sp cfdr].
1.
Press button for 3 seconds or longer to leave the SET mode.
2.
Send a workpiece past the Fiber Unit.
3.
The maximum and minimum incident levels will be displayed
for 0.5 seconds when the workpiece passes.
4.
Passing time and Incident level Passing time and Incident level
0m 0500m 63
(8) Determining If the Workpiece Can Be Detected
% Solution Viewer
Press button and button
together for 3 seconds or longer to set
[s,lu ,n].
To clear the setting, press button
and button together for 3 seconds
or longer to set [s,lu ,ff].
1.
Send a workpiece past the Fiber Unit.
2.
Displaying the Passing Time and Difference in Incident Levels.
3.
Press button and button together for 3 seconds or longer
to leave SET mode.
4.
Hi
Lo
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Light-ON
control output
Dark-ON
control output
,n
hs
t,ff
,ffd
500
stnd
500
4000
shs
125
,ff
10
----
MODE
MODE
MODE
Detection Function
Response Time
Light Level
STND Standard mode
SHS Super-high-
speed mode*
GIGA Giga mode
HS High-speed mode
1ms
ѥV
16ms
ѥV
8 times
0.25 times
1 time
1(Standard)
2. Detection
Function
3. DPC
Function
4. Timer
Function
One-shot Timer
Keeps the output
ON for a specified
time regardless of
the workpiece
size variations.
ON/OFF-delay
Timer
Sets both
ON-delay and
OFF-delay
timers.
T
T
T
T
T
T
Off-delay Timer
Holds the output
ON for detection
by PLC when the
detection time is
too short.
On-delay Timer
Delays the
output ON after
detection.
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L-ON
D-ON
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L-ON
D-ON
Incident light
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L-ON
UP/DOWN
UP/DOWN
(Incident Light Level Example)
5. Power
Tuning
Level
Refer to
“Convenient Setting Features”
Smart Tuning is canceled if the
detection mode is changed.
* The communication and mutual
interference prevention functions are
disabled when the detection mode is
set to super-high-speed mode.
The response time for models with 2
outputs is 32 ѥV
Setting Output Timer
(Settings are displayed for both outputs for models with 2 outputs.)
Changing Light Level and
Response Time
Stable Detection Regardless
of Incident Light Level Change
AFunction
Selection:
[dflt]
Function Selection: [,pt]
10
n-d 10
,n-d
9999
p-lV
10
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
,n,f
----
(d)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Tb
Ta Tb
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Ta
MODE
UP/DOWN
1
6.BANK
Switching
Saving Settings in Each Bank
BANK1
2
BANK2
3
BANK3
4
BANK4
A
D-ON
L-ON
D-ON
Enable Cancel
2000 9999
Before Passing
2000 1000
Immediately After Passing
Hold button for 3 seconds or longer to enter SET mode.
MODE
SET mode provides the function settings described
hereafter. The initial display shown after transition from
one function to another represents the factory default.
Changing Functions to Set in
SET mode
[dflt]: Functions 1. to 5. can be set
[,pt]: Functions 1. to 16. can be set.
A timer value can be set after pressing
button when a timer menu (other
display than “----”) is displayed.
Use button to set the time.
(1 to 9999 ms in 1 ms steps; the
initial value: 10 ms)
Use button to set the power
tuning level.
[100 to 9999 in 1 steps; the initial
value: 9999]
MODE
UP/DOWN
UP/DOWN
Refer to
“Convenient Setting Features”
Changing the Target Incident
Light Level (Power Tuning Level)
func
sh\t
The incident light level in SET mode
is a reference value.
It may be changed when switched
to detection mode.
0
2000
Hold both for
3 sec. or longer
6000
4000
Hold both for
3 sec. or longer
Convenient Setting Features
The OUT selection
indicators shows items for
output 1 or output 2
individually for each output.
Detailed Settings
Incident level
threshold
3DVVLQJWLPHPVRUѥV
func
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NX-FA 77
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
77
Applications
Press button and then set the
alarm output level with button.
(0 to 100 P in 1-P increments, default: 50 P)
ON-delay of 300 ms is applied.
Error Output Mode:
An output is made when a DPC error,
EEPROM error, or Load short circuit detection
error occurs.
A
A
Function Setting Description Function Setting Description
Press button with [husr]
displayed and then set the hysteresis
width with button.
(0 to 9999)
MODE
UP/DOWN
MODE
B
UP/DOWN
Inverts the display upside down.
The digital display shows the threshold
value in green, and light incident level
in white.
14. Eco
Function
15.
Hysteresis
width
16.
Using the
External
Input to
Write to
EEPROM
Mounting Amplier in Inverted
Direction
Changing the Hysteresis Width
Turning ON and OFF Writing to
EEPROM
,ff
,n
13. Inverted
Display
MODE
UP/DOWN
V,
,ff
reV
7. Power
Tuning
ON/OFF
Setting
MODE
UP/DOWN
,n
8.
Percentage
Tuning
MODE
UP/DOWN
,ff
per
,n
per
Setting ON or OFF Incident
Level Adjustment when
Tuning
Power Tuning OFF Setting
Power Tuning
ON Setting
ptun
,ff
ptun
MODE
UP/DOWN
32
hstd
32
ec\
husr
Standard Setting
User Setting
MODE
UP/DOWN
,n
,ff
ON
OFF
37
husr
User Setting
(Displayed for
models with
2 outputs.)
l
,
ff
Iaser OFF
MODE
UP/DOWN
12.Digital
Display
MODE
UP/DOWN
Changing Digital Display in
RUN Mode for Specic Purpose
Checking a Margin Against Threshold
std
cfdr
bar
p-b
per
9.
Output 1
Mode
MODE
UP/DOWN
10.
Output 2
Mode
std
,ut
area
,ut
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Checking the Light Level of Fast Moving
Workpiece
Thereshold
Light level when the
workpiece passes
9999
2000
Changing the Output Mode
for Output 1
Changing the Output Mode
for Output 2
Alarm Output Mode:
Normal Detection
Mode
Area Detection Mode
MODE
UP/DOWN
std
,ut
alrm
,ut
Normal Detection
Mode
Alarm Output Mode
err
,ut
Error Output Mode
11.
External Input
MODE
UP/DOWN
,ff
tune
Input-OFF
Tuning
ptun
Power
Tuning
Changing the Type of External Input
First point
Second point
Less than
3 seconds
Less than
3 seconds
Less than
3 seconds
߁
߁
3 seconds min.
Less than 7 seconds
7.0 s or
longer
3 seconds
or longer
The closed-circuit input time for tuning
is the same as the key input time.
Enable/Cancel of Zero reset is the
timing when input is turned off.
0rst
Zero Reset
BANK
Switching
OFF : 1,
ON : 2
bank
The settings thathave been changed
by an external input with [,ff]
will not be overwritten to prevent
EEPROM from reaching its lifespan
(1,000,000 writings).
B
Press button in [per ,n] menu,
then use button to set the
percentage tuning level.
(<99% to 99% in 1% steps; the initial
value: <10%)
Refer to “Smart Tuning”
Detecting Transparent or
Small Workpiece
MODE
UP/DOWN
2-point Tuning
Maximum
Sensitivity Tuning
Full Auto Tuning
߁25 ms min.
Power/
percentage
tuning
Position Tuning
Enable Cancel
Less than
3 seconds
3 seconds
min.
Zero reset
The ratio of the incident
light level to the threshold
is displayed in white
digital
figures.
Threshold Light Level
Ratio
2000 150p
(a)
Setting Threshold using a Small or
Fast Moving Workpiece
Peak Light
Level
Bottom
Light Level
8000 2000
(b)
Holds and displays the
minimum value of the
peak of the light incident
and the maximum value
of the bottom of the light
interruption.
Setting for Intuitive Analog Display
Threshold
120% 100% 80%
(c)
Displays the current
level in the 80 to 120%
range against the
threshold value (100%).
Adjusting Optical Axis
Peak Light
Level
Light Level
3000
3500
(d)
Holds the peak incident
light level and displays
it in green digital figures.
Checking the Channel No. in Group Mounting
Ch. No.
Light Level
3000
Light level when the
workpiece passes is
displayed in white digital
figures for 0.5 seconds.
Checking the Channel
No. in Group Mounting.
ECo on
Indicators (Green and White digital
displays) turn OFF in approx. 10
seconds after a key operation.
ECo Lo
Indicators (Green and White digital
displays) turn ON with low brightness
in approx. 10 seconds after a key
operation.
Saving Power Consumption
The hysteresis width is set to a default value.
The hysteresis width is set so that the
judgement output is stable near the threshold
value.
(f)
(e)
ec\
l,
ec\
Be sure to check the stability of
outputs as there is a possibility of
chattering.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NW
78
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
78
Ratings and Specifications
Communications Specifications
Item Models
Power supply voltage
Indicators
Ambient temperature range
Insulation resistance
Vibration resistance (destruction)
Maximum connectable Sensors
Shock resistance (destruction)
Connectable Sensor Amplifier Units
Power and current consumption
2.4 W max. (Not including the power supplied to Sensor.)
100 mA max. (Not including the current supplied to Sensor.)
2 W max. (Not including the power supplied to Sensor.)
80 mA max. (Not including the current supplied to Sensor.)
10 to 60 Hz with a 0.7-mm double amplitude, 60 to 150 Hz 50 m/s2 for 1.5 hours each in X, Y, and Z directions
Destruction: 150 m/s2 for 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
N-Smart
Smart Fiber Amplifier Unit:
Smart Fiber Amplifier Unit (Infrared models):
Color Fiber Amplifier Unit:
Smart Laser Amplifier Unit:
Smart Laser Amplifier Unit (CMOS type):
Contact-Type Smart Amplifier Unit:
E3NX-FA0/FA10/FA40
E3NX-FAH0
E3NX-CA0 *1
E3NC-LA0
E3NC-SA0
E9NC-TA0 *2
L/A IN Indicator (Green), L/A OUT Indicator (Green),
PWR Indicator (Green), RUN Indicator (Green), ERROR
Indicator (Red),and SS (Sensor Status) indicator (Green/Red)
RUN Indicator (Green),
and SS (Sensor Status) indicator (Green/Red)
24VDC (20.4 to 26.4 VDC)
Operating: 0 to 55°C, *36WRUDJHïWR&ZLWKQRLFLQJRUFRQGHQVDWLRQ
Ambient humidity range Operating and storage: 25% to 85% (with no condensation)
0їPLQDW9'&
Dielectric strength 500 VAC 50/60Hz 1 min
Mounting method 35-mm DIN track-mounting
Weight (packed state/unit only) Approx. 185 g/Approx. 95 g Approx. 160 g/Approx. 40 g
Materials Polycarbonate
Accessories
Power supply connector,Communications connector for E3NW-DS
,
DIN Track End Plates (2) and Instruction manual
Power supply/communications connector,
DIN Track End Plates (2), Ferrite cores (2) and Instruction manual
30 *4
Maximum connectable
Distributed Sensor units 8
Ɏ
10
*1. The E3NX-CA0 is supported for firmware version 1.06 or higher (Sensor Communications Units manufactured in June 2016 or later).
*2. The E9NC-TA0 is supported for firmware version 1.03 or higher (Sensor Communications Units manufactured in July 2014 or later).
*3. Temperature Limitations Based on Number of Connected Amplifier Units:
Groups of 1 or 2 Amplifiers: 0 to 55°C, Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifiers: 0 to 50°C, Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifiers: 0 to 45°C, Groups of 17 to 30 Amplifiers: 0 to 40°C
*4. A maximum total of 30 Sensors can be connected to a Sensor Communications Unit and Distributed Sensor Units.
*1. The software setting is used when the node address setting switches are set to 0.
*2. The range depend on the EtherCAT master that is used. Refer to the E3NW-ECT EtherCAT Sensor Communications Unit Operation Manual for details.
Item
Protocol
Specifications
EtherCAT
Modulation Baseband
Baud rate 100 Mbps
Physical layer 100Base-TX (IEEE802.3u)
Topology Daisy chain
Communications media STP category 5 or higher
Communications distance 100 m max. between nodes
Noise immunity Compliant with IEC 61000-4-4, 1 kV min.
Node address setting method Set the decimal rotary switches or software *1
Node address range 000 to 192 *2
E3NW-DSE3NW-ECT
CompoNet-compatible and CC-Link-compatible products are also available. Refer to your OMRON website for details.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NW
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NW
78
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
79
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
78 79
Applications
E3NW-ECT
79-A
Ratings and Specifications
Communications Specifications
Item Models
Power supply voltage
Indicators
Ambient temperature range
Insulation resistance
Vibration resistance (destruction)
Maximum connectable Sensors
Shock resistance (destruction)
Connectable Sensor Amplifier Units
Power and current consumption
2.4 W max. (Not including the power supplied to Sensor.)
100 mA max. (Not including the current supplied to Sensor.)
2 W max. (Not including the power supplied to Sensor.)
80 mA max. (Not including the current supplied to Sensor.)
10 to 60 Hz with a 0.7-mm double amplitude, 60 to 150 Hz 50 m/s2 for 1.5 hours each in X, Y, and Z directions
Destruction: 150 m/s2 for 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
N-Smart
Smart Fiber Amplifier Unit:
Smart Fiber Amplifier Unit (Infrared models):
Color Fiber Amplifier Unit:
Smart Laser Amplifier Unit:
Smart Laser Amplifier Unit (CMOS type):
Contact-Type Smart Amplifier Unit:
E3NX-FA0/FA10/FA40
E3NX-FAH0
E3NX-CA0 *1
E3NC-LA0
E3NC-SA0
E9NC-TA0 *2
L/A IN Indicator (Green), L/A OUT Indicator (Green),
PWR Indicator (Green), RUN Indicator (Green), ERROR
Indicator (Red),and SS (Sensor Status) indicator (Green/Red)
RUN Indicator (Green),
and SS (Sensor Status) indicator (Green/Red)
24VDC (20.4 to 26.4 VDC)
Operating: 0 to 55°C, *3 Storage: −30 to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity range Operating and storage: 25% to 85% (with no condensation)
20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength 500 VAC 50/60Hz 1 min
Mounting method 35-mm DIN track-mounting
Weight (packed state/unit only) Approx. 185 g/Approx. 95 g Approx. 160 g/Approx. 40 g
Materials Polycarbonate
Accessories
Power supply connector,Communications connector for E3NW-DS
,
DIN Track End Plates (2) and Instruction manual
Power supply/communications connector,
DIN Track End Plates (2), Ferrite cores (2) and Instruction manual
30 *4
Maximum connectable
Distributed Sensor units 8
�
10
*1. The E3NX-CA0 is supported for firmware version 1.06 or higher (Sensor Communications Units manufactured in June 2016 or later).
*2. The E9NC-TA0 is supported for firmware version 1.03 or higher (Sensor Communications Units manufactured in July 2014 or later).
*3. Temperature Limitations Based on Number of Connected Amplifier Units:
Groups of 1 or 2 Amplifiers: 0 to 55°C, Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifiers: 0 to 50°C, Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifiers: 0 to 45°C, Groups of 17 to 30 Amplifiers: 0 to 40°C
*4. A maximum total of 30 Sensors can be connected to a Sensor Communications Unit and Distributed Sensor Units.
*1. The software setting is used when the node address setting switches are set to 0.
*2. The range depend on the EtherCAT master that is used. Refer to the E3NW-ECT EtherCAT Sensor Communications Unit Operation Manual for details.
Item
Protocol
Specifications
EtherCAT
Modulation Baseband
Baud rate 100 Mbps
Physical layer 100Base-TX (IEEE802.3u)
Topology Daisy chain
Communications media STP category 5 or higher
Communications distance 100 m max. between nodes
Noise immunity Compliant with IEC 61000-4-4, 1 kV min.
Node address setting method Set the decimal rotary switches or software *1
Node address range 000 to 192 *2
Sensor Communications Unit
E3NW-DS
79-B
Distributed Sensor Unit
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Tolerance class IT16 applies to demmensions in this date sheet unless otherwise specified.
E3NW-DSE3NW-ECT
CompoNet-compatible and CC-Link-compatible products are also available. Refer to your OMRON website for details.
Connector: Provided.
(FK-MCP 1,5/4-STF-3,5 AU)
20
Connector cover (provided)
(E39-G27)
95.7
49
69
(34.3)
(44.5)
25.4
(42.9)
30.4 DIN Track
(sold separately)
(PFP- N)
13.5 9.5
18
105.1
41
32.5
102.5
60.9
15.4
86.6
64.5
10
10
(36.7)
(49.8)
32.2
(43)
38.8
Power Supply Connector (provided)
(FK-MCP 1,5/2-STF-3,5 AU)
Communications Connector (provided)
(FK-MCP 1,5/2-STF-3,5 AU)
Input communications
connector
Output communications
connector
Connector cover (provided)
(E39-G27)
PFP- N DIN Track
(sold separately)
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NW
80
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
80
Fiber Amplifier Units E3X-HD Series
Sensor Communications Unit
AppearanceType Connecting method Ratings and
Specifications Dimensions
Models
E3X-HD11 2M E3X-HD41 2M
E3X-HD6 E3X-HD8
Pre-wired (2 m)
Standard
models
Model for
Sensor
Communications
Unit
Wire-saving Connector
E3X-HD14 E3X-HD44
M8 Connector
Connector for Sensor
Communications Unit
Page 82
Page 82
Page 83
NPN output PNP output
E3X-HD0
Appearance
Communication
method
Ratings and
Specifications
Models
Applicable Fiber
Amplifier Model Dimensions
E3X-CRT
E3X-ECT
CompoNet
EtherCAT
E3X-HD0
E3X-MDA0 Page 88
Page 89
82-A
83-A
Page 83
83-B
Page 83
83-C
89-A
Page 89
89-B
E3X-HD Fiber Amplifier Units and Related Products
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3NW 81
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
81
Applications
Accessories (sold separately)
Wire-saving connectors (Required for models for Wire-saving Connectors.)
Connectors are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately. * Protective stickers: provided.
Sensor I/O Connectors (Required for models with M8 Connectors.)
Connectors are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately. * Protective stickers: provided.
Mounting Bracket
End Plate
DIN Track
Appearance Model Quantity Dimensions
E39-L143 1Page 91
AppearanceType Models
Cable
length
Number of
conductors Dimensions
Ratings and
Specifications
E3X-CN11
E3X-CN12
Master Connector
Slave Connector
2m
3
1
Page 90
Page 90
A Mounting Bracket is not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately as required.
A Din Track is not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately as required.
Appearance Model Quantity Dimensions
PFP-M 1Page 91
Two End Plates are provided with the Sensor Communications Unit.
End Plates are not provided with the Fiber Amplifier Unit and must be ordered separately as required.
Appearance ModelsType Quantity Dimensions
PFP-100N
PFP-50N
PFP-100N2
Shallow type,
total length: 1 m
1
Page 91
90-A
Page 90
90-B
Appearance Models
Cable length
Number of
conductors Dimensions
Ratings and
Specifications
XS3F-M421-402-A
XS3F-M421-405-A
XS3F-M422-402-A
XS3F-M422-405-A
Straight
L-shaped
2m
5m
2m
5m
4
Page 90
Page 90
90-C
Page 90
90-D
91-A
91-D
91-B
Page 91
91-C
Deep type,
total length: 1 m
Shallow type,
total length: 0.5 m
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3X-HD
82
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
82
Pre-wired Amplifier Units
E3X-HD11
E3X-HD41
82-A
Note: When using E39-L143 Mounting
Brackets, there will be small gaps
between the Amplifier Units if they
are mounted side by side.
Mouting Holes
With Mounting Braket AttachedDIN track mounting
Vinyl-insulated round cable, 4 dia., 3 conductors
(conductor cross-section: 0.2 mm2, insulation diameter: 1.1 mm),
standard cable length: 2 m
Minimum bending radius: 12 mm
L/D indicator
21.7 27.1
OUT indicator
Threshold level
green digital display
Incident level
red digital display
DPC indicator
ST indicator
Two,
2.4 dia.
10
4.5
5.65
104.8
Fiber Attachment (E39-F9) attached
5.1
(16.5)
(37.9) (20.3)
71.8
12.7
20.5
3.4
Optical communications
146.9
170° (max. value with cover open)
49.2
33.5
16
Two-M3
(9.4)
16
29.9
4.4
3.4
5.1
71.8
12.7
20.5
3.4
(16.5)
16
Optical
communications
Two, 3.2 dia.
Holes
E39-L143 Mounting Bracket
(sold separately, SUS304)
33.5
10.3
4
.
3
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Tolerance class IT16 applies to demmensions in this date sheet unless otherwise specified.
(max. value
with cover
open)
PFP- N DIN Track
(sold separately)
Power tuning, differential detection, DPC, timer (OFF-delay, ON-delay, or one-shot), zero reset, resetting settings, and Eco mode
Type
NPN output
PNP output
Connecting method
Super-high-speed
mode (SHS) *4
High-speed mode (HS)
Standard mode (Stnd)
Giga-power mode (GIGA)
Case
Cover
Cable
Item
Light source (wavelength)
Power supply voltage
Protection circuits
Response
time
Mutual interference prevention
Auto power control (APC)
Other functions
Ambient humidity range
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Vibration resistance (destruction)
Shock resistance (destruction)
Degree of protection
Weight (packed state/unit only)
Accessories
Ambient temperature range
Materials
Control output
Pre-wired
Wire-saving Connector *2
Standard
Model for Sensor Communications Unit *1
E3X-HD8
E3X-HD6
E3X-HD41
E3X-HD11
M8 Connector
E3X-HD44
Connector for Sensor Communications Unit
E3X-HD0
E3X-HD14
Operating:
*URXSVRIWR$PSOLILHU8QLWVïWR&
*URXSVRIWR$PSOLILHU8QLWVïWR&
*URXSVRIWR$PSOLILHU8QLWVïWR&
6WRUDJHïWR&ZLWKQRLFLQJRUFRQGHQVDWLRQ
Operating:
Groups of 1 to 2 Amplifier Units: 0 to 55°C,
Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifier Units: 0 to 50°C,
Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifier Units: 0 to 45°C,
Groups of 17 to 30 Amplifier Units: 0 to 40°C
6WRUDJHïWR&ZLWKQRLFLQJRUFRQGHQVDWLRQ
with E3X-CRT: 16 units
with E3X-ECT: 30 units *3
Load power supply voltage: 26.4 VDC max., open-collector output
Load current: Groups of 1 to 3 Amplifier Units: 100mA max.,
Groups of 4 to 16 Amplifier Units: 20mA max.
Residual voltage: At load current of less than 10 mA: 1 V max.,
At load current of 10 to 100 mA: 2 V max.
OFF current: 0.1mA max.
720 mW max. (Current consumption: 30 mA max. at 24 VDC, 60 mA max. at 12 DVC)
530 mW max. (Current consumption: 22 mA max. at 24 VDC, 44 mA max. at 12 VDC)
640 mW max. (Current consumption: 26 mA max. at 24 VDC, 53 mA max. at 12 VDC)
Power supply reverse polarity protection, output short-circuit protection and
output reverse polarity protection
Power supply reverse polarity protection
and output short-circuit protection
Supplied from the connector through the Sensor Communications Unit
--
--
--
Red, 4-element LED (625 nm)
12 to 24 VDC ±10%, ripple (P-P) 10% max.
131RXWSXWV2SHUDWHRUUHVHWѥV
313RXWSXWV2SHUDWHRUUHVHWѥV
2SHUDWHRUUHVHWѥVGHIDXOWVHWWLQJ
Operate or reset: 1 ms
Operate or reset: 16 ms
Possible for up to 10 units (optical communications sync) *4
Always ON
Incandescent lamp: 20,000 lx max., Sunlight: 30,000 lx max.
Maximum connectable Units 16 units
Operating and storage: 35% to 85% (with no condensation)
0їPLQDW9'&
1,000 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min
10 to 55 Hz with a 1.5-mm double amplitude for 2 hours each in X, Y, and
Z directions
500 m/s2 for 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
IEC 60529 IP50 (with Protective Cover attached)
Approx. 105 g/Approx. 65 g
Polycarbonate (PC)
Polycarbonate (PC)
PVC
Instruction Manual
150 m/s2 for 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
10 to 150 Hz with a 0.7-mm double amplitude
for 80 minutes each in X, Y, and Z directions
Approx. 60 g/Approx. 20 g Approx. 70 g/Approx. 25 g
--
Approx. 65 g/Approx. 25 g
Heat-resistant ABS (connector: PBT)
*1.The E3X-ECT EtherCAT Sensor Communications Unit and the E3X-CRT CompoNet Sensor Communications Unit can be used.
*2. Use either the E3X-CN11 (master connector, 3 conductors) or the E3X-CN12 (slave connector, 1 conductor).
*3. When connected to an OMRON NJ-series Controller.
*4. The communications function and matual interference prevention function are disabled when the detection mode is set to Super-high-speed mode (SHS).
When including E3X-DA-S with activated power tuning the maximum number of mutual interference prevention is up to 6.
When including E3X-MDA with activated power tuning the maximum number of mutual interference prevention is up to 5.
Ratings and Specifications
Power
consumption
Normal mode
Eco ON
Eco LO
Ambient Illumination (Receiver side)
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3X-HD 83
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
83
Applications
Amplifier Units with Wire-saving Connectors
Amplifier Unit with Connector
for Sensor Communications Unit
E3X-HD6
E3X-HD8
E3X-HD0
83-A
83-C
Amplifier Units with M8 Connectors
E3X-HD14
E3X-HD44
83-B
E3X-CN11 (3 conductors)
E3X-CN12 (1 conductor)
4.0 dia.
2.6 dia.
* The cable diameters are as follows:
Note: When using E39-L143 Mounting
Brackets, there will be small gaps
between the Amplifier Units if they
are mounted side by side.
The dimensions are the same as the E3X-HD6/8,
except for the connector.
A*
(13)
A*
Mouting Holes
With Mounting Braket AttachedDIN track mounting
DIN track mounting
5.1
71.8
20.5
33.5 (16.5)
3.4
Optical
communications
(9.4)
16
Two, 3.2 dia.
Holes
16
29.9
4.4
3.4
E39-L143 Mounting Bracket
(sold separately, SUS304)
10.3
DPC indicator
ST indicator
27.121.7
L/D indicator
Incident level
red digital display
Threshold level
green digital display
OUT indicator
Two,
2.4 dia.
10
4.5
5.65
104.8
5.1
20.5
146.9
33.5
(37.9)
(16.5)
3.4
(20.3)
170°(max. value with cover open)
49.2
71.8
16
Two-M3
27.121.7
OUT indicator
L/D indicator ST indicator
DPC indicator
Incident level
red digital display
Threshold level
green digital display
10
4.5
5.65
11.5
13.8
Two,
2.4 dia.
104.8
Fiber Attachment (E39-F9) attached
5.1 71.8
20.5
(37.9)
3.4
(39.3) 3.4
9.9
90.8 Optical communications
100°(max. value with cover open)
103.5
33.5
(13)
Fiber Attachment (E39-F9) attached
4
.
3
(16.5)
A
*
(max. value
with cover
open)
(max. value
with cover
open)
PFP- N
DIN Track
(sold separately)
PFP- N DIN Track (sold separately)
12.7
M8 connector
11.2
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3X-HD
84
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
84
I/O Circuit Diagrams
NPN Output
PNP Output
Nomenclature
L/D
indicators
Models Operation
mode Timing chart Output circuit
E3X-HD11
E3X-HD6
E3X-HD14
Light-ON
Dark-ON
L/D
indicators
Models Operation
mode Timing chart Output circuit
E3X-HD41
E3X-HD8
E3X-HD44
Light-ON
Dark-ON lit.
D
lit.
L
lit.
D
lit.
LLoad
Brown
Control output
Black
Blue
OUT indicator (orange)
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit
12 to 24 VDC
Display
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
(Between brown and
black leads)
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between brown and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset (Between blue and
black leads)
OUT indicator
(orange)
Output
transistor
Load
(e.g., relay)
(Between blue and
black leads)
Incident light
No incident light
Lit
Not lit
ON
OFF
Set
Reset
Control output
Brown
Black
Blue
12 to 24 VDC
OUT indicator (orange)
Display
Photoelectric
Sensor
main
circuit Load
Note: Timing Charts for Timer Settings (T: Set Time)
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON delay OFF delay One-shot
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Light-ON
Dark-ON
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Light-ON
Dark-ON
T
T
T
T
T
T
[L/D Indicator]
Indicates the setting status:
Light-ON (L) or Dark-ON (D).
[DPC Indicator]
Turns ON when Dynamic Power Control
is effective.
[ L/D Button]
Use to switch between
Light-ON (L) and Dark-ON (D).
[OUT Indicator]
Turns ON when
the output is ON.
[ST Indicator]
Turns ON when Smart Tuning
is in progress.
Automatically sets the emitter
power and set values.
Threshold Level
Green digital display
Incident Level
Red digital display
[+ òUP/DOWN Button]
Used to fine-tune the threshold
or change set values.
[ MODE Button]
Use to switch between Detection
Mode and Setting Mode.
[ TUNE Button]
% M8 Connector Pin Arrangement
Note: Pin 2 is not used.
1
24
3
1
4
3
% M8 Connector Pin Arrangement
Note: Pin 2 is not used.
1
24
3
1
4
3
Plug (Sensor I/O Connector)
Note: Pin 2 is not used.
Wire color Connection pin Application
Brown 1 Power supply (+V)
White 2 ---
Blue 3 Power supply (0 V)
Black 4 Output
2
4
1
3
1
2
3
4
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Wire color
Terminal number
XS3F-M421-402-A
XS3F-M421-405-A
XS3F-M422-402-A
XS3F-M422-405-A
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3X-HD 85
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
85
Applications
Operating Procedures
(1) Detect for Workpiece Presence/Absence
(2)
Enhance Durability of the Fiber Head against Dust and Stain
% 2-point Tuning
Incident light level setting:
The incident level in Step 1 is adjusted to "0".
Threshold setting:
The value is set to approx. 7% of the incident
light level of 1.
If the incident light level of 1 is smaller during
long distance detection, the minimum value by
which an output is correctly turned ON will be set.
Incident light level setting:
Adjust the max. incident light level on Step 1 as the power tuning level.
Threshold setting:
Set to the middle between max. and min. incident light levels on Step 1.
Incident light level setting:
The Step 2 incident level is adjusted to half the power tuning level.
Threshold setting:Set to the same value as the Step 2 incident level.
(3)
Adjust for Moving Workpiece without Stopping Line
% Full Auto Tuning
(4) Determine Workpiece Position
% Position Tuning
1.
2.
Incident light level setting:
The larger incident level of the Step 1 and 2 values is adjusted to the power tuning level.
Threshold setting:Set to the middle between the Step 1 and 2 incident light levels.
Through-beam: Workpiece is present
Reflective: Workpiece is absent
The red digital display changes [1pnt] A[ full]
The red digital display changes [2pnt] A [p,s].
Workpiece
Workpiece
Basic Settings
Workpiece
Setting is Completed
Setting is Completed
Setting is Completed
Setting is Completed
Setting is Completed
Step 1 and Step 2 can be reversed.
Output switching
Smart Tuning [Easy Sensitivity Setting]
% Percentage Tuning
% Smart Tuning Error
Incident light level setting:
The Step 2 incident light level is adjusted to the power tuning level.
Threshold setting:Set to the value obtained by [Incident Level at
Step 2 × Percentage Tuning Level + Incident Level at Step 2].
(5) Detect Transparent or Small Workpiece
(Set Threshold by incident light level percentage)
1. Turn ON Percentage Tuning in SET mode.
2.
Error / Display / Cause
Remedy
Error Origin Tuning Type
2-point Tuning
Full Auto Tuning
Positioning Tuning
All
Tuning other than
Maximum Sensitivity
Tuning
• Change the detection function mode
to a slower response time mode.
• Reduce the distance between the
light emitting and light receiving
surfaces. (Through-beam)
• Place the Fiber Head closer to the
sensing object. (Reflective)
• Enhance the power tuning level.
• Use a thin-diameter fiber.
• Widen the emitter and receiver
distance (Through-beam)
• Distance the Fiber Head from the
sensing object(Reflective)
• Decrease the power tuning level.
• Reduce the distance between the light
emitting and light receiving surfaces.
(Through-beam)
• Place the Fiber Head closer to the
sensing object. (Reflective)
The light level difference
between Points 1 and 2
are extremely small.
Incident light level is
too high.
Incident light level is
too low.
Near Error
Over Error
Low Error
Minute Adjustment of Threshold Level
1.
No Smart Tuning other than Power Tuning can be used if Percentage
Tuning is set.
The adjustment range of smart tuning is approx. 20 to 1/100 times.
When selecting giga mode as detection function, the range will be approx.
2 to 1/100 times due to the large initial value.
Hold the key for high-speed level adjustment.
per
st
The threshold level becomes higher. The threshold level becomes lower.
Refer to "Detailed Settings" to change the power tuning level.
Refer to
"Detailed Settings".
Workpiece
1pnt
st
p,5
st
Press button.
Through-beam:
Set to “Dark ON" to turn the output ON
with a workpiece in the detection area.
[L/D Indicator] turns ON.
Reflective:
Set to “Light ON" to turn the output ON
with a workpiece in the detection area.
[L/D Indicator] turns ON.
1.
L/D
D
L
Press button with a workpiece in the detection area.
1.
TUNE
Press button again without a workpiece in the detection
area.
2.
TUNE
% Maximum Sensitivity Tuning
Hold button for 3 seconds or longer with/without workpiece
as shown below.
Release the button when [ st full] is displayed.
1.
TUNE
Hold for 3 seconds or longer
Hold for 3 seconds or longer
Hold for 7 seconds or longer
Hold the button without the presence of a workpiece, and
pass the workpiece through while [1pnt] A
[ full] A [ aut,] is displayed in red digital.
(Keep holding the button while the
workpiece passes through, and hold 7
seconds or longer until [ aut,] is displayed in
red digital. After the workpiece passes through,
release your finger from the button.)
1.
TUNE
TUNE
TUNE
Press button without a workpiece in the area.
TUNE
Place the workpiece at the desired position and hold button.
TUNE
Press button without a workpiece in the area.
TUNE
UP/DOWN
Press button to adjust the threshold level.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3X-HD
86
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
86
(1)
Restore from the Incident Level Changed due to Dust and Dirt
(3) Reset Settings
% Power Tuning
Hold and buttons for 1 second or longer without a
workpiece in the area.
1.
% Setting Reset
(4) Save or Read Settings
1.
(5) Prevent Mistake-operation
Disables all button operations. [ ] is displayed when the button
is pressed.
1.
2.
2.
(2)
Stable Detection Regardless of Incident Level Change due to Dust and Dirt
Perform Smart Tuning.
1.
Set the DPC function ON in SET mode.
2.
Incident light level setting:
The Step 1 incident level is adjusted to the power tuning level.
Threshold setting:
Not changed. If the value is low, it will be set to the minimum
value in which an output is turned ON/OFF correctly.
Initializes all the settings by returning them to the factory defaults.
MODE
% Key Lock Function
Enable/Cancel
(This procedure)
(6) Reset Incident Light Level to "0"
Changes the incident light level to "0". The threshold level is also
shifted accordingly.
% Zero Reset Function
3.
3.
2.
3.
* Settings for other functions are returned
to the detailed setting initial values.
User-saved settings are retained.
Smart Tuning is canceled.
Saves the current settings. Reads out the saved settings.
TUNE
Perform the procedure with a workpiece in the area for reflective model setting.
If the setting is made after position tuning, set both the through-beam model
and reflective model with a workpiece.
• Steps 1 and 2 can be reversed.
• The DPC function will be disabled when a smart tuning error occurs,
differential function with maximum sensitivity tuning is performed,
or the first incident light level of the positioning tuning is low.
• The incident light level is corrected to the power tuning level to
maintain stable threshold and incident light levels. This provides stable
detection regardless of the incident level changes caused by dirty
sensor head, position error, or temperature changes.
The zero reset function is canceled when either of the DPC
function/differential function/Smart Tuning is performed.
* Press either of UP/DOWN.
Refer to “
%
Smart Tuning Error" for error displays.
Refer to "Smart Tuning"
Refer to "Power Tuning"
Refer to “Detailed Settings”.
ptun
st
Hold both for 1 sec. or longer
Incident
Light
Level
Threshold
Level
Stabilizes the displayed incident
level by correcting internal
incident level changes.
Time
Displayed incident Light Level
The displayed incident
level decreases and the
DPC indicator starts
blinking when incident
level correction is not
possible.
rst
Hold both for 3 sec. or longer
0
-1999
Hold both for 3
sec. or longer
2000
4000
Hold both for 3
sec. or longer
The DPC indicator turns ON
when the DPC function is
effective.
Convenient Setting Features
Setting is Completed
Internal
Incident Light
Level
Hold button and then hold button for 3 seconds or longer.
L/D
TUNE
MODE
UP/DOWN
Select [rst ] in and press button.
Item Initial Value
55
L-ON
Threshold Value
Control Output
L/D
Caution is required; the output is inverted if button is
pressed first.
Hold button and then hold button for 3 seconds or longer.
L/D
TUNE
% User Save Function % User Reset Function
L/D
Caution is required; the output is inverted if button is
pressed first.
Select [saVe] in and
press button.
UP/DOWN
MODE
Select [saVe yes] in
and press button.
UP/DOWN
MODE
Select [rst] in and
press button.
UP/DOWN
MODE
Select [rst user] in
and press button.
UP/DOWN
MODE
Hold both for 3 sec. or
longer
Enable
Cancel
% DPC Function (Use of the function with Through-beam
model or Retro-reflective model is recommended)
MODE
UP/DOWN
Select [rst] in and press button.
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3X-HD 87
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
87
Applications
,n
hs
t,ff
,ffd
500
stnd
500
6000
shs
125
,ff
10
----
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
Detection
Function
Response
Time
Light
Level
STND
Standard
mode
SHS
Super-high-
speed mode*
GIGA
Giga mode
HS
High-speed
mode
1 ms
ѥV
ѥV
NPN
PNP
16 ms
ѥV
12 times
0.25 times
1 time
1
(Standard)
2. Detection
Function
3. DPC
Function
4. Timer
Function
UP/DOWN
6.
Percentage
Tuning
MODE
One-shot Timer
Keeps the output
ON for a specified
time regardless of
the workpiece
size variations.
T
T
T
T
T
T
Off-delay Timer
Holds the output
ON for detection
by PLC when the
detection time is
too short.
On-delay Timer
Delays the
output ON after
detection.
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L-ON
D-ON
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L-ON
D-ON
Incident light
No incident light
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L-ON
D-ON
UP/DOWN
UP/DOWN
UP/DOWN
(Incident Light Level Example)
dflt
MODE
UP/DOWN
1. Function
Selection
5. Power
Tuning
Level
Refer to “Convenient
Setting Features”
Smart Tuning is canceled if the
detection mode is changed.
* The communication and mutual
interference prevention functions are
disabled when the detection mode is
set to super-high-speed mode.
Setting Output Timer
Changing the Target Incident
Light Level (Power Tuning Level)
Detecting Transparent or
Small Workpiece
B
A
Function Setting Description
Function Setting Description
Changing Light Level and
Response Time
Stable Detection Regardless
of Incident Light Level Change
Function Selection:
[dflt]
Function Selection: [,pt]
10
n-d 10
,n-d
9999
p-lV
,ff
per
,n
per
10
9. Inverted
Display
8. Digital
Display
MODE
MODE
MODE
B
A
UP/DOWN
UP/DOWN
UP/DOWN
Eco on
Indicators (Green and Red digital displays)
turn OFF in approx. 10 seconds after a
key operation.
Eco Lo
Indicators (Green and Red digital displays)
turn ON with low brightness in approx.
10 seconds after a key operation.
Inverts the display upside down.
The digital display shows the threshold
value in red, and light incident level in
green.
10. Eco
Function
Changing Digital Display in
RUN Mode for Specific Purpose
Mounting Amplifier in Inverted
Direction
Saving Power Consumption
Setting Threshold using a Small or
Fast Moving Workpiece
Adjusting Optical Axis
Checking the Channel No. in
Group Mounting
The ratio of the incident
light level to the threshold
is displayed in red digital
figures.
Holds the peak incident
light level and displays
it in green digital figures.
Checking the Channel
No. in Group Mounting.
Displays the current
level in the 80 to 120%
range against the
threshold value (100%).
Threshold Light Level
Ratio
Peak Light
Level
Light
Level
Checking a Margin Against Threshold
Threshold
Setting for Intuitive Analog Display
120% 100% 80%
3000
3500
2000
Ch. No. Light Level
3000
150p
Peak Light
Level
Bottom
Light Level
8000 2000
std
bar
p-b
per
UP/DOWN
3
2
5
4
1
,ff
,n
V,
,ff
reV
7.
Differential
Function
MODE
Differential
Setting
Response
Time
1
2
3
4
5
ѥV
ѥV
1 ms
10 ms
100 ms
Detecting Incident Light Level
Change
,ff
Refer to “Convenient
Setting Features”
Refer to “Smart Tuning”
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
The incident light level in
SET mode is a reference value.
It may be changed when switched
to detection mode.
Detailed Settings
Hold button for 3 seconds or longer to enter SET mode.
MODE
SET mode provides the function settings described hereafter. The initial display
shown after transition from one function to another represents the factory default.
Changing Functions to Set in
SET Mode
[dflt]: Functions 1. to 5. can be set
[,pt]: Functions 1. to 10. can be set.
A
A timer value can be set after pressing
button when a timer menu (other
display than “----”) is displayed.
Use button to set the time.
(1 to 9999 ms in 1 ms steps; the
initial value: 10 ms)
MODE
UP/DOWN
Use button to set the power
tuning level.
[100 to 9999 in 1 steps; the initial
value: 9999]
UP/DOWN
Press button in [per ,n] menu,
then use button to set the
percentage tuning level.
(<99% to 99% in 1% steps; the initial
value: <10%)
MODE
UP/DOWN
Detects if the absolute value of the
incident light level change of the set
response time is larger than the
threshold value. The display shows the
change of the incident light level of the
set response time in red.
Use button to specify the
response time.
When the differential function is
enabled, the detection function setting
is disabled.
Smart tunings except power tuning
are disabled.
The adjustment range of power tuning
is approx. 1 to 1/100 times.
UP/DOWN
Holds and displays the
minimum value of the
peak of the light incident
and the maximum value
of the bottom of the light
interruption.
l,
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3X-CRT and ECT
88
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
88
Ratings and Specifications
E3X-CRT
E3X-ECT
Item
Communication method
Communications power supply voltage
Functions
Indicators
Dielectric strength
Insulation resistance
Ambient operating humidity
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Mounting method
Weight (packed state/unit only)
Accessories
Vibration resistance
Ambient operating temperature
Shock resistance
Connectable Sensors
Specifications
2.4 W max. (Not including the power supplied to Sensor.)
100 mA max. at 24 VDC (Not including the current supplied to Sensor.)
10 to 150 Hz with double amplitude of 0.7 mm, or 50 m/s2
80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
150 m/s2
3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
0 to 55°C (with no icing or condensation)
* The temperature is limited by the number of connected Fiber Amplifier Units.
Fiber Sensors: E3X-HD0 and E3X-MDA0
Laser Sensor Head with Separate Digital Amplifier: E3C-LDA0
Proximity Sensor with Separate Amplifier: E2C-EDA0
CompoNet Communications
I/O communications, message communications, and Sensor error output
MS Indicator (Green/Red), NS indicator (Green/Red), and SS (Sensor Status) indicator (Green/Red)
14 to 26.4 VDC (Communications Unit draws power from the communications power supply.)
500 VAC 50/60Hz 1 min
0їPLQ
25% to 85% (with no icing or condensation)
<30 to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
25% to 85% (with no condensation)
35-mm DIN track-mounting
Approx. 220 g/Approx. 95 g
Connector cover, DIN track End Plates and Instruction manual
Item
Communication method
Power supply voltage
Dielectric strength
Insulation resistance
Ambient operating humidity
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Mounting method
Weight (packed state/unit only)
Accessories
Ambient operating temperature
Connectable Sensors
Power and current consumption
Functions
Indicators
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Specifications
2.4 W max. (Not including power the supplied to Sensor.)
100 mA max. at 24 VDC (Not including the current supplied to Sensor.)
DC (synchronous) mode, Free run mode, PDO communications,* 1
SDO communications, Sensor error output
L/A IN indicator (Yellow), L/A OUT indicator (Yellow), PWR indicator (Green), RUN indicator (Green),
ERROR indicator (Red), and SS (Sensor Status) indicator (Green/Red)
10 to 150 Hz with double amplitude of 0.7 mm, or 50 m/s2
80 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
150 m/s2
3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
0 to 55°C (with no icing or condensation)
* The temperature is limited by the number of connected Fiber Amplifier Units.
Fiber Sensor E3X-HD0 and E3X-MDA0
Laser Sensor Head with Separate Digital Amplifier: E3C-LDA0
Proximity Sensor with Separate Amplifier: E2C-EDA0
EtherCAT
20.4 to 26.4 VDC
500 VAC 50/60 Hz 1 min
0їPLQ
25% to 85% (with no condensation)
ïWR&ZLWKQRLFLQJRUFRQGHQVDWLRQ
25% to 85% (with no condensation)
35-mm DIN track-mounting
Approx. 220 g/Approx. 95 g
Power supply connector, connector cover, DIN track End Plates and Instruction manual
*1. Data Size Assignable to the PDO (Process Data Object):
There is a maximum data size that can be assigned. The maximum size is 36 bytes.
*2. Temperature Limitations Based on Number of Connected Fiber Amplifier Units:
Groups of 1 to 2 Amplifier Units: 0 to 55°C,
Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifier Units: 0 to 50°C,
Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifier Units: 0 to 45°C,
Groups of 17 to 30 Amplifier Units: 0 to 40°C
Read the User’s Manual for precautions
on using this Unit. (E413)
Note. The E3X-CRT has two operating modes: I/O mode 1 and I/O mode 2.
The following table gives the differences between these modes.
* Temperature Limitations Based on Number of Connected Fiber Amplifier Units:
Groups of 1 to 2 Amplifier Units: 0 to 55°C,
Groups of 3 to 10 Amplifier Units: 0 to 50°C,
Groups of 11 to 16 Amplifier Units: 0 to 45°C
I/O
classification
Number of
allocated points
Maximum number
of interconnected
I/O mode 1
I/O mode 2
Input Unit
I/O Unit
15
16
Input: 32
Input: 64
Output: 64
Read the User’s Manual for precautions
on using this Unit. (E412)
Power and current consumption
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
E3X-CRT and ECT 89
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
89
Applications
E3X-CRT
E3X-ECT
89-A
89-B
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Tolerance class IT16 applies to demmensions in this date sheet unless otherwise specified.
Power supply connector: Provided.
(FK-MCP 1,5/2-STF-3,5 AU)
18
12.8
102.5
41 Communications
Connector
(OUT)
Communications
Connector
(IN)
(53)
(49.5)
31.9
32.4
26.8
(30.7)
(36.3)
(31.7)
Communications
Connector 10.5
76.4
41
102.5
(53)
(49.5)
31.9
(36.3)
32.4
3.4
18.8
(24)
DIN Track (sold separately)
(PFP- N)
DIN Track (sold separately)
(PFP- N)
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
Accessories (sold separately)
90
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
90
Master Connector
Slave Connector
90-A
90-B
E3X-CN21
E3X-CN11
E3X-CN22
E3X-CN12
Sensor I/O Connectors (for Models with M8 Connectors)
90-C XS3F-M421-402-A
XS3F-M421-405-A
90-D XS3F-M422-402-A
XS3F-M422-405-A
Wire-saving Connectors
Wire-saving Connectors (for Models with Wire-saving Connectors)
Ratings and Specifications
Models
Type
Item
Rated current
Rated voltage
Housing
Contact
Weight (packed state)
Number of conductors
Diameter of cable
Contact resistance
Number of insertions
Material
E3X-CN21 E3X-CN11 E3X-CN22 E3X-CN12
Master Connector Slave Connector
PїPD[P9'&PD[P$PD[
7KHDERYHILJXUHLVIRUFRQQHFWLRQWRWKH$PSOLILHU8QLWDQGWKHDGMDFHQW&RQQHFWRU
,WGRHVQRWLQFOXGHWKHFRQGXFWRUUHVLVWDQFHRIWKHFDEOH
'HVWUXFWLRQWLPHVIRUFRQQHFWLRQWRWKH$PSOLILHU8QLWDQGWKHDGMDFHQW&RQQHFWRU
3RO\EXW\OHQHWHUHSKWKDODWH3%7
3KRVSKRUEURQ]HJROGSODWHGQLFNHO
$SSUR[J
$
9'&
$SSUR[J
4 dia.
43 21
2.6 dia.
Sensor I/O Connectors
Models
Item
Rated current
Rated voltage
Number of conductors
Diameter of cable
Contact resistance
Number of insertions
XS3F-M42 -40 -A
PїPD[
P9'&PD[P$PD[
'HVWUXFWLRQWLPHV
$
9'&
4
4 dia.
(7)
See note
(GJHRIDPSOLILHU
Note:(;&14 dia. FDEOH4FRQGXFWRUV6WDQGDUGOHQJWKP
&RQGXFWRUFURVVVHFWLRQPP2$:*,QVXODWRUGLDPHWHUPP
(;&14 dia. FDEOH3FRQGXFWRUV6WDQGDUGOHQJWKP
&RQGXFWRUFURVVVHFWLRQPP2$:*,QVXODWRUGLDPHWHUPP
Note: (;&14 dia.FDEOH2FRQGXFWRUV6WDQGDUGOHQJWKP
&RQGXFWRUFURVVVHFWLRQPP2$:*,QVXODWRUGLDPHWHUPP
(;&12.6 dia.FDEOH1FRQGXFWRU6WDQGDUGOHQJWKP
&RQGXFWRUFURVVVHFWLRQPP2$:*,QVXODWRUGLDPHWHUPP
(7)
See note
(GJHRIDPSOLILHU
4 dia.
1.95
0.5
3.4
2.15
L
30
50
5
20.5
9
dia.
23.1
4 dia.
9 dia.
1.95 0.5
42
31
3.4
2.15 M8
L
31.4
21.5
12.9
30
50
5
Models Cable length L (m)
XS3F-M42 -402-A
XS3F-M42 -405-A
2
5
Dimensions 8QLWPP
7ROHUDQFHFODVV,7DSSOLHVWRGHPPHQVLRQVLQWKLVGDWHVKHHWXQOHVVRWKHUZLVHVSHFLILHG
50
0
+50
0
Fiber Amplifiers, Communications Unit and Accessories
Accessories (sold separately) 91
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
91
Applications
E39-L143
Mounting Brackets
PFP-M
End Plate
PFP-100N
PFP-50N
PFP-100N2
DIN track
Four-R1.7
7
3.4
1
3163
10 max.
710.3
7.3
5.3
(10.3) 2.5
34.8
22
16
26.8
3
Two-3.2 dia.
3.4
1
Two-M3
16±0.1
Mounting Holes
50
11.5
10
M4 × 8
panhead screw
M4 spring washer
4.8
1.3
1.8
1.8
1
6.2 10
35.5
35.3
91-A
91-D
91-B
91-C
0DWHULDO6WDLQOHVVVWHHO686
0DWHULDO$OXPLQXP
0DWHULDO$OXPLQXP
0DWHULDO,URQ]LQFSODWLQJ
4.5
15 25 25
10 10
(See note)
25 25 15 (5)
(See note)
35±0.3
7.3±0.15
27±0.15
1
Note:7KHILJXUHVLQSDUHQWKHVVHVDUHIRUWKH3)31
4.5
15 25 25
10 10
25 25 15 11.5
29.2242735±0.3
16
Technical Guide
Technical Guide
92
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
93
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
92
93
Applications
Influence of Fiber Cable Length
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Green
rubber mat
Bakelite
Glass
t0.7
Anodized
aluminum
(black)
SUS304
White
paper
Material
Sensing distance (%)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
1 2 3 4 50 76 8 9 1110
Fiber Cable Length (m)
Sensing distance (%)
The sensing distance listed in the Fiber Units specifications are based on the fiber cable lengths found in the suffix of the model number.
The sensing distance will change if the fiber cable is cut or extended.
The following graph shows the percentage change of the various fiber cable length, where 100% is the sensing distance for a fiber cable
with a length of 2 m.
Use this as a guideline for installation distances.
Keep in mind that extending the cable with a fiber connector will result in even shorter sensing distances than the value given in the graph.
Types of Fiber Cables
This section describes the features of different types of fiber cables.
(This is given in the Fiber Unit specifications as either Flexible or Bend-resistant for the cable bending radius, and Coaxial for the
appearance.
If no difinition is given, a standard cable is used.)
Reflective Models: Sensing Distance Ratios by Workpiece Materials
The following graph shows the percentage change of the various workpieces, where 100% is the sensing distance for white paper,
the standard sensing object.
Refer to the value of the material that looks like your workpiece.
Structure where the multiple
fine fibers has been independent.
* White paper is 100%.
Structure only of one fiber
Reference Information for Fiber Units
Q&A
Fiber Units
Fiber Amplifier
Units
Category Question Answer
The optical axis diameter is the beam size that the
Through-beam Fiber Unit uses for detection.
If you are detecting objects larger than the optical axis
diameter, you can expect stable detection performance
because the object will block all of the beams of light that are
used for detection.
The incident level may fluctuate, however, if the workpiece
passes the beam at high speed.
In this case, it is best to select a Fiber Unit with a smaller
optical axis diameter, or change the response time of the Fiber
Amplifier Unit to High-speed mode or to Super-high-speed
mode setting.
Refer to the recommended mounting hole dimensions given
on pages 58 to 61.
With Through-beam Fiber Units, there is no difference between
emitter fibers and receiver fibers.
With Reflective Fiber Units, the emitter fibers and receiver
fibers are different on Coaxial Reflective Models.
Emitter fiber cables have identification marks. Refer to the
individual dimensions diagrams of Fiber Units for details.
Some models are available with either 5-m or 10-m cable.
Ask your OMRON representative for details.
Mobile consoles cannot be used with either the E3NX-FA
Series or the E3X-HD Series.
If you use E3NX-FA0 Amplifier Units, you can use the
E3NW-ECT(EtherCAT), E3NW-CRT(CompoNet) or E3NW-CCL
(CC-Link).
If you use E3X-HD0 Amplifier Units, you can use the E3X-CRT
(CompoNet) or E3X-ECT (EtherCAT).
Fiber Units do not have any electrical components and
therefore are exempt from CE certification.
The Fiber Units can be used in an explosion-proof area. Install
only the Fiber Unit in the explosion-proof area and install the
Fiber Amplifier Unit outside the explosion-proof area.
The aperture angle is the angle at which the emitter beam
spreads out.
The E3X-HD Series can be connected only with the
E3X-DA-S and MDA Series.
Are Fiber Cables available in different lengths?
What is the aperture angle?
Are these Fiber Units CE certified?
These highly recommended Fiber Units have built-in lenses
that achieve stable detection with high-power beams.
What the Fiber Units with built-in lenses?
How do I interpret the optical axis diameter in
the Fiber Unit specifications?
Are there any differences between the Fiber
Units that are used for emitter and receiver?
What size must the hole be to mount a
Threaded or Cylindrical Fiber Unit?
Can these Fiber Units be used in
explosionproof areas?
Can the Fiber Amplifier Units be linked with
other models?
Can the Fiber Amplifier Unit be operated from a
mobile console?
Can a Sensor Communications Unit be used?
* The 100% value is for a fiber cable with a length of 2 m
(same for Through-beam and Reflective Models).
Structure which has a
cladding around a large
number of ultrafine
cores.
Beam spread
of 60°
Optical
axis
diameter
Aperture angle
The flexible fiber has a small bending radius for easy routing
without easily breaking.
It is easy to use because the cable can be bent without
significantly reducing light intensity.
• Flexible Fibers
This fiber is resistant to repeated bends for use on moving
parts.
• Break-resistant Fibers
This fiber have a large bending radius compared with
bend-resistant or flexible fiber.
Use this fiber where the bending radius is large, or on
non-moving parts.
• Standard Fibers
These fibers are suitable for sensing small objects at close range.
• Coaxial Reflective Fibers
The receiver fibers are arranged around the emitter fiber.
Receiver fibers
Emitter fiber
Cladding
Core
Technical Guide
Technical Guide
92
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
93
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
92
93
Applications
Influence of Fiber Cable Length
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Green
rubber mat
Bakelite
Glass
t0.7
Anodized
aluminum
(black)
SUS304
White
paper
Material
Sensing distance (%)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
1 2 3 4 50 76 8 9 1110
Fiber Cable Length (m)
Sensing distance (%)
The sensing distance listed in the Fiber Units specifications are based on the fiber cable lengths found in the suffix of the model number.
The sensing distance will change if the fiber cable is cut or extended.
The following graph shows the percentage change of the various fiber cable length, where 100% is the sensing distance for a fiber cable
with a length of 2 m.
Use this as a guideline for installation distances.
Keep in mind that extending the cable with a fiber connector will result in even shorter sensing distances than the value given in the graph.
Types of Fiber Cables
This section describes the features of different types of fiber cables.
(This is given in the Fiber Unit specifications as either Flexible or Bend-resistant for the cable bending radius, and Coaxial for the
appearance.
If no difinition is given, a standard cable is used.)
Reflective Models: Sensing Distance Ratios by Workpiece Materials
The following graph shows the percentage change of the various workpieces, where 100% is the sensing distance for white paper,
the standard sensing object.
Refer to the value of the material that looks like your workpiece.
Structure where the multiple
fine fibers has been independent.
* White paper is 100%.
Structure only of one fiber
Reference Information for Fiber Units
Q&A
Fiber Units
Fiber Amplifier
Units
Category Question Answer
The optical axis diameter is the beam size that the
Through-beam Fiber Unit uses for detection.
If you are detecting objects larger than the optical axis
diameter, you can expect stable detection performance
because the object will block all of the beams of light that are
used for detection.
The incident level may fluctuate, however, if the workpiece
passes the beam at high speed.
In this case, it is best to select a Fiber Unit with a smaller
optical axis diameter, or change the response time of the Fiber
Amplifier Unit to High-speed mode or to Super-high-speed
mode setting.
Refer to the recommended mounting hole dimensions given
on pages 58 to 61.
With Through-beam Fiber Units, there is no difference between
emitter fibers and receiver fibers.
With Reflective Fiber Units, the emitter fibers and receiver
fibers are different on Coaxial Reflective Models.
Emitter fiber cables have identification marks. Refer to the
individual dimensions diagrams of Fiber Units for details.
Some models are available with either 5-m or 10-m cable.
Ask your OMRON representative for details.
Mobile consoles cannot be used with either the E3NX-FA
Series or the E3X-HD Series.
If you use E3NX-FA0 Amplifier Units, you can use the
E3NW-ECT(EtherCAT), E3NW-CRT(CompoNet) or E3NW-CCL
(CC-Link).
If you use E3X-HD0 Amplifier Units, you can use the E3X-CRT
(CompoNet) or E3X-ECT (EtherCAT).
Fiber Units do not have any electrical components and
therefore are exempt from CE certification.
The Fiber Units can be used in an explosion-proof area. Install
only the Fiber Unit in the explosion-proof area and install the
Fiber Amplifier Unit outside the explosion-proof area.
The aperture angle is the angle at which the emitter beam
spreads out.
The E3X-HD Series can be connected only with the
E3X-DA-S and MDA Series.
Are Fiber Cables available in different lengths?
What is the aperture angle?
Are these Fiber Units CE certified?
These highly recommended Fiber Units have built-in lenses
that achieve stable detection with high-power beams.
What the Fiber Units with built-in lenses?
How do I interpret the optical axis diameter in
the Fiber Unit specifications?
Are there any differences between the Fiber
Units that are used for emitter and receiver?
What size must the hole be to mount a
Threaded or Cylindrical Fiber Unit?
Can these Fiber Units be used in
explosionproof areas?
Can the Fiber Amplifier Units be linked with
other models?
Can the Fiber Amplifier Unit be operated from a
mobile console?
Can a Sensor Communications Unit be used?
* The 100% value is for a fiber cable with a length of 2 m
(same for Through-beam and Reflective Models).
Structure which has a
cladding around a large
number of ultrafine
cores.
Beam spread
of 60°
Optical
axis
diameter
Aperture angle
The flexible fiber has a small bending radius for easy routing
without easily breaking.
It is easy to use because the cable can be bent without
significantly reducing light intensity.
• Flexible Fibers
This fiber is resistant to repeated bends for use on moving
parts.
• Break-resistant Fibers
This fiber have a large bending radius compared with
bend-resistant or flexible fiber.
Use this fiber where the bending radius is large, or on
non-moving parts.
• Standard Fibers
These fibers are suitable for sensing small objects at close range.
• Coaxial Reflective Fibers
The receiver fibers are arranged around the emitter fiber.
Receiver fibers
Emitter fiber
Cladding
Core
Safety PrecautionsSafety Precautions
94
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
95
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
94 95
Applications
Fiber Unit Connection Side Hook
1
2
DIN Track
2
Tighten the screw while pressing the
End Plate.
34
Protective
Cover
Fiber Unit
1
3
Single Core
Multi Core
2
4
Lock Lever
Lock
Release
Protective Sticker
Power Supply
Connecting Terminal Protective Cap
Precautions for Safe Use
Fiber Amplifier Unit
For common precautions, refer to www.ia.omron.com
Mounting the Fiber Amplifier Units Mounting Fiber Units
This product is not designed or rated for
ensuring safety of persons either directly
or indirectly.
Do not use it for such purposes.
The following precautions must be observed to ensure safe
operation of the product. Doing so may cause damage or fire.
Precautions for Correct Use
(1) Be sure to mount the unit to the DIN track until it clicks.
(2)
When using Amplifier Units with Wire-saving Connectors, attach
the protective stickers (provided with E3X-CN-series
Connectors) on the unused power pins to prevent electrical
shock and short circuiting. When using Amplifier Units with
Connectors for Communications Units, attach the protective
caps (provided with Sensor Communications Unit).
Mounting Amplifier Units in Group
(Wire-saving Connector Type Models)
1. Mount the Fiber Amplifier units
one at a time onto the DIN track
and push them until they click.
2. Slide the Fiber Amplifier units in
the direction 2.
3.
Use End Plates (PFP-M: separately
sold) at the both ends of the
grouped Fiber Amplifier units to
prevent them from separating due
to vibration or other cause.
4. Tighten the screw on the End
Plates using a driver.
(3) <E3NX-FA series>
The length for the cable extension must be 30 m or less (or
less than 10 m for S-mark certified models).
Be sure to use a cable of at least 0.3 mm2 for extension.
The power voltage must be 24 to 30 V when connecting
amplifier units with extension cable and wire-saving connector.
<E3X-HD series>
The length for the cable extension must be 100 m or less.
Be sure to use a cable of at least 0.3 mm2 for extension.
(4) Do not apply the forces on the cord exceeding the following
limits: Pull: 40N; torque: 0.1N·m; pressure: 20N; bending:
29.4N
(5) Do not apply excessive force such as tension, compression or
torsion to the Amplifier Unit with the Fiber Unit fixed to the
Amplifier Unit.
(6) Always keep the protective cover in place when using the
Amplifier Unit. Not doing so may cause malfunction.
(7) It may take time until the received light intensity and
measured value become stable immediately after the power
is turned on depending on use environment.
(8)
The product is ready to operate 200 ms after the power supply
is turned ON.
(9) The Mobile Console E3X-MC11, E3X-MC11-SV2 and
E3X-MC11-S cannot be connected.
(10)
Mutual interference prevention on the E3NX-FA Series does
not function among the E3X-HD, E3X-DA-S, E3X-DA-N,
E3X-SD, or E3X-NA Fiber Amplifier Units.
Mutual interference prevention on the E3X-HD Series does
not function among the E3NX-FA, E3X-DA-N, E3X-SD, or
E3X-NA Fiber Amplifier Units.
Mutual interference prevention on the E3X-HD Series does
function among the E3X-DA-S and E3X-MDA Fiber Amplifier
Units.
(11)
If the unit receives excessive sensor light, the mutual
interference prevention function may not work properly,
resulting in malfunction of the unit. In such case, increase the
threshold.
(12)
The E3NW-ECT Sensor Communications Unit can be used
with the E3NX-FA0, but the E3X-DRT21-S, E3X-CRT, and
E3X-ECT Sensor Communications Units cannot be used.
The E3X-CRT and E3X-ECT Sensor Communications Unit
can be used with the E3X-HD0, but the E3X-DRT21-S and
E3NW-ECT Sensor Communications Units cannot be used.
(13)
If you notice an abnormal condition such as a strange odor,
extreme heating of the unit, or smoke immediately stop using
the product, turn off the power, and consult your dealer.
(14)
Do not use thinner, benzine, acetone, and lamp oil for cleaning.
Do not use the product with voltage in
excess of the rated voltage.
Excess voltage may result in malfunction or fire.
Never use the product with AC power supply.
Otherwise, explosion may result.
• Under environments such as vibration, use an end plates
even with a single Fiber Amplifier Unit.
• The maximum numbers of connectable Amplifier Units are
given in the following table.
• If Units are to be connected, the ambient temperature will change
with the number of Units that are connected. Check the Ratings
and Characteristics specifications.
• Always turn OFF the power before connecting or disconnecting
Units.
* The mutual interference prevention function cannot be used
if the detection mode is set to super-high-speed mode (SHS).
1. Open the protective cover.
2. Raise the lock lever.
3. Insert the Fiber Unit in the
fiber unit hole to the bottom.
4. Return the lock lever to the
original position and fix the
Fiber Unit.
• When mounting a coaxial
reflective Fiber Unit, insert
the single-core Fiber Unit
to the upper hole (Emitter
side) and the multi-core
Fiber Unit to the lower hole (Receiver side).
The cables for the Single-core Fiber Units (Emitters) have
identification marks. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for
details.
• When removing the Fiber Unit, follow the above steps in reverse
order.
To maintain the characteristics of the Fiber Unit, make sure the
lock is released before removing the Fiber Unit.
Maximum
number of mutual
interference
prevention
Maximum
number of
interconnected
E3X-HD series standard models
*
(E3X-HD11/HD41/HD6/HD8)
E3X-HD0 With E3X-ECT
16 10
30
16
10
10
With E3X-CRT
Thin Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9)
Loosely tighten.
Fiber Cutter
E39-F4
Thin-diameter
Fiber Unit Hole × 2
Standard Fiber
Unit Hole
(dia. 2.2 mm) × 3
About 0.5 mm
Insertion direction
Cut a thin fiber as follows.
For standard fibers, insert to the desired cutting position and cut.
Adjust the fiber
to the desired
length and fully
tighten.
(1)
(2)
Insert the Fiber
Unit into E39-F4
and cut it.
(3)
Finished state.
(Correctly cut end)
(4)
Amplifier Unit with
Wire-saving Connector
Amplifier Unit with Connector
for Communications Unit
E3NX-FA series* 30 10
Warning
(1) Do not install the product in the following locations.
• Locations subject to direct sunlight
• Locations subject to condensation due to high humidity
• Locations subject to corrosive gas
•
Locations subject to vibration or mechanical shocks exceeding
the rated values
•
Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, chemicals
• Locations subject to stream
• Locations subjected to strong magnetic field or electric field
(2) Do not use the product in environments subject to flammable
or explosive gases.
(3) Do not use the product in any atmosphere or environment
that exceeds the ratings.
(4) To secure the safety of operation and maintenance, do not
install the product close to high-voltage devices and power
devices.
(5) High-Voltage lines and power lines must be wired separately
from this product. Wiring them together or placing them in
the same duct may cause induction, resulting in malfunction
or damage.
(6) Do not apply load exceeding the ratings. Otherwise, damage
or fire may result.
(7) Do not short the load. Otherwise, damage or fire may result.
(8) Connect the load correctly.
(9) Do not miswire such as the polarity of the power supply.
(10)
To use this device as connecting with each other, be sure to
connect with the same power supply and turn ON the power
simultaneously. Using a separate power supply will influence
the functions when connecting the devices to use them.
(11)
Do not use the product if the case is damaged.
(12)
Burn injury may occur. The product surface temperature
rises depending on application conditions, such as the
ambient temperature and the power supply voltage. Attention
must be paid during operation or cleaning.
(13)
When setting the Sensor, be sure to check safety, such as by
stopping the equipment.
(14)
Be sure to turn off the power supply before connecting or
disconnecting wires.
(15)
Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or modify the product
Unit in any way.
1. Let the hook on the Amplifier
Unit's Fiber Unit connection side
catch the track and push the unit
until it clicks.
Mounting on DIN Track
1. Push the unit in the direction 1.
2. Lift it up in the direction 2.
Removing from DIN Track
Refer to “I/O Circuit Diagrams” or
check the side of the unit for wire color
and role indications.
Mount Fiber Unit
Use Fiber Cutter
The fiber is
shipped loosely
tightened as
shown in the
figure at the
right
Note: The insertion direction into the Fiber
Amplifier Unit is shown in the above figure.
(16)
When disposing of the product, treat it as industrial waste.
(17)
Do not use the Sensor in water, rain, or outdoors.
25 mm 10 mm
11.7 mm
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
94
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
95
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
94
95
Applications
Fiber Unit Connection Side Hook
1
2
DIN Track
2
Tighten the screw while pressing the
End Plate.
34
Protective
Cover
Fiber Unit
1
3
Single Core
Multi Core
2
4
Lock Lever
Lock
Release
Protective Sticker
Power Supply
Connecting Terminal Protective Cap
Precautions for Safe Use
Fiber Amplifier Unit
For common precautions, refer to www.ia.omron.com
Mounting the Fiber Amplifier Units Mounting Fiber Units
This product is not designed or rated for
ensuring safety of persons either directly
or indirectly.
Do not use it for such purposes.
The following precautions must be observed to ensure safe
operation of the product. Doing so may cause damage or fire.
Precautions for Correct Use
(1) Be sure to mount the unit to the DIN track until it clicks.
(2)
When using Amplifier Units with Wire-saving Connectors, attach
the protective stickers (provided with E3X-CN-series
Connectors) on the unused power pins to prevent electrical
shock and short circuiting. When using Amplifier Units with
Connectors for Communications Units, attach the protective
caps (provided with Sensor Communications Unit).
Mounting Amplifier Units in Group
(Wire-saving Connector Type Models)
1. Mount the Fiber Amplifier units
one at a time onto the DIN track
and push them until they click.
2. Slide the Fiber Amplifier units in
the direction 2.
3.
Use End Plates (PFP-M: separately
sold) at the both ends of the
grouped Fiber Amplifier units to
prevent them from separating due
to vibration or other cause.
4. Tighten the screw on the End
Plates using a driver.
(3) <E3NX-FA series>
The length for the cable extension must be 30 m or less (or
less than 10 m for S-mark certified models).
Be sure to use a cable of at least 0.3 mm2 for extension.
The power voltage must be 24 to 30 V when connecting
amplifier units with extension cable and wire-saving connector.
<E3X-HD series>
The length for the cable extension must be 100 m or less.
Be sure to use a cable of at least 0.3 mm2 for extension.
(4) Do not apply the forces on the cord exceeding the following
limits: Pull: 40N; torque: 0.1N·m; pressure: 20N; bending:
29.4N
(5) Do not apply excessive force such as tension, compression or
torsion to the Amplifier Unit with the Fiber Unit fixed to the
Amplifier Unit.
(6) Always keep the protective cover in place when using the
Amplifier Unit. Not doing so may cause malfunction.
(7) It may take time until the received light intensity and
measured value become stable immediately after the power
is turned on depending on use environment.
(8)
The product is ready to operate 200 ms after the power supply
is turned ON.
(9) The Mobile Console E3X-MC11, E3X-MC11-SV2 and
E3X-MC11-S cannot be connected.
(10)
Mutual interference prevention on the E3NX-FA Series does
not function among the E3X-HD, E3X-DA-S, E3X-DA-N,
E3X-SD, or E3X-NA Fiber Amplifier Units.
Mutual interference prevention on the E3X-HD Series does
not function among the E3NX-FA, E3X-DA-N, E3X-SD, or
E3X-NA Fiber Amplifier Units.
Mutual interference prevention on the E3X-HD Series does
function among the E3X-DA-S and E3X-MDA Fiber Amplifier
Units.
(11)
If the unit receives excessive sensor light, the mutual
interference prevention function may not work properly,
resulting in malfunction of the unit. In such case, increase the
threshold.
(12)
The E3NW-ECT Sensor Communications Unit can be used
with the E3NX-FA0, but the E3X-DRT21-S, E3X-CRT, and
E3X-ECT Sensor Communications Units cannot be used.
The E3X-CRT and E3X-ECT Sensor Communications Unit
can be used with the E3X-HD0, but the E3X-DRT21-S and
E3NW-ECT Sensor Communications Units cannot be used.
(13)
If you notice an abnormal condition such as a strange odor,
extreme heating of the unit, or smoke immediately stop using
the product, turn off the power, and consult your dealer.
(14)
Do not use thinner, benzine, acetone, and lamp oil for cleaning.
Do not use the product with voltage in
excess of the rated voltage.
Excess voltage may result in malfunction
or fire.
Never use the product with AC power supply.
Otherwise, explosion may result.
• Under environments such as vibration, use an end plates
even with a single Fiber Amplifier Unit.
• The maximum numbers of connectable Amplifier Units are
given in the following table.
• If Units are to be connected, the ambient temperature will change
with the number of Units that are connected. Check the Ratings
and Characteristics specifications.
• Always turn OFF the power before connecting or disconnecting
Units.
* The mutual interference prevention function cannot be used
if the detection mode is set to super-high-speed mode (SHS).
1. Open the protective cover.
2. Raise the lock lever.
3. Insert the Fiber Unit in the
fiber unit hole to the bottom.
4. Return the lock lever to the
original position and fix the
Fiber Unit.
• When mounting a coaxial
reflective Fiber Unit, insert
the single-core Fiber Unit
to the upper hole (Emitter
side) and the multi-core
Fiber Unit to the lower hole (Receiver side).
The cables for the Single-core Fiber Units (Emitters) have
identification marks. Refer to the dimensions diagrams for
details.
• When removing the Fiber Unit, follow the above steps in reverse
order.
To maintain the characteristics of the Fiber Unit, make sure the
lock is released before removing the Fiber Unit.
Maximum
number of mutual
interference
prevention
Maximum
number of
interconnected
E3X-HD series standard models
*
(E3X-HD11/HD41/HD6/HD8)
E3X-HD0 With E3X-ECT
16 10
30
16
10
10
With E3X-CRT
Thin Fiber Attachment
(E39-F9)
Loosely tighten.
Fiber Cutter
E39-F4
Thin-diameter
Fiber Unit Hole × 2
Standard Fiber
Unit Hole
(dia. 2.2 mm) × 3
About 0.5 mm
Insertion direction
Cut a thin fiber as follows.
For standard fibers, insert to the desired cutting position and cut.
Adjust the fiber
to the desired
length and fully
tighten.
(1)
(2)
Insert the Fiber
Unit into E39-F4
and cut it.
(3)
Finished state.
(Correctly cut end)
(4)
Amplifier Unit with
Wire-saving Connector
Amplifier Unit with Connector
for Communications Unit
E3NX-FA series* 30 10
Warning
(1) Do not install the product in the following locations.
• Locations subject to direct sunlight
• Locations subject to condensation due to high humidity
• Locations subject to corrosive gas
•
Locations subject to vibration or mechanical shocks exceeding
the rated values
•
Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, chemicals
• Locations subject to stream
• Locations subjected to strong magnetic field or electric field
(2) Do not use the product in environments subject to flammable
or explosive gases.
(3) Do not use the product in any atmosphere or environment
that exceeds the ratings.
(4) To secure the safety of operation and maintenance, do not
install the product close to high-voltage devices and power
devices.
(5) High-Voltage lines and power lines must be wired separately
from this product. Wiring them together or placing them in
the same duct may cause induction, resulting in malfunction
or damage.
(6) Do not apply load exceeding the ratings. Otherwise, damage
or fire may result.
(7) Do not short the load. Otherwise, damage or fire may result.
(8) Connect the load correctly.
(9) Do not miswire such as the polarity of the power supply.
(10)
Do not use the product if the case is damaged.
(11)
Burn injury may occur. The product surface temperature
rises depending on application conditions, such as the
ambient temperature and the power supply voltage. Attention
must be paid during operation or cleaning.
(12)
When setting the Sensor, be sure to check safety, such as by
stopping the equipment.
(13)
Be sure to turn off the power supply before connecting or
disconnecting wires.
(14)
Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or modify the product
Unit in any way.
(15)
When disposing of the product, treat it as industrial waste.
(16)
Do not use the Sensor in water, rain, or outdoors.
1. Let the hook on the Amplifier
Unit's Fiber Unit connection side
catch the track and push the unit
until it clicks.
Mounting on DIN Track
1. Push the unit in the direction 1.
2. Lift it up in the direction 2.
Removing from DIN Track
Refer to “I/O Circuit Diagrams” or
check the side of the unit for wire color
and role indications.
Mount Fiber Unit
Use Fiber Cutter
The fiber is
shipped loosely
tightened as
shown in the
figure at the
right
Note:
The insertion direction into the Fiber
Amplifier Unit is shown in the above figure.
25 mm
25 mm
10 mm
10 mm
11.7 mm
11.7 mm
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
96
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
97
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
96
97
Applications
Toothed washer
Use a proper-sized wrench
for the nut.
Mounting
panel
Nuts
(Provided.)
Set screw
(flat head or sunken head)
(M3 max.)
Sensing head of Fiber Unit
Tape
Forming one-turn
loop will reduce
vibration
1.2 mm dia. max.
R12.5 mm
R7.5 mm
1.3 mm dia.min.
R10 mm
Fiber tip
position mark
Stainless steel tube
R5 mm
90° max.
10
mm
10
mm
Do not bend here.
Provided slit
Sensing head
Liquid-level detection
position
5.2 ±2 mm
(from the end of the
fluororesin section)
Protective
Spiral Tube
Fiber Unit
Protective
Spiral Tube
Toothed washers
Fiber Unit
Hexagonal nuts
Mounting
panel
Protective
Spiral Tube
Fiber Unit
End cap
Tube
Saddle
Fiber Units
Nylon wireholder
Precautions for Correct Use
Fiber Units
<Threaded Models>
<Chemical and Oil-resistant Models>
<Cylindrical Models>
This product is not designed or rated for
ensuring safety of persons either directly
or indirectly.
Do not use it for such purposes.
Do not use the Fiber Unit in atmospheres or environments that
exceed product ratings.
• Mounting
Tightening Force
Refer to pages 58 to 61 for the tightening torque to apply when
mounting a Fiber Unit.
Accessories
Use of E39-R3 Reflector Provided with E32-R21
1. Use detergent to remove any dust or oil from the surfaces
where tape is applied. Adhesive tape will not be attached
properly if oil or dust remains on the surface.
2. The E39-R3 cannot be used in areas that are exposed to oil
or chemicals.
Mounting method of Disconnection-resistant
Protective Spiral Tubes (E39-F32@)
1.Insert the Fiber Unit into the
Protective Spiral Tube from the
head connector (threaded).
2. Push the fiber into the Protective
Spiral Tube. The tube must be
straight so that the fiber enters
without twisting. Turn the Protective
Spiral Tube, not the fiber.
3. Secure the Protective Spiral Tube
to the mounting panel with the
provided nuts.
Attaching the E39-F10 Fiber Connector
Attach the Fiber Connecter as shown in the following figures.
1. Insert the Fiber Unit in the retention clip.
2. Insert the retention clip into the splice.
4. Use the provided saddle to secure
the end cap of the Protective Spiral
Tube.
(To secure the Protective Spiral
Tube at a position other than the
end cap, apply tape to the tube so
that the portion becomes thicker in
diameter.)
Chemical and Oil-resistant, Liquid-level Detection Fiber Unit
(E32-D82F1)
Fluororesin shows strong chemical-resistant properties but is
permeable if exposed to atmospheres with gaseous chemicals or
water vapors, resulting in failure or damage.
Confirm applicability sufficiently before using the Fiber Unit in
these environments. • The Fiber Units should be as close as possible when they are
connected.
The sensing distance is reduced by approximately 25% when
Fiber Units are extended by the connector.
• Only 2.2-mm-diameter fibers can be connected.
Connections
•
Do not subject the Fiber Unit to excessive force, such as tension
or compression.
Refer to pages 58 to 61 for tensile strengths.
•
Make sure any bend in the Fiber Unit is larger than the allowable
bending radius.
Refer to pages 58 to 61 for bending radius ratings and length of
unbendable
sections at the base of the Fiber Unit.
• Do not compress or place heavy loads on the fibers.
Sleeve Bender (E39-F11)
•
The bending radius of the stainless steel tube should be as large
as possible. The smaller the bending radius is, the shorter the
sensing distance will be.
• Insert the tip of the stainless
steel tube in the Sleeve Bender
and slowly bend the tube
along the curve of the Sleeve
Bender.
Heat-resistant Fiber Units (E32-D51(R) and E32-T51(R))
The fibers of these Units cannot be extended using the E39-F10
Fiber Connector.
Liquid-level Detection Fiber Unit (E32-D82F1)
• Secure the Fiber Unit using the unbendable section.
Otherwise, the liquid-level detection position may be displaced.
• For applications in hazardous environments, install the Fiber
Unit in the hazardous environment but install the Amplifier Unit
in a safe environment.
Liquid-level Detection Fiber Units (Tube-mounting Models)
• Make sure that the tube is not deformed when using a band to
secure the Fiber Unit.
E32-T14
These Units may enter the light-ON state if there are reflective
objects at the end of the lenses.
If reflection is a problem, attach the black stickers provided to the
ends of the lenses.
Vacuum-resistant Fiber Units (E32- V)
Although the Flanges, the Fiber Units on the vacuum side, and
the Lens Units have been cleaned, as an extra precaution, clean
these with alcohol before using them in high-vacuum
environments to ensure that they are properly degreased.
To use the provided slit, peel off the
backing sheet, align the slit with the
edges of the sensing surface, and
attach it to the sensing head.
Use the slit in applications where
saturation occurs (i.e., changes in
incident level cannot be detected)
due to short sensing distances.
E32-T16PR
• The method shown below is an effective way to prevent the
Fiber Unit from breaking due to vibration.
The following method is recommended for mounting Fiber Units
with fluororesin-covered sensing heads (E32-T
�
F and E32-D
�
F)
to
prevent from cracking the fluororesin case.
If you use a set screw to secure the Fiber Unit, tighten it with care
to prevent from cracking the case.
1 2
Warning
Detection Position for Liquid-level Detection Fiber Unit
(E32-D82F1)
The liquid-level detection position
is 5.2 ±2 mm from the end of the
fluororesin section. (Refer to the
diagram on the right.)
The liquid-level detection position
varies with the surface tension of
the liquid and the degree of
wetness at the Fiber Unit’s
detection position.
• Adjustment
Liquid-level Detection Fiber Unit (E32-D82F1)
• Operation may become unstable in the following cases:
1. Bubbles stick to the cone of the sensing head.
2. Solute deposits on the cone of the sensing head.
3. The liquid has a high viscosity.
• There are some liquids, such as milky white liquids, for which
detection is not possible.
• Do not let the end of the fluororesin section bump into other
objects.
Damage to or deformation of the sensing head may cause
unstable operation.
• The product shall be used in the following conditions.
Ambient pressure: -50 to +500 kPa
• To use one-point teach mode (without object)
Please carry out teaching where the detecting head is sunk into
liquid. The sensitivity is set to 10% upper to the incident level in
the liquid. This setting method is effective in high degree of
viscosity, because it becomes stable to the fluctuation of
incident level when the liquid drops from the tip.
• To use two-point teach mode (with/without object)
Please teach where the detecting head is pulled up from liquid
and next teach where it is sunk into liquid. This setting method
is effective to a liquid which is easy to bubble at high
temperature.
• Don't use maximum sensitivity mode because a liquid may be
undetectable.
• Other Precautions
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
96
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
97
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
96
97
Applications
Toothed washer
Use a proper-sized wrench
for the nut.
Mounting
panel
Nuts
(Provided.)
Set screw
(flat head or sunken head)
(M3 max.)
Sensing head of Fiber Unit
Tape
Forming one-turn
loop will reduce
vibration
1.2 mm dia. max.
R12.5 mm
R7.5 mm
1.3 mm dia.min.
R10 mm
Fiber tip
position mark
Stainless steel tube
R5 mm
90° max.
10
mm
10
mm
Do not bend here.
Provided slit
Sensing head
Liquid-level detection
position
5.2 ±2 mm
(from the end of the
fluororesin section)
Protective
Spiral Tube
Fiber Unit
Protective
Spiral Tube
Toothed washers
Fiber Unit
Hexagonal nuts
Mounting
panel
Protective
Spiral Tube
Fiber Unit
End cap
Tube
Saddle
Retention clip
Fiber Unit
Splice
Retention clip
Fiber Unit
Fiber Unit
Fiber Unit
Fiber Units
Nylon wireholder
Precautions for Correct Use
Fiber Units
<Threaded Models>
<Chemical and Oil-resistant Models>
<Cylindrical Models>
This product is not designed or rated for
ensuring safety of persons either directly
or indirectly.
Do not use it for such purposes.
Do not use the Fiber Unit in atmospheres or environments that
exceed product ratings.
• Mounting
Tightening Force
Refer to pages 58 to 61 for the tightening torque to apply when
mounting a Fiber Unit.
Accessories
Use of E39-R3 Reflector Provided with E32-R21
1. Use detergent to remove any dust or oil from the surfaces
where tape is applied. Adhesive tape will not be attached
properly if oil or dust remains on the surface.
2. The E39-R3 cannot be used in areas that are exposed to oil
or chemicals.
Mounting method of Disconnection-resistant
Protective Spiral Tubes (E39-F32@)
1.Insert the Fiber Unit into the
Protective Spiral Tube from the
head connector (threaded).
2. Push the fiber into the Protective
Spiral Tube. The tube must be
straight so that the fiber enters
without twisting. Turn the Protective
Spiral Tube, not the fiber.
3. Secure the Protective Spiral Tube
to the mounting panel with the
provided nuts.
Attaching the E39-F10 Fiber Connector
Attach the Fiber Connecter as shown in the following figures.
1. Insert the Fiber Unit in the retention clip.
2. Insert the retention clip into the splice.
4. Use the provided saddle to secure
the end cap of the Protective Spiral
Tube.
(To secure the Protective Spiral
Tube at a position other than the
end cap, apply tape to the tube so
that the portion becomes thicker in
diameter.)
Chemical and Oil-resistant, Liquid-level Detection Fiber Unit
(E32-D82F1)
Fluororesin shows strong chemical-resistant properties but is
permeable if exposed to atmospheres with gaseous chemicals or
water vapors, resulting in failure or damage.
Confirm applicability sufficiently before using the Fiber Unit in
these environments. • The Fiber Units should be as close as possible when they are
connected.
The sensing distance is reduced by approximately 25% when
Fiber Units are extended by the connector.
• Only 2.2-mm-diameter fibers can be connected.
Connections
•
Do not subject the Fiber Unit to excessive force, such as tension
or compression.
Refer to pages 58 to 61 for tensile strengths.
•
Make sure any bend in the Fiber Unit is larger than the allowable
bending radius.
Refer to pages 58 to 61 for bending radius ratings and length of
unbendable
sections at the base of the Fiber Unit.
• Do not compress or place heavy loads on the fibers.
Sleeve Bender (E39-F11)
•
The bending radius of the stainless steel tube should be as large
as possible. The smaller the bending radius is, the shorter the
sensing distance will be.
• Insert the tip of the stainless
steel tube in the Sleeve Bender
and slowly bend the tube
along the curve of the Sleeve
Bender.
Heat-resistant Fiber Units (E32-D51(R) and E32-T51(R))
The fibers of these Units cannot be extended using the E39-F10
Fiber Connector.
Liquid-level Detection Fiber Unit (E32-D82F1)
• Secure the Fiber Unit using the unbendable section.
Otherwise, the liquid-level detection position may be displaced.
• For applications in hazardous environments, install the Fiber
Unit in the hazardous environment but install the Amplifier Unit
in a safe environment.
Liquid-level Detection Fiber Units (Tube-mounting Models)
• Make sure that the tube is not deformed when using a band to
secure the Fiber Unit.
E32-T14
These Units may enter the light-ON state if there are reflective
objects at the end of the lenses.
If reflection is a problem, attach the black stickers provided to the
ends of the lenses.
Vacuum-resistant Fiber Units (E32- V)
Although the Flanges, the Fiber Units on the vacuum side, and
the Lens Units have been cleaned, as an extra precaution, clean
these with alcohol before using them in high-vacuum
environments to ensure that they are properly degreased.
To use the provided slit, peel off the
backing sheet, align the slit with the
edges of the sensing surface, and
attach it to the sensing head.
Use the slit in applications where
saturation occurs (i.e., changes in
incident level cannot be detected)
due to short sensing distances.
E32-T16PR
• The method shown below is an effective way to prevent the
Fiber Unit from breaking due to vibration.
The following method is recommended for mounting Fiber Units
with fluororesin-covered sensing heads (E32-T
�
F and E32-D
�
F)
to
prevent from cracking the fluororesin case.
If you use a set screw to secure the Fiber Unit, tighten it with care
to prevent from cracking the case.
1 2
Warning
Detection Position for Liquid-level Detection Fiber Unit
(E32-D82F1)
The liquid-level detection position
is 5.2 ±2 mm from the end of the
fluororesin section. (Refer to the
diagram on the right.)
The liquid-level detection position
varies with the surface tension of
the liquid and the degree of
wetness at the Fiber Unit’s
detection position.
• Adjustment
Liquid-level Detection Fiber Unit (E32-D82F1)
• Operation may become unstable in the following cases:
1. Bubbles stick to the cone of the sensing head.
2. Solute deposits on the cone of the sensing head.
3. The liquid has a high viscosity.
• There are some liquids, such as milky white liquids, for which
detection is not possible.
• Do not let the end of the fluororesin section bump into other
objects.
Damage to or deformation of the sensing head may cause
unstable operation.
• The product shall be used in the following conditions.
Ambient pressure: -50 to +500 kPa
• To use one-point teach mode (without object)
Please carry out teaching where the detecting head is sunk into
liquid. The sensitivity is set to 10% upper to the incident level in
the liquid. This setting method is effective in high degree of
viscosity, because it becomes stable to the fluctuation of
incident level when the liquid drops from the tip.
• To use two-point teach mode (with/without object)
Please teach where the detecting head is pulled up from liquid
and next teach where it is sunk into liquid. This setting method
is effective to a liquid which is easy to bubble at high
temperature.
• Don't use maximum sensitivity mode because a liquid may be
undetectable.
• Other Precautions
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Flexible,
R4 E32-C91N 2M 99-F
520
100
ST :
SHS:
780
220
1,170
340
350
100
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
190
39
ST :
SHS:
130
39
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
14.7
M4
Standard Installation
Hex-shaped Models
New Product Information (New Products: Indicated by in the following table.)
Hex-shaped Models
E32-LD11N 2M
Size
M6
M3
M6
M4
Flexible,
R2
E32-D21N 2M
99-C
99-E
E32-C21N 2M 99-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
99 Page
Dimensions
No.
IP50
IP67
IP67
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 μs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 μs, PNP output: 55 μs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 μs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 μs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Sensors are for white paper. (The sensing distances for the E32-LD11N 2M are for glossy white paper).
With Retro-reflective Models, objects with a high reflection factor may cause the Fiber Sensor to detect reflected light as incident light. Also, stable detection may not be possible for transparent objects. Check suitability beforehand.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
• You can easily mount these Fiber Units by making a hole in the bracket and
tightening just one nut.
• The cable follows the wall, so extra space is not required, and the cable will
not get caught on other objects.
A Fiber Unit with Build-in Lens is the new standard in fiber units.
We recommend this new standard Fiber Unit that achieves stable
detection with a high-power beam.
You don’ t have to worry about the lens falling off and getting lost.
Through-beam Flat Fiber Units are also available. (→ 14 page)
Transparent Object Detection
Retro-reflective Models are ideal for detection
of transparent objects.
→ 35 Page: Performance Comparison of
Transparent Object Detection
Long-distance Sensing
Applications with the E32-T11N
A separate Lens Unit can be attached
to extend the sensing distance.
→ 26 Page
And
Size
Aperture
angle
Aperture
angle
M4
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Other modes
E3X-HD
Other modes
E3NX-FA
Tighten nut
at only one place.
Tightened
with two nuts.
Tightened
with two nuts.
Tightened
Cable remains
out of the way.
Approx.
15°
Approx.
15°
Approx.
60°
Approx.
60°
99-A
*
Flexible,
R2
4,000*
3,450
4,000
920
ST :
SHS:
3,500
920
ST :
SHS:
E32-LT11N 2M
4,000*
2,300
3,000
1,050
E32-T11N 2M
Flexible,
R1
2,000
700
99-B
1,500
280
ST :
SHS:
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP50
M6 Flexible,
R2
E32-LR11NP 2M
+
E39-RP1
1,800
550
ST :
SHS:
1,200
550
ST :
SHS:
1,350
1,000
2,020
1,500
IP50
99-G
IP67
M6
15.8
1,260
360
840
240
440
130
290
90
M3
18.5
M3
18.5
M4
13.5
M4
1,260
840
240 360
E32-LR11NP 2M (Free Cutting)
99-G
E32-LT11N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-A E32-T11N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-B
2,000
M2.6×0.45
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
10 (45)
5.5
4.7
14.7
8.4 dia. 2.2 dia.
Model display tube
E32-LD11N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-C
E32-C21N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-D
E32-D21N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-E
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 5.5, Thickness: 1.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
M3×0.5 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
2.4 Model display tube Two, 1.3 dia. 2.2 dia.
4.5
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
M6×0.75 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
2.35 5Sensing surface Two, 1.5 dia
(Methacrylate resin) Model display tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
4
4
3
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
3.2
Sensing surface Two, 1 dia
(Methacrylate resin)
Model display tube
Two, 1.3 dia.
2.2 dia.
4.5
(8.1) 2,000
(45)
2,000
(45)
(11.5) 2,000
(45)
(8.1)
18.5
7
13
13
13.5
15.8
6
12.5
3.5
10
7
10
4.8
11
M4
14.4
M6
44
8.5
80
15.8
E39-RP1
Specifications
Through-beam Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
Cladding
Cores
What Is “Flexible” Fiber?
Structure which
has a cladding
around a large
number of ultrafine
cores.
Features of Coaxial Reflective Type
These Fiber Units offer better detection of small objects at close distances
(of 2 mm or less) than Standard Reflective Fiber Units.
They also detect glossy surfaces more reliably than Standard Reflective Fiber Units,
even if the surface is tilted.
The receiver fibers are arranged around
the emitter fiber as shown below.
Emitter Fiber Receiver Fibers
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
99 Page
Dimensions
No.
HS
GIGA HSGIGA
Other modesOther modes
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Other modesOther modes
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Coaxial
Coaxial
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2.3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1 dia.
(5 μm dia./
2 μm dia.)
(5 μm dia./
2 μm dia.)
(5 μm dia./
2 μm dia.)
Dimensions Installation Information → 58, 59, 60, 61 Page
Through-beam Fiber Units
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
3.2 Sensing surface 2.3 dia.
(Methacrylate resin) Model display tube 2.2 dia.
(8.1)
(45)
2,000
14.4
4.4
10
7
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Retro-reflective Fiber Units (With M.S.R. Function)
Retro-reflective Fiber Units (With M.S.R. Function)
0.2
3
8.5
Two, 3.5 dia
80 72 63.6
44
Material:
<Reflective surface>
Methacrylate resin
<Back> ABS
2,000
(45)
(11.5)
2.35
5
10
15.8
4.8
11
M6×0.75 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Sensing surface Two, 1.5 dia
(optical filters)Model display tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
Reflective Fiber Units
Fiber attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided *
Fiber attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided *
0.5 dia.
emitter fibers
M4 nuts (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
provided (4 of each)
Nine, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
•
24
M6
* Applicable Fiber Amplifier Units: E3NX-FA, E3NX-CA, E3X-HD, and E3X-DA-S.
Use the enclosed E39-F9-7 Fiber Attachment for other models, such as the
E3X-MDA with two channels, and for the E3X-SD, E3X-NA, and other models that
have an 8-mm space between the emitter and receiver fiber insertion holes.
* Applicable Fiber Amplifier Units: E3NX-FA, E3NX-CA, E3X-HD, and E3X-DA-S.
Use the enclosed E39-F9-7 Fiber Attachment for other models, such as the
E3X-MDA with two channels, and for the E3X-SD, E3X-NA, and other models that
have an 8-mm space between the emitter and receiver fiber insertion holes.
The flexible fiber has a small bending radius for easy routing without easily breaking.
It is easy to use because the cable can be bent without significantly reducing light intensity.
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
E32-C91N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-F
24
18 3
6
2.5 dia.
(45)
2,000 (standard length)
Hexagonal nut, Opposite side:10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (nickel-plated iron)
Sensing head, M6 × 0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
(5.6)
9.75
9.75
9.75
1 dia. emitter fiber
(PMMA)
Sixteen 0.265-dia. receiver fibers
Model display
tube Optical fibers: Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
99 Page
Dimensions
No.
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
Bending
radius
of cable
Appearance (mm)
Size
Aperture
angle
Approx.
15°
98
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
99
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
98
99
Applications
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
Flexible,
R4 E32-C91N 2M 99-F
520
100
ST :
SHS:
780
220
1,170
340
350
100
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
190
39
ST :
SHS:
130
39
ST :
SHS:
520
100
ST :
SHS:
350
100
ST :
SHS:
14.7
M4
Standard Installation
Hex-shaped Models
New Product Information (New Products: Indicated by in the following table.)
Hex-shaped Models
E32-LD11N 2M
Size
M6
M3
M6
M4
Flexible,
R2
E32-D21N 2M
99-C
99-E
E32-C21N 2M 99-D
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
99 Page
Dimensions
No.
IP50
IP67
IP67
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
* The optical fiber is 2 m long on each side, so the sensing distance is 4,000 mm.
The following mode names and response times apply to the modes given in the Sensing distance column.
[E3X-HD] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 μs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (NPN output: 50 μs, PNP output: 55 μs)
[E3NX-FA] GIGA: Giga-power mode (16 ms), HS: High-speed mode (250 μs), ST: Standard mode (1 ms), and SHS: Super-high-speed mode (30 μs)
The values for the minimum sensing object are reference values that indicate values obtained in standard mode with the sensing distance and sensitivity set to the optimum values.
The first value is for the E3X-HD and the second value is for the E3NX-FA.
The sensing distances for Reflective Sensors are for white paper. (The sensing distances for the E32-LD11N 2M are for glossy white paper).
With Retro-reflective Models, objects with a high reflection factor may cause the Fiber Sensor to detect reflected light as incident light. Also, stable detection may not be possible for transparent objects. Check suitability beforehand.
Note 1.
2.
3.
4.
• You can easily mount these Fiber Units by making a hole in the bracket and
tightening just one nut.
• The cable follows the wall, so extra space is not required, and the cable will
not get caught on other objects.
A Fiber Unit with Build-in Lens is the new standard in fiber units.
We recommend this new standard Fiber Unit that achieves stable
detection with a high-power beam.
You don’ t have to worry about the lens falling off and getting lost.
Through-beam Flat Fiber Units are also available. (→ 14 page)
Transparent Object Detection
Retro-reflective Models are ideal for detection
of transparent objects.
→ 35 Page: Performance Comparison of
Transparent Object Detection
Long-distance Sensing
Applications with the E32-T11N
A separate Lens Unit can be attached
to extend the sensing distance.
→ 26 Page
And
Size
Aperture
angle
Aperture
angle
M4
Appearance (mm)
Bending
radius
of cable
Sensing distance (mm)
Other modes
E3X-HD
Other modes
E3NX-FA
Tighten nut
at only one place.
Tightened
with two nuts.
Cable remains
out of the way.
Approx.
15°
Approx.
15°
Approx.
60°
Approx.
60°
99-A
*
Flexible,
R2
4,000*
3,450
4,000
920
ST :
SHS:
3,500
920
ST :
SHS:
E32-LT11N 2M
4,000*
2,300
3,000
1,050
E32-T11N 2M
Flexible,
R1
2,000
700
99-B
1,500
280
ST :
SHS:
1,000
280
ST :
SHS:
IP67
IP50
M6 Flexible,
R2
E32-LR11NP 2M
+
E39-RP1
1,800
550
ST :
SHS:
1,200
550
ST :
SHS:
1,350
1,000
2,020
1,500
IP50
99-G
IP67
M6
15.8
1,260
360
840
240
440
130
290
90
M3
18.5
M4
13.5
1,260
840
240 360
E32-LR11NP 2M (Free Cutting)
99-G
E32-LT11N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-A E32-T11N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-B
7
2,000
M2.6×0.45
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
3
10 (45)
7
5.5
4.7
14.7
8.4 dia.
Sensing surface
1 dia.
2.2 dia.
Model display tube
E32-LD11N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-C
E32-C21N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-D
E32-D21N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-E
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 5.5, Thickness: 1.7 (Nickel-plated brass)
M3×0.5 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
2.4 Model display tube Two, 1.3 dia. 2.2 dia.
4.5
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
M6×0.75 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
2.35 5Sensing surface Two, 1.5 dia
(Methacrylate resin) Model display tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
4
4
3
3 dia.
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
3.2
Sensing surface Two, 1 dia
(Methacrylate resin)
Model display tube
Two, 1.3 dia.
2.2 dia.
4.5
(8.1) 2,000
(45)
2,000
(45)
(11.5) 2,000
(45)
(8.1)
18.5
7
13
13
13.5
15.8
6
12.5
3.5
10
7
10
4.8
11
M4
14.4
M6
44
8.5
80
15.8
E39-RP1
Specifications
Through-beam Fiber Units
Reflective Fiber Units
Cladding
Cores
What Is “Flexible” Fiber?
Structure which
has a cladding
around a large
number of ultrafine
cores.
Features of Coaxial Reflective Type
These Fiber Units offer better detection of small objects at close distances
(of 2 mm or less) than Standard Reflective Fiber Units.
They also detect glossy surfaces more reliably than Standard Reflective Fiber Units,
even if the surface is tilted.
The receiver fibers are arranged around
the emitter fiber as shown below.
Emitter Fiber Receiver Fibers
- Reference Information for Model Selection -
Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
99 Page
Dimensions
No.
HS
GIGA HSGIGA
Other modesOther modes
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Other modesOther modes
HSGIGA HSGIGA
Coaxial
Coaxial
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
2.3 dia.
(0.1 dia./
0.03 dia.)
1 dia.
(5 μm dia./
2 μm dia.)
(5 μm dia./
2 μm dia.)
(5 μm dia./
2 μm dia.)
Dimensions Installation Information → 58, 59, 60, 61 Page
Through-beam Fiber Units
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 7, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
3.2 Sensing surface 2.3 dia.
(Methacrylate resin) Model display tube 2.2 dia.
(8.1)
(45)
2,000
14.4
4.4
10
7
M4×0.7 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Retro-reflective Fiber Units (With M.S.R. Function)
Retro-reflective Fiber Units (With M.S.R. Function)
0.2
3
8.5
Two, 3.5 dia
80 72 63.6
44
Material:
<Reflective surface>
Methacrylate resin
<Back> ABS
2,000
(45)
(11.5)
2.35
5
10
15.8
4.8
11
M6×0.75 (Trivalent chrome-plated zinc alloy)
Hexagonal nut Opposite side: 10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (Nickel-plated iron)
Sensing surface Two, 1.5 dia
(optical filters)Model display tube
Two, 2.2 dia.
Reflective Fiber Units
Fiber attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided *
Fiber attachment
(E39-F9W13) provided *
0.5 dia.
emitter fibers
M4 nuts (Nickel-plated brass)
Washer (Nickel-plated iron)
provided (4 of each)
Nine, 0.25 dia.
receiver fibers
•
24
M6
* Applicable Fiber Amplifier Units: E3NX-FA, E3NX-CA, E3X-HD, and E3X-DA-S.
Use the enclosed E39-F9-7 Fiber Attachment for other models, such as the
E3X-MDA with two channels, and for the E3X-SD, E3X-NA, and other models that
have an 8-mm space between the emitter and receiver fiber insertion holes.
* Applicable Fiber Amplifier Units: E3NX-FA, E3NX-CA, E3X-HD, and E3X-DA-S.
Use the enclosed E39-F9-7 Fiber Attachment for other models, such as the
E3X-MDA with two channels, and for the E3X-SD, E3X-NA, and other models that
have an 8-mm space between the emitter and receiver fiber insertion holes.
The flexible fiber has a small bending radius for easy routing without easily breaking.
It is easy to use because the cable can be bent without significantly reducing light intensity.
Note: There is a white line on the emitter fiber.
E32-C91N 2M (Free Cutting)
99-F
24
18 3
6
2.5 dia.
(45)
2,000 (standard length)
Hexagonal nut, Opposite side:10, Thickness: 2.4 (Nickel-plated brass)
Toothed washer (nickel-plated iron)
Sensing head, M6 × 0.75 (Nickel-plated brass)
(5.6)
9.75
9.75
9.75
1 dia. emitter fiber
(PMMA)
Sixteen 0.265-dia. receiver fibers
Model display
tube Optical fibers: Two, 2.2 dia.
Sensing distance (mm) Optical axis
diameter
(minimum
sensing
object)
Models
99 Page
Dimensions
No.
E3X-HD E3NX-FA
Bending
radius
of cable
Appearance (mm)
Size
Aperture
angle
Approx.
15°
98
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
99
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsEnvironmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
98
99
Applications
101
Model Index
Selection by Model
E32-A01 5M
E32-A03 2M
E32-A03-1 2M
E32-A04 2M
E32-A08 2M
E32-A08H2 2M
E32-A09 2M
E32-A09H2 2M
E32-A12 2M
Specifica-
tions
Dimensions
P.50
P.30
P.56
P.30
P.56
P.30
P.56
P.36
P.54
P.46
P.54
P.36
P.54
P.46
P.54
P.36
P.54
P.51
P.31
P.57
P.31
P.57
P.31
P.57
P.37
P.55
P.47
P.55
P.37
P.55
P.47
P.55
P.37
P.55
E32-D11 2M
E32-D11R 2M
E32-D11U 2M
E32-D12F 2M
E32-D15XR 2M
E32-D15YR 2M
E32-D15ZR 2M
E32-D16 2M
E32-D21 2M
E32-D211R 2M
E32-D21B 2M
E32-D21R 2M
E32-D21-S3 2M
E32-D221B 2M
E32-D22B 2M
E32-D22R 2M
E32-D22-S1 2M
E32-D24R 2M
E32-D24-S2 2M
E32-D25XB 2M
E32-D25-S3 2M
E32-D31-S1 0.5M
E32-D32L 2M
E32-D32-S1 0.5M
E32-D33 2M
43-E
09-G
39-I
39-H
15-E
15-F
15-G
25-E
43-B
09-F
43-D
09-C
19-J
13-D
43-C
13-A
43-A
13-C
19-I
19-A
19-B
43-F
19-L
19-G
13-E
19-F
13-F
19-E
P.42
P.08
P.38
P.38
P.14
P.14
P.14
P.24
P.42
P.08
P.42
P.08
P.18
P.12
P.42
P.12
P.42
P.12
P.18
P.18
P.18
P.42
P.18
P.18
P.12
P.18
P.12
P.18
P.43
P.09
P.39
P.39
P.15
P.15
P.15
P.25
P.43
P.09
P.43
E32-D21N 2M 99-E
P.98 P.99
P.09
P.19
P.13
P.43
P.13
P.43
P.13
P.19
P.19
P.19
P.43
P.19
P.19
P.13
P.19
P.13
P.19
E32-C31 2M
E32-C31M 1M
E32-C31N 2M
E32-C41 1M
E32-C42 1M
E32-C42S 1M
E32-CC200 2M
09-D
09-E
09-A
23-A
23-D
21-A
21-B
21-E
09-H
P.08
P.08
P.08
P.22
P.20
P.20
P.08
(P.22)
P.09
P.09
P.09
(P.20, 22)
(P.21, 23)
E32-C21N 2M 99-D
P.98 P.99
(P.20, 22)
(P.21, 23)
P.23
P.21
P.21
P.09
(P.23)
E32-D36T 2M
E32-D43M 1M
E32-D51 2M
E32-D51R 2M
E32-D61-S 2M
E32-D611-S 2M
E32-D73-S 2M
E32-D81R-S 2M
E32-D82F1 4M
E32-DC200BR 2M
E32-DC200F4R 2M
Specifica-
tions
Dimensions
51-C
13-B
19-C
47-B
47-A
47-G
47-F
47-H
47-C
51-D
19-K
19-H
P.50
P.12
P.18
P.46
P.46
P.46
P.46
P.46
P.46
P.50
P.18
P.18
P.51
P.13
P.19
P.47
P.47
P.47
P.47
P.47
P.47
P.51
P.19
P.19
E32-L11FP 2M
E32-L11FS 2M
E32-L15 2M
E32-L16-N 2M
E32-L24S 2M
E32-L25L 2M
E32-L25T 2M
E32-LD11 2M
E32-LD11R 2M
E32-LT11 2M
E32-LT11R 2M
39-F
55-G
39-G
55-H
21-F
33-A
37-B
55-A
33-B
37-A
33-C
37-E
51-B
09-I
07-C
25-C
07-C
25-C
P.38
P.54
P.38
P.54
P.20
P.32
P.36
P.54
P.32
P.36
P.32
P.36
P.50
P.08
P.06
P.24
P.06
P.24
P.39
P.55
P.39
P.55
P.21
E32-G16 2M 49-D
P.48 P.49
P.33
P.37
P.55
P.33
P.37
P.33
P.37
P.51
P.09
09-I
P.08 P.09
E32-LD11N 2M 99-C
P.98 P.99
P.07
P.25
E32-LR11NP 2M
35-A
99-G
P.34
P.98
P.35
P.99
P.07
P.25
E32-LT11N 2M 25-A
99-A
P.24
P.98
P.25
P.99
E32-LT35Z 2M
E32-R21 2M
15-D
35-C
P.14
P.34
P.15
E32-R16 2M 35-B
P.34 P.35
P.35
E32-T10V 2M
E32-T11 2M
E32-T11F 2M
E32-T11N 2M
E32-T11NF 2M
E32-T11R 2M
E32-T12F 2M
E32-T12R 2M
E32-T14 2M
E32-T14F 2M
E32-T14LR 2M
E32-T15XR 2M
E32-T15YR 2M
E32-T15ZR 2M
E32-T16JR 2M
E32-T16PR 2M
E32-T16WR 2M
E32-T17L 10M
53-D
41-C
39-C
07-A
39-A
39-A2
07-B
39-B
11-C
25-D
39-D
11-D
15-A
15-B
15-C
49-B
49-A
49-C
25-B
P.52
P.40
(P.26)
P.38
P.06
(P.26)
P.38
P.06
(P.24)
P.38
P.10
P.24
P.38
P.10
P.14
P.14
P.14
P.48
P.48
P.48
P.24
P.53
P.41
(P.27)
P.39
P.07
(P.27)
P.39
E32-T11NFS 2M
P.38 P.39
P.07
(P.25, 26)
P.39
P.11
P.25
P.39
P.11
P.15
P.15
P.15
P.49
P.49
P.49
P.25
E32-T24R 2M
E32-T24S 2M
E32-T24SR 2M
E32-T25XB 2M
E32-T33 1M
E32-T51 2M
E32-T51F 2M
E32-T51R 2M
E32-T51V 1M
E32-T61-S 2M
E32-T81R-S 2M
E32-T84SV 1M
E32-TC200BR 2M
E32-VF1
E32-VF4
Specifica-
tions
Dimensions
P.16
P.30
P.56
P.30
P.56
P.40
P.16
P.44
(P.28)
P.38
P.44
(P.28)
P.52
P.44
(P.28)
P.44
(P.28)
P.52
P.16
P.17
P.31
P.57
P.31
P.57
P.41
P.17
P.45
(P.29)
P.39
P.45
(P.29)
P.53
P.45
(P.29)
P.45
(P.29)
P.53
P.17
E39-R1
E39-R3
E39-RP37
35-B
35-C
P.35
P.35
P.35
P.35
17-A
31-E
57-E
31-D
57-D
41-D
17-C
45-B
39-E
45-A
53-A
45-D
45-C
53-C
17-E
P.52
P.52
P.53
P.53
53-F
53-E
91-A
E39-R
E39-L143 P.91
P.78
P.78
E39-L
89-A
E3X-CRT P.88 P.89
E39-F1
E39-F1-33
E39-F11
E39-F16
E39-F17
E39-F18
E39-F1V
E39-F2
E39-F32A 1M
E39-F32C 1M
E39-F32D 1M
E39-F3A
E39-F3A-5
E39-F3B
E39-F3C
P.26, 28
P.28
P.17
P.26, 28
P.20
P.22
P.52
P.26, 28
P.42
P.40
P.42
P.42
P.20
P.22
P.22
P.20
P.26
P.28
P.26
P.21
P.23
P.53
P.26
P.43
P.41
P.43
P.43
P.21
P.23
P.23
P.21
26-A
28-D
26-B
21-B
23-G
23-H
53-B
26-C
43-G
41-E
43-G
E39-RP1 P.34
P.98
P.35
P.99
35-A
99-G
43-G
21-A
23-A
23-B
23-C
23-D
23-E
23-F
21-C
21-D
Models Models Models
51-A
31-A
57-A
31-B
57-B
31-C
57-C
37-C
55-B
47-D
55-C
37-F
55-E
47-E
55-F
37-D
55-D
E32-C91N 2M P.08
P.98
P.09
P.99
09-B
99-F
79-B
E3NW-DS P.79
79-A
E3NW-ECT P.79
E3NW
Specifica-
tions
DimensionsModels
89-B
83-C
82-A
83-B
82-A
83-B
83-A
83-A
E3X-ECT P.88 P.89
E3X-HD0
E3X-HD11 2M
E3X-HD14
E3X-HD41 2M
E3X-HD44
E3X-HD6
E3X-HD8
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.83
P.82
P.83
P.82
P.83
P.83
P.83
E3X-HD
91-B
91-C
91-B
91-D
PFP-100N
PFP-100N2
PFP-50N
PFP-M
P.91
P.91
P.91
P.91
PFP
90-C
90-C
90-D
90-D
XS3F-M421-402-A
XS3F-M421-405-A
XS3F-M422-402-A
XS3F-M422-405-A
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
E39-F
E32-V
E3X-ECT
E32-L
E32-G
E32-R
E32-T
E32-D
E32-C
E32-A
XS3F
E3X-CRT
E3X-CN11
E3X-CN12
E3X-CN21
E3X-CN22
E3X-CN
90-A
90-B
90-A
90-B
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
E3NX-FA8
E3NX-FA9
E3NX-
E3NX-FAH0
E3NX-FAH11 2M
E3NX-FAH41 2M
E3NX-FAH6
E3NX-FAH8
FA9TW 70-B
70-B
71-A
71-A
71-A
70-A
70-A
70-A
70-A
71-B
70-B
70-B
70-B
70-B
P.70
P.70
P.70
71-B
P.71
70-A
P.70
70-A
P.70
70-B
P.70
70-B
P.70
P.66
P.66
P.66
P.68
P.66
P.66
P.66
P.66
E3NX-FA6
E3NX-FA7
E3NX-FA7TW
P.70
P.70
P.70
P.66
P.66
P.66
E32-D331 2M
E32-D36P1 2M
19-D
49-E
P.18
P.48
P.19
P.49
100
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
100
E32-T21 2M
E32-T21-S1 2M
E32-T223R 2M
E32-T22B 2M
E32-T22S 2M
E32-T24E 2M
41-B
17-D
11-A
11-B
41-A
31-F
17-B
P.40
P.16
P.10
P.10
P.40
P.30
P.16
P.41
P.17
P.11
P.11
P.41
P.31
P.17
E39-RSP1
E3NX-FA
E3NX-
E3NX-FA10 2M
FA0
E3NX-
E3NX-FA11-5 2M
E3NX-FA11AN 2M
FA11 2M
E3NX-FA21 2M
E3NX-
E3NX-FA41AN 2M
FA41 2M
E3NX-FA51 2M
E3NX-FA54
E3NX-FA54TW
P.71
71-B
P.71
71-B
P.71
P.70
70-A
P.70
70-A
P.70
P.70
P.70
70-A
P.70
P.70
P.71
P.71
P.68
P.68
P.66
P.66
P.68
P.66
P.66
P.68
E3NX-
E3NX-FA40 2M
FA24
P.71
P.66
P.68
P.66
P.66
P.66
101
MEMO
101
Model Index
Selection by Model
E32-A01 5M
E32-A03 2M
E32-A03-1 2M
E32-A04 2M
E32-A08 2M
E32-A08H2 2M
E32-A09 2M
E32-A09H2 2M
E32-A12 2M
Specifica-
tions
Dimensions
P.50
P.30
P.56
P.30
P.56
P.30
P.56
P.36
P.54
P.46
P.54
P.36
P.54
P.46
P.54
P.36
P.54
P.51
P.31
P.57
P.31
P.57
P.31
P.57
P.37
P.55
P.47
P.55
P.37
P.55
P.47
P.55
P.37
P.55
E32-D11 2M
E32-D11R 2M
E32-D11U 2M
E32-D12F 2M
E32-D15XR 2M
E32-D15YR 2M
E32-D15ZR 2M
E32-D16 2M
E32-D21 2M
E32-D211R 2M
E32-D21B 2M
E32-D21R 2M
E32-D21-S3 2M
E32-D221B 2M
E32-D22B 2M
E32-D22R 2M
E32-D22-S1 2M
E32-D24R 2M
E32-D24-S2 2M
E32-D25XB 2M
E32-D25-S3 2M
E32-D31-S1 0.5M
E32-D32L 2M
E32-D32-S1 0.5M
E32-D33 2M
43-E
09-G
39-I
39-H
15-E
15-F
15-G
25-E
43-B
09-F
43-D
09-C
19-J
13-D
43-C
13-A
43-A
13-C
19-I
19-A
19-B
43-F
19-L
19-G
13-E
19-F
13-F
19-E
P.42
P.08
P.38
P.38
P.14
P.14
P.14
P.24
P.42
P.08
P.42
P.08
P.18
P.12
P.42
P.12
P.42
P.12
P.18
P.18
P.18
P.42
P.18
P.18
P.12
P.18
P.12
P.18
P.43
P.09
P.39
P.39
P.15
P.15
P.15
P.25
P.43
P.09
P.43
E32-D21N 2M 99-E
P.98 P.99
P.09
P.19
P.13
P.43
P.13
P.43
P.13
P.19
P.19
P.19
P.43
P.19
P.19
P.13
P.19
P.13
P.19
E32-C31 2M
E32-C31M 1M
E32-C31N 2M
E32-C41 1M
E32-C42 1M
E32-C42S 1M
E32-CC200 2M
09-D
09-E
09-A
23-A
23-D
21-A
21-B
21-E
09-H
P.08
P.08
P.08
P.22
P.20
P.20
P.08
(P.22)
P.09
P.09
P.09
(P.20, 22)
(P.21, 23)
E32-C21N 2M 99-D
P.98 P.99
(P.20, 22)
(P.21, 23)
P.23
P.21
P.21
P.09
(P.23)
E32-D36T 2M
E32-D43M 1M
E32-D51 2M
E32-D51R 2M
E32-D61-S 2M
E32-D611-S 2M
E32-D73-S 2M
E32-D81R-S 2M
E32-D82F1 4M
E32-DC200BR 2M
E32-DC200F4R 2M
Specifica-
tions
Dimensions
51-C
13-B
19-C
47-B
47-A
47-G
47-F
47-H
47-C
51-D
19-K
19-H
P.50
P.12
P.18
P.46
P.46
P.46
P.46
P.46
P.46
P.50
P.18
P.18
P.51
P.13
P.19
P.47
P.47
P.47
P.47
P.47
P.47
P.51
P.19
P.19
E32-L11FP 2M
E32-L11FS 2M
E32-L15 2M
E32-L16-N 2M
E32-L24S 2M
E32-L25L 2M
E32-L25T 2M
E32-LD11 2M
E32-LD11R 2M
E32-LT11 2M
E32-LT11R 2M
39-F
55-G
39-G
55-H
21-F
33-A
37-B
55-A
33-B
37-A
33-C
37-E
51-B
09-I
07-C
25-C
07-C
25-C
P.38
P.54
P.38
P.54
P.20
P.32
P.36
P.54
P.32
P.36
P.32
P.36
P.50
P.08
P.06
P.24
P.06
P.24
P.39
P.55
P.39
P.55
P.21
E32-G16 2M 49-D
P.48 P.49
P.33
P.37
P.55
P.33
P.37
P.33
P.37
P.51
P.09
09-I
P.08 P.09
E32-LD11N 2M 99-C
P.98 P.99
P.07
P.25
E32-LR11NP 2M
35-A
99-G
P.34
P.98
P.35
P.99
P.07
P.25
E32-LT11N 2M 25-A
99-A
P.24
P.98
P.25
P.99
E32-LT35Z 2M
E32-R21 2M
15-D
35-C
P.14
P.34
P.15
E32-R16 2M 35-B
P.34 P.35
P.35
E32-T10V 2M
E32-T11 2M
E32-T11F 2M
E32-T11N 2M
E32-T11NF 2M
E32-T11R 2M
E32-T12F 2M
E32-T12R 2M
E32-T14 2M
E32-T14F 2M
E32-T14LR 2M
E32-T15XR 2M
E32-T15YR 2M
E32-T15ZR 2M
E32-T16JR 2M
E32-T16PR 2M
E32-T16WR 2M
E32-T17L 10M
53-D
41-C
39-C
07-A
39-A
39-A2
07-B
39-B
11-C
25-D
39-D
11-D
15-A
15-B
15-C
49-B
49-A
49-C
25-B
P.52
P.40
(P.26)
P.38
P.06
(P.26)
P.38
P.06
(P.24)
P.38
P.10
P.24
P.38
P.10
P.14
P.14
P.14
P.48
P.48
P.48
P.24
P.53
P.41
(P.27)
P.39
P.07
(P.27)
P.39
E32-T11NFS 2M
P.38 P.39
P.07
(P.25, 26)
P.39
P.11
P.25
P.39
P.11
P.15
P.15
P.15
P.49
P.49
P.49
P.25
E32-T24R 2M
E32-T24S 2M
E32-T24SR 2M
E32-T25XB 2M
E32-T33 1M
E32-T51 2M
E32-T51F 2M
E32-T51R 2M
E32-T51V 1M
E32-T61-S 2M
E32-T81R-S 2M
E32-T84SV 1M
E32-TC200BR 2M
E32-VF1
E32-VF4
Specifica-
tions
Dimensions
P.16
P.30
P.56
P.30
P.56
P.40
P.16
P.44
(P.28)
P.38
P.44
(P.28)
P.52
P.44
(P.28)
P.44
(P.28)
P.52
P.16
P.17
P.31
P.57
P.31
P.57
P.41
P.17
P.45
(P.29)
P.39
P.45
(P.29)
P.53
P.45
(P.29)
P.45
(P.29)
P.53
P.17
E39-R1
E39-R3
E39-RP37
35-B
35-C
P.35
P.35
P.35
P.35
17-A
31-E
57-E
31-D
57-D
41-D
17-C
45-B
39-E
45-A
53-A
45-D
45-C
53-C
17-E
P.52
P.52
P.53
P.53
53-F
53-E
91-A
E39-R
E39-L143 P.91
P.78
P.78
E39-L
89-A
E3X-CRT P.88 P.89
E39-F1
E39-F1-33
E39-F11
E39-F16
E39-F17
E39-F18
E39-F1V
E39-F2
E39-F32A 1M
E39-F32C 1M
E39-F32D 1M
E39-F3A
E39-F3A-5
E39-F3B
E39-F3C
P.26, 28
P.28
P.17
P.26, 28
P.20
P.22
P.52
P.26, 28
P.42
P.40
P.42
P.42
P.20
P.22
P.22
P.20
P.26
P.28
P.26
P.21
P.23
P.53
P.26
P.43
P.41
P.43
P.43
P.21
P.23
P.23
P.21
26-A
28-D
26-B
21-B
23-G
23-H
53-B
26-C
43-G
41-E
43-G
E39-RP1 P.34
P.98
P.35
P.99
35-A
99-G
43-G
21-A
23-A
23-B
23-C
23-D
23-E
23-F
21-C
21-D
Models Models Models
51-A
31-A
57-A
31-B
57-B
31-C
57-C
37-C
55-B
47-D
55-C
37-F
55-E
47-E
55-F
37-D
55-D
E32-C91N 2M P.08
P.98
P.09
P.99
09-B
99-F
79-B
E3NW-DS P.79
79-A
E3NW-ECT P.79
E3NW
Specifica-
tions
DimensionsModels
89-B
83-C
82-A
83-B
82-A
83-B
83-A
83-A
E3X-ECT P.88 P.89
E3X-HD0
E3X-HD11 2M
E3X-HD14
E3X-HD41 2M
E3X-HD44
E3X-HD6
E3X-HD8
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.82
P.83
P.82
P.83
P.82
P.83
P.83
P.83
E3X-HD
91-B
91-C
91-B
91-D
PFP-100N
PFP-100N2
PFP-50N
PFP-M
P.91
P.91
P.91
P.91
PFP
90-C
90-C
90-D
90-D
XS3F-M421-402-A
XS3F-M421-405-A
XS3F-M422-402-A
XS3F-M422-405-A
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
E39-F
E32-V
E3X-ECT
E32-L
E32-G
E32-R
E32-T
E32-D
E32-C
E32-A
XS3F
E3X-CRT
E3X-CN11
E3X-CN12
E3X-CN21
E3X-CN22
E3X-CN
90-A
90-B
90-A
90-B
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
P.90
E3NX-FA8
E3NX-FA9
E3NX-
E3NX-FAH0
E3NX-FAH11 2M
E3NX-FAH41 2M
E3NX-FAH6
E3NX-FAH8
FA9TW 70-B
70-B
71-A
71-A
71-A
70-A
70-A
70-A
70-A
71-B
70-B
70-B
70-B
70-B
P.70
P.70
P.70
71-B
P.71
70-A
P.70
70-A
P.70
70-B
P.70
70-B
P.70
P.66
P.66
P.66
P.68
P.66
P.66
P.66
P.66
E3NX-FA6
E3NX-FA7
E3NX-FA7TW
P.70
P.70
P.70
P.66
P.66
P.66
E32-D331 2M
E32-D36P1 2M
19-D
49-E
P.18
P.48
P.19
P.49
100
Threaded
Cylindrical
Flat
Sleeved
Small Spot
High Power
Retro-
reflective
Limited-
reflective
Narrow
view
BGS
Chemical-
resistant,
Oil-resistant
Bending
Heat-
resistant
Area
Detection
Liquid-level
Vacuum
FPD,
Semi,
Solar
Installation
Information
Fiber Sensor
Features
Selection
Guide
Fiber Units
Standard Installation
Saving Space
Transparent Objects
Beam ImprovementsApplications Environmental Immunity
Model Index
Technical
Guide and
Precautions
Fiber Amplifiers,
Communications
Unit, and
Accessories
100
E32-T21 2M
E32-T21-S1 2M
E32-T223R 2M
E32-T22B 2M
E32-T22S 2M
E32-T24E 2M
41-B
17-D
11-A
11-B
41-A
31-F
17-B
P.40
P.16
P.10
P.10
P.40
P.30
P.16
P.41
P.17
P.11
P.11
P.41
P.31
P.17
E39-RSP1
E3NX-FA
E3NX-
E3NX-FA10 2M
FA0
E3NX-
E3NX-FA11-5 2M
E3NX-FA11AN 2M
FA11 2M
E3NX-FA21 2M
E3NX-
E3NX-FA41AN 2M
FA41 2M
E3NX-FA51 2M
E3NX-FA54
E3NX-FA54TW
P.71
71-B
P.71
71-B
P.71
P.70
70-A
P.70
70-A
P.70
P.70
P.70
70-A
P.70
P.70
P.71
P.71
P.68
P.68
P.66
P.66
P.68
P.66
P.66
P.68
E3NX-
E3NX-FA40 2M
FA24
P.71
P.66
P.68
P.66
P.66
P.66
101
MEMO
102
102
Terms and Conditions Agreement
Read and understand this catalog.
Please read and understand this catalog before purchasing the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if you
have any questions or comments.
Warranties.
(a) Exclusive Warranty. Omron’s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship
for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron (or such other period expressed in writing
by Omron). Omron disclaims all other warranties, express or implied.
(b) Limitations. OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ABOUT
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE
PRODUCTS. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL
SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE.
Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the
Products or otherwise of any intellectual property right. (c) Buyer Remedy. Omron’s sole obligation hereunder shall be, at Omron’s
election, to (i) replace (in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof)
the non-complying Product, (ii) repair the non-complying Product, or (iii) repay or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase
price of the non-complying Product; provided that in no event shall Omron be responsible for warranty, repair, indemnity or any
other claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron’s analysis confirms that the Products were properly handled,
stored, installed and maintained and not subject to contamination, abuse, misuse or inappropriate modification. Return of any
Products by Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment. Omron Companies shall not be liable for the suitability
or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components, circuits, system
assemblies or any other materials or substances or environments. Any advice, recommendations or information given orally or in
writing, are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty.
See http://www.omron.com/global/ or contact your Omron representative for published information.
Limitation on Liability; Etc.
OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS,
WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY.
Further, in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted.
Suitability of Use.
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes or regulations which apply to the
combination of the Product in the Buyer’s application or use of the Product. At Buyer’s request, Omron will provide applicable
third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product. This information by itself
is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Product in combination with the end product, machine,
system, or other application or use. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product
with respect to Buyer’s application, product or system. Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE
QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS,
AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT(S) IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE
OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.
Programmable Products.
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user’s programming of a programmable Product, or any consequence thereof.
Performance Data.
Data presented in Omron Company websites, catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining
suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of Omron’s test conditions, and the user must correlate
it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the Omron’s Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
Change in Specifications.
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons. It is our
practice to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are
made. However, some specifications of the Product may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special part numbers
may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application. Please consult with your Omron’s representative at
any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased Product.
Errors and Omissions.
Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is
assumed for clerical, typographical or proofreading errors or omissions.
MEMO
102
102
Terms and Conditions Agreement
Read and understand this catalog.
Please read and understand this catalog before purchasing the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if you
have any questions or comments.
Warranties.
(a) Exclusive Warranty. Omron’s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship
for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron (or such other period expressed in writing
by Omron). Omron disclaims all other warranties, express or implied.
(b) Limitations. OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ABOUT
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE
PRODUCTS. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL
SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE.
Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the
Products or otherwise of any intellectual property right. (c) Buyer Remedy. Omron’s sole obligation hereunder shall be, at Omron’s
election, to (i) replace (in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof)
the non-complying Product, (ii) repair the non-complying Product, or (iii) repay or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase
price of the non-complying Product; provided that in no event shall Omron be responsible for warranty, repair, indemnity or any
other claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron’s analysis confirms that the Products were properly handled,
stored, installed and maintained and not subject to contamination, abuse, misuse or inappropriate modification. Return of any
Products by Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment. Omron Companies shall not be liable for the suitability
or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components, circuits, system
assemblies or any other materials or substances or environments. Any advice, recommendations or information given orally or in
writing, are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty.
See http://www.omron.com/global/ or contact your Omron representative for published information.
Limitation on Liability; Etc.
OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS,
WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY.
Further, in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted.
Suitability of Use.
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes or regulations which apply to the
combination of the Product in the Buyer’s application or use of the Product. At Buyer’s request, Omron will provide applicable
third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product. This information by itself
is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Product in combination with the end product, machine,
system, or other application or use. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product
with respect to Buyer’s application, product or system. Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE
QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS,
AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT(S) IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE
OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.
Programmable Products.
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user’s programming of a programmable Product, or any consequence thereof.
Performance Data.
Data presented in Omron Company websites, catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining
suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of Omron’s test conditions, and the user must correlate
it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the Omron’s Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
Change in Specifications.
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons. It is our
practice to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are
made. However, some specifications of the Product may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special part numbers
may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application. Please consult with your Omron’s representative at
any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased Product.
Errors and Omissions.
Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is
assumed for clerical, typographical or proofreading errors or omissions.
MEMO
Introducing New Fiber Sensor Products
NEW
EtherCAT® is a registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
CompoNet is a registered trademark of the ODVA.
CC-Link is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. The trademark is managed by the CC-Link Partner Association.
E3NX-FA Series
62 Page
Smart Fiber Amplifier Units
E3NX-FA
Authorized Distributor:
In the interest of product improvement,
specifications are subject to change without notice.
Cat. No. E418-E1-07 0718 (0212)
© OMRON Corporation 2012-2018 All Rights Reserved.
OMRON Corporation Industrial Automation Company
OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC
2895 Greenspoint Parkway, Suite 200
Hoffman Estates, IL 60169 U.S.A.
Tel: (1) 847-843-7900/Fax: (1) 847-843-7787
Regional Headquarters
OMRON EUROPE B.V.
Sensor Business Unit
Carl-Benz-Str. 4, D-71154 Nufringen, Germany
Tel: (49) 7032-811-0/Fax: (49) 7032-811-199
Contact: www.ia.omron.com
Kyoto, JAPAN
OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD.
No. 438A Alexandra Road # 05-05/08 (Lobby 2),
Alexandra Technopark,
Singapore 119967
Tel: (65) 6835-3011/Fax: (65) 6835-2711
OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD.
Room 2211, Bank of China Tower,
200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road,
PuDong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China
Tel: (86) 21-5037-2222/Fax: (86) 21-5037-2200
Cat. No. E426
Oil-resistant Fiber Units
E32-T11NF@
(http://www.ia.omron.com/)
Oil resistant types
E32-T11NF@
38 Page
E3NW
Sensor
Communications
Units
E3NX-FA
Fiber Amplifier Units
E3NX-MA
Smart Fiber Amplifier Units
(2-channel models)
N-Smart Amplifier Units
Easy application with consistent operating procedures.
Applications with Many Sensors:
More convenience and even lower costs
with a network.
E3NC
Smart Laser
Sensors
E9NC-T
Contact-Type
Smart Sensors
s
E
S
S
E
9
Co
ont
ma
Co
Sm
E3NX-CA
Color Fiber Amplifier Units
Introduction to the
N-Smart Series
The IoT platform that enables you to see,
complete a lineup, and deliver
Winner of the
Good Design Award
o
ns
mpl
ifie
r
Un
its
del
s)
Cat. No. E426
High Color Discrimination Capability
Handles Advanced
Measurement Applications
From Minute Workpieces to
Long-distance Detection
MeasurementPresence Detection
Cat. No. Y216
Cat. No. E428
Cat. No. E466
Cat. No. E433
Cat. No. E427
Stable Detection with
the No. 1 Performance*
Space-saving and
high performance
E2NC
Smart Proximity
Sensors
High-precision sensitivity
setting is easy.
Cat. No. E473
Various condition-monitoring
sensors are connected.
E9NC-AA/VA
IoT Status Monitoring Amplifiers
Cat. No. E474
* For performance (sensing distance and minimum sensing object) based on November 2017 OMRON investigation.
Addition of Infrared models, Analog output
models and Communications models
with wired outputs.
CSM_17_5_0419
